“The United States in Congress assembled shall never engage in a war nor grant letters of marque and reprisal in time of peace, nor enter into any treaties or alliances, nor coin money, nor regulate the value thereof, nor ascertain the sums and expenses necessary for the defence and welfare of the United States, or any of them, nor emit bills nor borrow money on the credit of the United States, nor appropriate money, nor agree upon the number of vessels of war to be built or purchased, or the number of land or sea forces to be raised, nor appoint a commander-in-chief of the army or navy, unless nine States assent to the same; nor shall a question on any other point except for adjourning from day to day, be determined unless by the votes of a majority of the United States in Congress assembled.” Vol. I. 8.
The obligation of a treaty, the supreme law of the land, must be admitted. The execution of the contract between the two nations is to be demanded from the executive of each nation; but where a treaty affects the rights of parties litigating in court, the treaty as much binds those rights, and is as much regarded by the Supreme Court as an act of Congress. United States v. The Schooner Peggy, 1 Cranch, 103; 1 Cond. Rep. 256.
The termination of a treaty, by war, does not divest rights of property already vested under it. Society for the Propagation of the Gospel v. The Town of New Haven, 8 Wheat. 464; 5 Cond. Rep. 489.
Nor do treaties, in general, become extinguished, ipso facto, by war between the two governments. Those stipulating for a permanent arrangement of territorial and other national rights, are, at most, suspended during the war, and revive at the peace, unless they are waived by the parties, or new and repugnant stipulations are made. Ibid.
Where a treaty is the law of the land, and as such affects the rights of parties litigating in court, that treaty as much binds those rights, and is as much to be regarded by the court, as an act of Congress. To condemn a vessel, therefore, the restoration of which is directed by the law of the land, though restoration be an executive act, would be a direct infraction of that law, and, of consequence, improper. United States v. The Schooner Peggy, 1 Cranch, 103; 1 Cond. Rep. 256.
A treaty, under the sixth article, section 2, of the Constitution, being the supreme law of the land, the treaty of peace of 1783 operated as a repeal of all state laws previously enacted, inconsistent with its provisions. Ware v. Hylton, 3 Dall. 199; 1 Cond. Rep. 99.
Whenever a right grows out of, or is protected by, a treaty, it prevails against all laws, or decisions of the courts of the states, and whoever may have the right under the treaty, is protected. But, if the person’s title is not affected by the treaty, if he claims nothing under the treaty, his title cannot be protected by it. Ibid.
The stipulation in a treaty, that “free ships shall make free goods,” does not imply the converse proposition, that enemy’s ships shall make enemy’s goods. The Nereide, Bennet, Master, 9 Cranch, 388; 3 Cond. Rep. 439.
A treaty is, in its nature, a contract between two nations, not a legislative act. It does not generally effect of itself the object to be accomplished, especially so far as its operation is infra-territorial; but is carried into execution by the sovereign power of the respective parties to the instrument. Foster et al. v. Neilson, 2 Peters, 314; United States v. Arredondo, 6 Peters, 735.
In the United States, a different principle is established. Our Constitution declares a treaty to be the law of the land. It is, consequently,
By the stipulations of a treaty, are to be understood its language and apparent intention, manifested in the instrument, with a reference to the contracting parties, the subject matter, and the persons on whom it is to operate. United States v. Arredondo et al, 6 Peters, 710.
A treaty of cession is a deed of the ceded territory, and the sovereign is the grantee; the act is his, as far as it relates to the cession; the treaty is his act and deed, and all courts must so consider it: and deeds are construed in equity by the rules of law. Ibid. 738.
Where a treaty is executed in two languages, each the language of the respective contracting parties, both parts of the treaty are originals, and both are intended to convey the same meaning. Ibid.
Where a treaty has been ratified according to the provisions of the Constitution, it becomes the law of the land; and it is perfectly immaterial, whether or not the persons who signed it did or did not transcend their instructions. Hamilton v. Eaton, North Carolina Cases, 77.
A treaty does not necessarily annul prior statutes, if there is no interference with them. Ibid.
The stipulations in a treaty between the United States and a foreign power, are paramount to the provisions of the constitution of a particular state, or the confederacy. Lessee of Harry Gordon v. Kerr et al. 1 Wash. C. C. R. 322.
A treaty between the United States and one belligerent, does not affect a question of prize, as between two belligerents, where the prize (captured from the belligerent making the treaty) is brought by the other belligerent into the ports of the United States; nor is it important that the capturing vessel was commanded by an American citizen. The treaty can bind only the parties to it; and whatever operation it may have on the American citizen, individually, it cannot affect the general question of the validity of prizes made between belligerents. The Santissima Trinidad, 1 Brockenb. C. C. R. 478.
A judgment of a state court, where jurisdiction was acquired, not by the common law, but by a statute of a state, which, before the rendition of the judgment, had been virtually repealed by the adoption of a treaty, was voidable, and not void. Livingston v. Van Ingen, Paine’s C. C. R. 55.
In 1780, the ancestor of the lessors of the plaintiff was indicted, he being a British subject, in the Supreme Court of New York, under the act entitled “An act for the forfeiture and sale of the property of persons who have adhered to the enemies of this state,” &c.; and in October, 1783, a judgment of forfeiture against his estates was rendered. The treaty of 1783, against any subsequent confiscation, was signed in September, 1783. Held, that the proceedings were void. Ibid.
The stipulations of a treaty are paramount to the provisions of the constitution of a particular state of the United States. Gordon’s lessee v. Kerr, 1 Wash. C. C. R. 322.
Whenever a right grows out of or is protected by a treaty, it is sanctioned against all the laws and judicial decisions of the states; and whoever may have this right is protected. But if the person’s title is not affected by the treaty, if he claims nothing under the treaty, his title cannot be protected by the treaty. Owing v. Norwood’s lessee, 5 Cranch, 344. 2 Cond. Rep. 275.
The adoption of a treaty, with the stipulations of which the provisions
A treaty goes into operation from the date of the signature, if no other period is agreed upon between the parties. Lessee of Hylton v. Brown, 1 Wash. C. C. R. 343.
The Constitution of the United States confers absolutely on the government of the United States the power of making war and of making treaties. Consequently that government possesses the power of acquiring territory, either by conquest or by treaty. The American Insurance Company v. 356 bales of Cotton, 1 Peters, 542.
The usage of the world is, if a nation be not entirely subdued, to consider the holding of conquered territory as a mere military occupation, until its fate shall be determined at the treaty of peace. If it be ceded by treaty, the acquisition is confirmed, and the ceded territory becomes a part of the nation to which it is annexed, either on the terms stipulated in the treaty of cession, or on such as its new master shall impose. On such transfer of territory it has never been held, that the relations of the inhabitants with each other are changed. Their relations with their former sovereign are dissolved, and new relations are created between them and the government which has acquired their territory. The same act which transfers their country transfers the allegiance of those who remain in it, and the law which may be denominated political is necessarily changed, although that which regulates the intercourse and general conduct of individuals remains in force until altered by the newly created power of the state. Ibid.
Annulled by act of Congress of July 7, 1798, ch. 67, vol. 1, 578.
If war break out with Great Britain, to be a common cause.
éventuelle et déffensive.
Object of the treaty, independence of the United States.
Both parties to make every effort to attain that end.
Concurrence in enterprise.
Conquests that shall belong to the U. States.
France relinquishes all claims to certain countries, if conquered.
Conquests that shall belong to France.
Neither party to conclude a treaty without the other’s consent, &c.
No claim of compensation after the war.
To admit other powers to accede to the alliance.
Mutual guaranty.
Guaranty when to commence.
Ratification.
In faith whereof the respective plenipotentiaries, to wit: On the part of the Most Christian king, Conrad Alexander Gerard, Royal Syndic of the city of Strasbourgh, and Secretary of his Majesty’s Council of State; and on the part of the United States, Benjamin Franklin, Deputy to the General Congress from the state of Pennsylvania and President of the Convention of the same state; Silas Deane, heretofore Deputy from the state of Connecticut, and Arthur Lee, Councellor at Law, have signed the above articles both in the French and English languages, declaring nevertheless, that the present treaty was originally composed and concluded in the French language, and they have hereunto affixed their seals.
Done at Paris, this sixth day of February, one thousand seven hundred and seventy-eight.
En foi dequoi les plenipotentiaires respectifs, savoir, de la part du Roi très Chretien le Sr. Conrad, Alexandre Gerard, Sindic Royal de la Ville de Strasbourg et Sécrétaire du Conseil d’Etat de sa Majesté, et de la part des Etats Unis les Srs. Benjamin Franklin, Deputé au Congrès Général de la part de l’etat de Pensylvanie et President de la Convention du meme etat; Siles Deane cy-devant Député de l’etat de Connecticut, et Arthur Leé Conseiller ès Loix, ont signé les articles ci-dessus, tant en langue Françoise qu’en langue Angloise, déclarant néanmoins, que le present traité, a êté originairement redigé et arrêté en langue Françoise, et ils les ont munis du cachet de leurs armes.
Fait à Paris, le sixieme jour du mois de Fevrier, mil sept cent soixante dix-huit.
Annulled by act of Congress of July 7, 1798, ch. 67.
Cases decided in the courts of the United States on the provisions of the treaty of amity and commerce with France, of 1778; and the consular convention with France, of November 14, 1783:
The treaty of amity and commerce of 1778 with France, article 11, enabling French subjects to purchase and hold lands in the United States, being abrogated in 1798; The act of Maryland of 1780, permitting the lands of a French subject who had become a citizen of that state, dying intestate, to descend on the next of kin, being a non-naturalized Frenchman, with a proviso vesting the lands in the state, if the French heirs should not within ten years become resident citizens of the state, or convey the lands to a citizen; and the convention of 1800, between France and the United States, enabling the people of one country, holding lands in the other, to dispose of the same by testament, and to inherit lands in the other, without being naturalized: Held, that the latter treaty dispensed with the performance of the condition in the act of Maryland, and that the constitutional rule applied equally to the case of those who took by descent under the act, as to those who acquired by purchase without its aid. Chirac v. Chirac, 2 Wheat. 259; 4 Cond. Rep. 111.
The further stipulation in the treaty, “that in case the laws of either of the two states should restrain strangers from the exercise of the rights of property with respect to real estate, such real estate may be sold, or otherwise disposed of, to citizens or inhabitants of the country where it may be,” does not affect the rights of a French subject who takes or holds under the convention, so as to deprive him of the power of selling to citizens of the country; and gives to a French subject who has acquired lands by descent or devise, (and, perhaps, in any other manner,) the right during life to sell or otherwise dispose of the same, if lying in a state where lands purchased by an alien, generally, would be immediately escheatable. Ibid.
Although the convention of 1800 has expired, immediately on a descent being cast on a French subject during its continuance, his rights become complete under it, and cannot be affected by its subsequent expiration. Ibid.
America was bound as an ally of France by the capitulation between France and Great Britain for the surrender of Dominica. Miller v. The Ship Resolution, 2 Dall. Rep. 15.
The Phœbe Ann, a British vessel, had been captured by a French privateer, and sent into Charleston. Restitution of the prize was claimed by the British consul, who filed a libel in the district court, suggesting that the privateer had been illegally fitted out, and had illegally augmented her force within the United States. It appeared in proof that the privateer had originally entered the port of Charleston, armed and commissioned for war; and that she had taken out her guns, masts and sails, which remained on shore until the general repairs of the vessel were completed, when they were again put on board, with the same force, or thereabouts; and on a subsequent cruise, the prize was taken.
The appellate jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the United States extends to a final judgment or decree in any suit in the highest court of the United States, where is drawn in question the validity of a treaty, and the judgment or decree is against the validity of the right claimed under the treaty; and such judgment may be re-examined by writ of error, in the same manner as if rendered in a circuit court. Martin v. Hunter’s Lessee, 1 Wheat. 104; 3 Cond. Rep. 575.
By the treaty with France of 1778, articles 17 and 22, the subjects of France had a right to equip and arm their vessels in the ports of the United States, to bring in their prizes and depart with them, without interference by the courts of the United States. Bee’s Admiralty Reports, 40, 43.
Peace and friendship between the two nations.
Neither party to grant favors to other nations that shall not become common to the other party.
Subjects of the King of France entitled to the same privileges in the United States as the most favored nations.
Citizens of the U. S. entitled to the same privileges in the dominions of France, as the most favored nations.
Particular exemption.
France to protect vessels of citizens of the United States in her jurisdiction, to restore them when captured, and to convey vessels in certain cases.
United States to do the same.
The King of France to aid the U. States to make treaties with the Barbary powers.
Subjects of either party shall not fish in the dominions of the other.
Citizens of U. S. shall not disturb subjects of France in their right of fishing on banks of Newfoundland.
Act of France rescinding the foregoing articles:
The General Congress of the United States of North America, having represented to the King that the execution of the eleventh article of the treaty of Amity and Commerce, signed the sixth of February last, might be productive of inconveniences; and having therefore desired the suppression of this article, consenting in return that the twelfth article shall likewise be considered of no effect: His Majesty in order to give a new proof of his affection, as also of his desire to consolidate the union and good correspondence established between the two States, has been pleased to consider their representations: His Majesty has consequently declared, and does declare by these presents, that he consents to the suppression of the eleventh and twelfth articles aforementioned, and that his intention is, that they be considered as having never been comprehended in the treaty signed the sixth of February last.
Act of the United States rescinding the foregoing articles:
DÉCLARATION.
The Most Christian King having been pleased to regard the representations made to him by the General Congress of North America, relating to the eleventh article of the treaty of commerce, signed the sixth of February, in the present year; and his majesty having therefore consented that the said article should be suppressed, on condition that the twelfth article of the same treaty be equally regarded as of none effect; the abovesaid General Congress hath declared on their part, and do declare, that they consent to the suppression of the eleventh and twelfth articles of the above-mentioned treaty, and that their intention is, that these articles be regarded as having never been comprised in the treaty signed the sixth of February. In faith whereof, &c.
Citizens of U. S. exempted from droit d’aubaine, and may dispose of their estate.
Subjects of France have similar privileges.
Acte de la France révoquant les articles précédens.
Le Congrès Général des Etats Unis de l’Amérique Septentrionale ayant representé au Roi que l’éxécution de l’article onze du traité d’Amitié et de Commerce, signé le six du mois de Fevrier dernier, pourroit entrainer des inconvenients après soi, et ayant desiré en conséquence que cet article demeurât suprimé; consentant en échange que l’article douze soit également regardé comme non avenu, sa Majesté, pour donner aux Etats Unis de l’Amérique Septentrionale une nouvelle preuve de son affection, ainsi que de son desir de consolider l’union et la bonne correspondance etablies entre les deux Etats, a bien voulu avoir égard à leurs représentations; En consequence sa Majesté à déclaré et déclare par les présentes, qu’elle consent à la suppression des articles onze et douze susmentionnés, et que son intention est, qu’ils soient regardés comme n’ayant jamais êté compris dans le traité signé le six Fevrier dernier.
Acte des Etats Unis révoquant les articles précédens.
DÉCLARATION.
Le Roi très Chretien ayant bien voulu avoir égard aux representations que lui a faites le Congrès Général de l’Amerique Septentrionale, relativement à l’article 11 du traité de commerce, signé le 6 Février de la presente année; et S. M. ayant consenti en consequence que le dit article demeurât supprimé à condition que l’article 12 du même traité fût également regardé comme non avenu; le Congrès Général a déclaré son côté et déclare qu’il consent à la suppression des articles 11 et 12 susmentionnés, et son intention est, qu’ils soient regardés comme n’ayant jamais été compris dans le traite signé le six Février dernier.
Ships suspected shall exhibit passports and certificates.
How to proceed in case of contraband goods.
Goods found in an enemy’s ship may be confiscated, unless put on board before declaration of war, or within two months after.
Ships of war and privateers to do no injury to either party; if they do, to be punished and make reparation to the party injured.
All ships and merchandize rescued out of the hands of pirates to be restored.
Prizes may be carried into the ports of either party.
No shelter shall be given to the captors of prizes from either party.
In case of shipwreck, relief to be afforded.
When vessels by stress of weather, &c. are forced into ports, &c. they shall be protected and permitted to depart.
In case of war, six months shall be allowed to citizens of each party residing in the other’s dominion to sell and remove their effects.
Citizens of neither party shall take commissions or letters of marque from any prince or state with whom the other is at war, to act as privateers.
Foreign privateers not allowed to be fitted out, or to sell their prizes in the ports of either party.
Liberty for either party to trade with a nation at war with the other.
Free ships make free goods, excepting contraband articles.
What goods shall be deemed contraband.
Ships and vessels to be furnished with seal letters or passports and certificates.
Vessels coming on the coast or entering the ports of either party, how to be treated.
How vessels are to be treated when met by ships of war or privateers.
No search after goods are put on board ships or vessels, unless in case of fraud.
Consuls, &c. to be allowed in the ports of each party.
Free ports.
Ratification.
In faith whereof the respective plenipotentiaries have signed the above articles, both in the French and English languages, declaring nevertheless, that the present treaty was originally composed and concluded in the French language, and they have thereto affixed their seals.
In foi de quoi les Plenipotentiaires respectifs ont signé les articles cidessus, tant en langue Françoise qu’en langue Angloise, déclarant néanmoins que le présent traité a eté originairement redigé et arrêté en langue Françoise; et ils y ont apposé le cachet de leurs armes.
Fait à Paris, le sixieme jour du mois de Fevrier, mil sept cent soixante dix-huit.
On these principles their said High Mightinesses the States General of the United Netherlands, have named for their plenipotentiaries, from the midst of their assembly, Messieurs, their deputies for the foreign affairs; and the said United States of America, on their part, have furnished with full powers, Mr. John Adams, late commissioner of the United States of America at the court of Versailles, heretofore delegate in Congress from the state of Massachusetts-Bay, and chief justice of the said state, who have agreed and concluded as follows, to wit:
Peace and friendship between the two nations.
Op deze grondbeginzelen hebben voorgemelde Haar Hoog Mogende de Staten Generaal der Vereenigde Nederlanden, tot hunne Plenipotentiarissen, uit het midden hunner vergadering benoemd, de Heeren Derselver gedeputeerden tot de buitenlandsche Saaken; En de gemelde Vereenigde Staten van America van hunne zyde, met volmagt voorsien den Heer John Adams, laatst commissaris van de Vereenigde Staten van America, aan het Hof van Versailles geweezen afgevaardigde op het Congres weegens de staten van Massachusetts-Baay, en opper-regter van den gemelden staat, dewelke zyn overeengekomen, en geaccordeert:
Subjects of United Netherlands shall have the same privileges in the United States, as the most favoured nation.
Citizens of U. S. shall have the same privileges in United Netherlands as the most favoured nations.
Liberty of conscience, &c. secured to the citizens of each party in the other’s dominions.
Both parties to protect vessels of the other in their dominions, to restore them when captured, and to convoy in certain cases.
Citizens of either party may dispose of estate by will or otherwise.
Regulations concerning the same.
Subjects of each party may employ such advocates, &c. as they think proper.
Vessels, &c. not to be detained.
Privileges of citizens in transacting business.
Merchant ships, if required, shall exhibit sea-letters, &c. if no contraband goods shall pass.
Mode of proceeding when contraband goods are discovered.
Goods found in an enemy’s ship liable to be confiscated, unless put on board before declaration of war or within six months after.
Vessels of war or privateers to do no injury to either party; if they do, to be punished and make reparation.
Captains of privateers, &c. to give sufficient caution, to be responsible for their malversations.
Goods rescued from pirates to be restored.
In case of shipwreck, relief shall be afforded and goods restored.
When vessels by stress of weather, &c. shall be forced into ports, &c. they shall be protected and permitted to depart.
In case of war, nine months allowed to citizens residing in the other’s dominion to sell and transport their effects.
Citizens of neither party shall take commissions or letters of marque from a prince or state with whom the other is at war.
Vessels coming on the coast or entering the ports of either party, how to be treated.
Consuls, &c. to be allowed in the ports of each nation.
This treaty not to derogate from treaty with France.
United Netherlands to aid the U. S. in forming treaties with the Barbary powers.
What goods shall be deemed contraband.
To the end that all dissention and quarrel may be avoided and prevented, Regulations respecting passports.
It has been also agreed, that such vessells, being loaded, ought to be provided not only with the said passports or sea-letters, but also with a general passport, or with particular passports or manifests, or other publick documents, which are ordinarily given to vessells outward bound in the ports from whence the vessells have set sail in the last place, containing a specification of the cargo, of the place from whence the vessell departed, and of that of her destination; or, instead of all these, with certificates from the magistrates or governors of cities, places and colonies, from whence the vessell came, given in the usual form, to the end that it may be known, whether there are any effects prohibited or contraband, on board the vessells, and whether they are destined to be carried to an enemy’s country or not; and in case any one judges proper to express in the said documents, the persons to whom the effects on board belong, he may do it freely, without, however, being bound to do
Ten einde alle dissentie en twist mag worden vermijd en voorgekomen, is over een gekomen, dat ingeval een van beide de parthyen in oorlog mogt komen te geraken, de scheepen en vaartuigen, toebehoorende aan de onderdanen of ingezeetenen van de andere geallieerde, met zee-brieven of pasporten, moeten werden voorsien, expresserende den naam, eigendom en de groote van het schip of vaartuig, als meede den naam, plaats, of woninge van den schipper of bevelhebber van het gemelde schip of vaartuig, ten einde daar by mag blyken, dat het schip reëel en in waarbeid aan de onderdanen of ingezeetenen van eene der parthyen toebehoord, welk pasport zal worden opgemaakt en uitgegeeven, volgens het formulier, agter dit tractaat gevoegt. Deselve zullen ieder reize, dat het schip thuys is geweest op nieuw verleent moeten zyn, of ten minsten niet ouder mogen zyn, als twee jaar, voorde tyd, dat het schip laast is thuys geweest.
Het is insgelyks vastgestelt, dat zodanige scheepen of vaartuigen gelaaden zynde, moeten weezen voorsien, niet alleen met pasporten of zeebrieven bovengemeld; maar ook met een generaal pasport of particuliere pasporten, of manifesten, of andere publicque documenten, die in de havenen, van waar de scheepen laast gekomen zyn, gewoonlyk gegeeven worden aan de uitgaende scheepen, inhoudende een specificatie van de lading de plaats van waar het schip gezeild is, en waar heenen het gedestineert is, of by gebreeke van alle deselve met certificaten van de magistraten of gouverneurs der steeden, plaatsen en colonien, van waar het schip vertrokken is, in de gewoonde form gegeeven, op dat geweeten kan worden, of eenige verboode of contrabande goederen, aan boord van de scheepen zyn, en of zy daar meede na’s vyands lauden gedestineert zyn, of niet. En by aldien iemand goetdunkt of raadzaem vind, om in de gemelde bescheiden uit te drukken de persoonen, aan wien de aan boord zinde goederen toekomen, vermag hy
How ships and vessels are to be treated, when met by ships of war or privateers.
It shall be lawfull for merchants, captains and commanders of vessells, Lawful for merchants and commanders of vessels to take into their service seamen and others belonging to either nation.
And reciprocally, all merchants, captains and commanders, belonging to the said United Netherlands, shall enjoy, in all the ports and places under the obedience of the said United States of America, the same priviledge of engaging and receiving seamen or others, natives or inhabitants of any country of the domination of the said States General: Provided, that neither on one side nor the other, they may not take into their service such of their countrymen who have already engaged in the service of the other party contracting, whether in war or trade, and whether they meet them by land or sea; at least if the captains or masters under the command of whom such persons may be found, will not of his own consent discharge them from their service; upon pain of being otherwise treated and punished as deserters.
Ratification.
Het zal geoorloft zyn aan kooplieden, capiteins, en bevelhebbers van scheepen, het zy publicque en ten oorlog, of particuliere en ter koopvaardy varrende, toebehoorende aan de gemelde Vereenigde Staten van America, of eenige van dozelve, of aan de onderdanen en ingezeetenen van eenige derzelve, vryelyk in hunne dienst aan te neemen, en aan boord van haare gemelde scheepen te onftangen, in iedere der havens of plaatsen onder de jurisdictie van voornoemde Haar Hoog Mogende, eenige bootgezellen of anderen, zynde inboorlingen of ingezeetenen van eenige der gemelde Staten, op zulke voorwaarden, als zal werden overeen gekomen, zonder daar voor aan eenige boete, pome, straffe, proces of berisping hoegenaamt onderheevig te zyn.
En zullen reciproquelyk alle kooplieden, capiteinen en bevelhebbers van scheepen, behoorende tot de voorschreeven Vereenigde Nederlanden, in alle de havens en plaatsen, onder het gebied van de gemelde Vereenigde Staten van America, het zelve voorregt genieten tot aanneming en onftangen van bootgezellen of anderen, zynde inboorlingen of ingezeetenen van eenige der domeinen van de gemelde Staten Generaal, met dien verstande, dat men nog aan de eene nog aan de andere zyde zig zal mogen bedienen van zodanige zyner landsgenooten, die zig reeds in dienst van de andere contracteerende parthye, het zy ten oorlog het zy op koopvaardy scheepen, heeft geengageert, het zy men deselve aan de vaste wal, dan wel in zee zoude mogen ontmoeten, ten minsten indien de capiteinen of schippers, onder wiens bevel zodanige persoonen zig mogen bevinden, deselve niet vrywillig uit húnnen dienst wilde ontslaan, op pene dat dezelve andersints op den voet van weg-lopers zullen worden behandelt, en gestraft.
In faith of which, We the Deputies and Plenipotentiaries of the Lords the States General of the United Netherlands, and the Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States of America, in virtue of our respective authorities and full powers, have signed the present treaty, and apposed thereto the seals of our arms.
Done at the Hague the eight of October, one thousand seven hundred eighty-two.
Oct. 8, 1782.
When vessels of either nation shall be re-captured, how they shall be restored.
When they shall belong to the re-captor.
Ten oirkonde deezes, hebben wy Gedeputeerden, en Plenipotentiarissen van de Heeren Staten Generaal der Vereenigde Nederlanden, en Minister Plenipotentiaris der Vereenigde Staten van America, uitkragte van onze respectieve authorisatie en plein pouvoir, deze onderteekent, en met onze gewoone cachetten bekragtigt.
In den Hage den agsten October, een duysent seeven hondert twee en tagtig.
When re-captured by vessels of war, they shall be restored.
Restitution to be made in reasonable time.
Vessels of war and privateers to be admitted with their prizes into the ports of both nations.
Each nation may make regulations.
In faith of which, We the Deputies and Plenipotentiaries of the Lords the States General of the United Netherlands, and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States of America, have, in virtue of our respective authorities and full powers, signed these presents, and confirmed the same with the seal of our arms.
Done at the Hague, the eight of October, one thousand seven hundred eighty-two.
Ten oinkonde deezes, hebben Wy Gedeputeerden en Plenipotentiarissen van de Heeren Staten Generaal der Vereenigde Nederlanden, en Minister Plenipotentiaris der Vereenigde Staten van America, uyt kragt van onze respective authorisatie en plein pouvoir, deeze onderteekent en met onze gewoone cachetten bekragtigt.
Gedaen in’s Hage, den agtsten October, een duysent seeven hondert twee en tagtig.
The Treaties and Conventions between the United States and Great Britain have been:
Agreed upon, by and between Richard Oswald, Esquire, the Commissioner of His Britannic Majesty, for treating of peace with the Commissioners of the United States of America, in behalf of his said Majesty, on the one part, and John Adams, Benjamin Franklin, John Jay, and Henry Laurens, four of the Commissioner of the said States, for treating of peace with the Commissioner of his said Majesty, on their behalf, on the other part, to be inserted in, and to constitute the Treaty of Peace, proposed to be concluded between the Crown of Great Britain and the said United States; but which Treaty is not to be concluded until terms of peace shall be agreed upon between Great Britain and France; and His Britannic Majesty shall be ready to conclude such Treaty accordingly. Done at Paris, November 30, 1782.
Armistice, declaring a cessation of hostilities between the United States and Great Britain. Versailles, January 20, 1783; post, 58.
Definitive Treaty of Peace between the United States of America and his Britannic Majesty. Done at Paris, September 3, 1783; post, 80.
Treaty of Amity, Commerce and Navigation between his Britannic Majesty and the United States of America by their President, with the advice and consent of the Senate. November 19, 1794; post, 116.
Additional article. Done at Philadelphia, May 4, 1796; post, 130.
Second explanatory article. Done at London the 15th March, 1798; post, 131.
Convention between the United States and Great Britain. Done at London, January 8, 1802; post, 196.
Treaty of Peace and Amity between his Britannic Majesty and the United States. Negotiated at Ghent, December 24, 1814. Ratified, February 17, 1815; post, 218.
A convention to regulate commerce between the Territories of the United States and his Britannic Majesty. London, July 3, 1815; post, 228.
Arrangement limiting the number of American and British vessels of war to be maintained on the Lakes. Washington, April, 1817; post, 231.
Convention with Great Britain. October 20, 1818; post, 248.
Convention at St. Petersburg. Done at St. Petersburg, day of 1822; post, 282.
Convention awarding the amount of indemnification under the St. Petersburg Convention. November 13, 1826; post, 314.
Convention regulating the reference between the United States and Great Britain on the settlement of the boundary line described in the fifth article of the Treaty of Ghent. September 29, 1827; post, 362.
Convention continuing the provision of the third article of the convention of the twentieth of October, 1818. August 6, 1827; post, 360.
Renewal of the commercial convention of third July, 1815. August 6, 1827; post, 361.
Treaty between the United States of America and Great Britain. Washington, August 9, 1842; post, 554.
United States acknowledged to be free, sovereign and independent.
Boundaries established.
Right of fishery secured.
Debts to be paid.
Congress to recommend to the states restitution of confiscated estates.
No further confiscations or prosecutions.
Hostilities to cease, and British armies to be withdrawn.
Navigation of the Mississippi to be free to both nations.
Conquests before arrival of these articles in America to be restored.
Done at Paris, the thirtieth day of November, in the year one thousand seven hundred and eighty-two.
It is hereby understood and agreed, that in case Great Britain, at the conclusion of the present war, shall recover, or be put in possession of West Florida, the line of north boundary between the said province and the United States shall be a line drawn from the mouth of the river Yassous, where it unites with the Mississippi, due east, to the river Apalachicola.
Done at Paris, the thirtieth day of November, in the year one thousand seven hundred and eighty-two.
A true copy, examined and compared with the original by
Passy, December 4, 1782.
Ante, 54.
In faith whereof, we, the Minister Plenipotentiary of his Britannic Majesty, have signed the present declaration, and have caused the seal of our arms to be thereto affixed.
Versailles, 20th January, 1783.
In faith whereof, we, the Ministers Plenipotentiary of the United
En foi de quoi, nous Ministre Plenipotentiaire de sa Majesté Britannique, avons signé la présente déclaration et y avons fait apposer le cachet de nos armes.
A Versailles le 20, Jan. 1783.
En foi de quoi nous Ministres Plenipotentiaires des États-Unis de
States North-America, have signed the present declaration, and have affixed thereto the seal of our arms.
Versailles, 20th of January, one thousand seven hundred and eighty-three.
The Treaty of April 3, 1783.
The Treaty of September 4, 1815; post, 232.
The Treaty of July 4, 1827; post, 346.
April 3, 1783.
l’Amerique Septentrionale avons signé la présente déclaration et y avons apposé les cachets de nos armes.
À Versailles le vingt Janvier, mil sept cent quatre-vingt trois.
ment and discontent, and by leaving each party at liberty to make, respecting navigation and commerce, those interior regulations which shall be most convenient to itself.
With this view, his Majesty the King of Sweden has nominated and appointed for his plenipotentiary Count Gustavus Philip de Creutz, his ambassador extraordinary to his Most Christian Majesty, and knight commander of his orders; and the United States, on their part, have fully empowered Benjamin Franklin, their minister plenipotentiary to his Most Christian Majesty: the said plenipotentiaries, after exchanging their full powers, and after mature deliberation in consequence thereof, have agreed upon, concluded and signed the following articles:
Peace and friendship between the two nations.
Neither party to grant favours to other nations that shall not become common to the other party.
Subjects of Sweden entitled to the same privileges in U. S. as the most favoured nations.
Citizens of the U. S. entitled to the same privileges in Sweden as the most favoured nations.
Liberty of conscience, &c. secured.
en laissant à chaque partie la liberté de faire au sujet du commerce et de la navigation, les règlements intérieurs qui seront à sa convenance.
Dans cette vue sa Majesté le Roi de Suede a nommé et constitué pour son plenipotentiaire le Comte Gustave Philippe de Creutz, son ambassadeur extraordinaire près sa Majesté très Chretienne et Chevalier commandeur de ses ordres; et les Etats Unis ont de leur côté pourvû de leurs pleinpouvoirs le Sieur Benjamin Franklin, leur ministre plenipotentiaire près sa Majesté très Chretienne; les quels, plenipotentiaires après avoir échangé leurs pleinpouvoirs et en conséquence d’une mure deliberation ont arrêté, conclu, et signé les articles suivants.
Citizens may dispose of estate, may inherit and may remove their effects.
Liberty for either party to trade with a nation at war with the other.
Free ships make free goods; except contraband articles.
This liberty extends to all kinds of merchandize, except contraband.
What goods shall be deemed contraband.
What goods shall not be deemed contraband.
In case of war, ships and vessels to be furnished with sea-letters, and certificates.
Vessels if required shall exhibit their sea-letters, and certificates.
If no contraband goods, may pass.
Mode of proceeding in case contraband goods are discovered.
Goods found in an enemy’s ship liable to be confiscated unless put on board before declaration of war, or within six months after.
Vessels of war and privateers shall do no injury to either party; if they do, to be punished and make reparation.
Every person fitting out a privateer, shall, before he receives commission, give bond to answer all damages.
Re-captured vessels in certain cases to be restored.
Vessels not to be detained.
Regulations in case both nations should be at war with a common enemy.
Ships of war, and privateers, may bring prizes into ports of either party.
In case of shipwreck, relief shall be afforded, and goods restored.
When vessels shall be forced by stress of weather, &c. into ports, &c. they shall be protected, and permitted to depart.
In case of war, nine months shall be allowed to citizens to sell and transport their effects.
Citizens of neither party shall take commissions, or letters of marque from any prince, or state, with whom the other is at war.
Ships and vessels coming on the coast, or entering the ports of either party, how to be treated.
How ships are to be treated when met by ships of war, or privateers.
Consuls, &c. to be allowed in the ports of each nation.
Ratification.
In faith whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the above articles, and have thereto affixed their seals.
Done at Paris the third day of April, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and eighty-three.
Time of duration.
Done at Paris, the third day of April, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and eighty-three.
King of Sweden to protect vessels and effects of citizens of U. S.
U. S. to protect vessels, and effects of subjects of Sweden.
In case of war at sea, ships of war to protect and assist vessels of each nation.
En foi de quoi les Plenipotentiaires respectifs ont signé les articles cy dessus et y ont apposé le cachet de leurs armes.
Fait à Paris le trois Avril, l’ an de Grâce mil sept cent quatre vingt trois.
Fait à Paris le trois Avril, l’ an de Grâce mil sept cent quatre vingt trois.
Regulations to transact business by citizens of one party in the dominions of the other.
No vessels to be searched unless in case of fraud. Regulations in such case.
Done at Paris, the third day of April, in the Year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and eighty-three.
Fait à Paris le trois Avril, l’ an de Grâce mil sept cent quatre vingt trois.
The decisions of the Courts of the United States in cases arising under the Definitive Treaty of Peace with Great Britain of September 3, 1783, have been:
The fifth article of the treaty of peace of 1783, between the United States and Great Britain, concluding with this clause: “And it is agreed, that all persons who have any interest in confiscated lands, either by debts, marriage settlements, or otherwise, shall meet with no lawful impediment in the prosecution of their just rights;” applies to those cases where an actual confiscation has taken place; and stipulates, that in such cases, the interest of all persons having a kind upon such lands shall be preserved. That clause of the treaty preserved the lien of a mortgagee of confiscated lands, which, at the time of the treaty, remained unsold. Higginson v. Meen, 4 Cranch, 415; 2 Cond. Rep. 155.
The treaties with Great Britain, of 1783 and 1794, only provide for titles existing at the time those treaties were made, and not for titles subsequently acquired. Actual possession of property is not necessary to give the party the benefit of the treaty. Blight’s Lease v. Rochester, 7 Wheat. 535; 5 Cond. Rep. 335.
Where J. D., an alien and British subject, came into the United States subsequent to the treaty of 1783, and, before the treaty of 1794 was signed, died seized of lands, it was held that the title of his heirs to the land was not protected by the treaty of 1794. Ibid.
Thomas Scott, a native of South Carolina, died in 1782, intestate, seized of land on James Island, having two daughters, Ann and Sarah, both born in South Carolina before the declaration of independence. Sarah married D. P. a citizen of South Carolina, and died in 1802, entitled to one half of the estate. The British took possession of James Island and Charleston in February and May, 1780; and in 1781 Ann Scott married Joseph Shanks, a British officer; and at the evacuation of Charleston in 1782, she went to England with her husband, where she remained until her death in 1801. She left five children, born in England. They claimed the other moiety of the real estate of Thomas Scott, in right of their mother, under the ninth article of the treaty of peace between this country and Great Britain of the 19th of November, 1794. Held, that they were entitled to recover and hold the same. Shanks et al. v. Dupont et al. 3 Peters, 242.
All British born subjects, whose allegiance Great Britain has never renounced, ought, upon general principles of interpretation, to be held within the intent, as they certainly are within the words, of the treaty of 1794. Ibid. 250.
The treaty of 1783, acted upon the state of things as it existed at that period. It took the actual state of things as its basis. All those, whether natives or otherwise, who then adhered to the American states, were virtually absolved from all allegiance to the British crown; all those who then adhered to the British crown were deemed and held subjects of that crown. The treaty of peace was a treaty operating between states and the inhabitants thereof. Ibid. 274.
The several states which compose this Union, but at least as regarded their municipal regulations, became entitled from the time when they declared themselves independent, to all the rights and powers of sovereign states; and did not derive them from concessions of the British king. The treaty of peace contains a recognition of the independence of these states, not a grant of it. The laws of the several state governments passed after the declaration of independence, were the laws of sovereign states, and as such were obligatory upon the people of each state. M’Ilvaine v. Cox’s Lessee, 4 Crunch, 209; 2 Cond. Rep. 86.
The property of British corporations, in this country, is protected by the sixth article of the treaty of peace of 1783, in the same manner as those of natural persons; and their title, thus protected, is confirmed by the ninth article of the treaty of 1794, so that it could not be forfeited by any intermediate legislative act, or other proceeding for the defect of alienage. The Society for Propagating the Gospel, &c. v. New Haven, 8 Wheat. 464; 5 Cond. Rep. 489. See also, post, p. 116, n.
In the name of the Most Holy and Undivided Trinity.
United States acknowledged to be independent.
Boundaries established.
Right of fishery secured.
Debts to be paid.
Congress to recommend to the states restitution of confiscated estates.
No farther confiscations or prosecutions.
Hostilities to cease, and British armies to be withdrawn.
Navigation of the Mississippi to be free to both nations.
Conquests before arrival of these articles in America to be restored.
Ratification.
Done at Paris, this third day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and eighty-three.
The treaties between the United States and Prussia have been:
A Treaty of Amity and Commerce between his Majesty the King of Prussia and the United States of America, July, August, and September, 1785.
Treaty of Amity and Commerce between his Majesty the King of Prussia and the United States of America. July 11, 1799; post, 162.
Treaty of Commerce and Navigation between the United States of America and his Majesty the King of Prussia. May 1, 1828; post, 378.
With this view, His Majesty the King of Prussia has nominated and constituted as his Plenipotentiary, the Baron Frederick William de Thulemeier, his Privy Counsellor of Embassy, and Envoy Extraordinary with their High Mightinesses the States General of the United Netherlands; and the United States have, on their part, given full powers to John Adams, Esquire, late one of their Ministers Plenipotentiary for negotiating a peace, heretofore a Delegate in Congress from the state of Massachusetts, and Chief Justice of the same, and now Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States with His Britannic Majesty; Doctor Benjamin Franklin, late Minister Plenipotentiary at the court of Versailles, and another of their Ministers Plenipotentiary for negotiating a peace; and Thomas Jefferson, heretofore a Delegate in Congress from the state of Virginia, and Governor of the said state, and now Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States at the court of His Most Christian Majesty, which respective Plenipotentiaries, after having exchanged their full powers, and on mature deliberation, have concluded, settled and signed the following articles.
Peace and friendship between the two nations.
Subjects of Prussia entitled to same privileges in U. S. as the most favoured nation.
Dans cette vue sa Majesté le Roi de Prusse a nommé et constitué pour son Plenipotentiaire le Baron Frédéric Guillaume de Thulemeier, son Conseiller Privé d’Ambassade et Envoyé Extraordinaire auprès de L. H. P. les États Généraux des Provinces Unies; et les États Unis ont de leur côté pourvu de leurs pleinpouvoirs le Sieur John Adams ci-devant l’un de leurs Ministres Plenipotentiaires pour traiter de la paix, Délegué au Congrès de la part de l’etat de Massachusetts et Chef de Justice du dit état, actuellement Ministre Plenipotentiaire des États Unis près sa Majesté le Roi de la Grand Bretagne, le Docteur Benjamin Franklin en dernier lieu leur Ministre Plenipotentiaire à la cour de S. M. T. C. et aussi l’un de leurs Ministres Plenipotentiaires pour traiter de la paix; et le Sieur Thomas Jefferson, ci-devant délegué au Congrès de la part de l’etat de Virginie et gouverneur du dit etat, actuellement Ministre Plenipotentiaire à la cour de S. M. T. C., lesquels Plenipotentiaires respectifs, après avoir échangé leurs pleinpouvoirs, et en consequence d’une mûre délibération, ont conclu, arrêté et signé les articles suivants.
Citizens of U. S. entitled to same privileges in Prussia, as the most favoured nations.
Regulation of commercial intercourse.
Vessels not to be forced to unload merchandize, &c.
Goods to be examined before loaded, and not after, unless in case of fraud.
Each party to protect the vessels and effects of the other, in their dominions.
Vessels coming on the coast, or entering the ports of either nation, how to be treated.
In case of shipwrecks relief shall be afforded, and goods restored.
The citizens or subjects of each party may dispose of their personal estate by will or otherwise.
Regulations concerning the same.
Liberty of conscience secured.
Liberty for either party to trade with a nation at war with the other.
Free ships make free goods.
No goods shall be deemed contraband, so as to justify confiscation; but vessels may be detained.
Vessels to be furnished with sea-letters or passports.
How vessels are to be treated when met by ships of war or privateers.
Vessels not to be detained.
When re-captured, vessels shall be restored.
Vessels driven by stress of weather, &c. into ports, shall be protected.
Vessels of war may carry prizes into the ports of each nation.
Citizens of either party shall not take commissions or letters of marque from a state at war with the other.
Regulations to be observed in case of war.
Convoys in certain cases.
In case of war, nine months to be allowed to citizens to settle their affairs.
Principles of conducting war.
No commissions to be granted to private armed vessels.
Treatment of prisoners of war regulated.
Consuls, &c. to be allowed in the ports of each nation.
All favours granted to another nation by one party shall become common to the other.
Duration of the treaty.
In testimony whereof, the Plenipotentiaries before mentioned, have hereto subscribed their names, and affixed their seals, at the places of their respective residence, and at the dates expressed under their several signatures.
A la Haye le 10 September, 1785.
London, August 5, 1785.
Passy, July 9, 1785.
Paris, July 28, 1785.
En foi de quoi les Plenipotentiaires sus nommés ont signé le présent traité et y ont apposé le cachet de leurs armes, aux lieux de leur domicile respectif, ainsi qu’il sera exprimé ci-dessous.
A la Haye le 10 Septembre, 1785.
London, August 5, 1785.
Passy, July 9, 1785.
Paris, July 28, 1785.
To all Persons to whom these Presents shall come or be made known.
ROYAL
SEAL.
In the Name of
This is a Treaty of Peace and Friendship established between us and the United States of America, which is confirmed, and which we have ordered to be written in this book, and sealed with our royal seal, at our court of Morocco, on the twenty-fifth day of the blessed month of Shaban, in the year one thousand two hundred, trusting in God it will remain permanent.
Emperor’s consent to the treaty.
Neither party shall take commission from the enemy of the other.
Regulation in case of captures.
Signal or pass to be given to vessels.
How vessels shall be examined in time of war.
Citizens of the U.S. captured, to be released.
Vessels wanting supplies, to be furnished.
Provision in case of misfortune.
Regulation in case of ship-wreck, and being forced into port.
Vessels protected in certain cases.
Privileges of vessels in case of war.
Ships of war belonging to U. S. not to be examined.
Ships of war to be saluted.
Commerce on the footing of the most favoured nation.
Privileges of merchants.
In case of war, prisoners not to be enslaved, but exchanged.
Merchants may buy and sell all goods except those prohibited to other Christian nations.
Goods to be examined before sent on board, and not after, unless in case of fraud.
Vessels not to be detained.
How disputes shall be settled.
How crimes shall be punished.
How estates of deceased citizens shall be disposed of.
Consuls and their privileges.
Regulations in case of war.
This treaty shall continue in full force, with the help of God, for fifty Duration of treaty.
We have delivered this book into the hands of the beforementioned Thomas Barclay, on the first day of the blessed month of Ramadan, in the year one thousand two hundred.
I certify that the annexed is a true copy of the translation made by Isaac Cardoza Nunez, interpreter at Morocco, of the treaty between the Emperor of Morocco and the United States of America.
Grace to the only
I, the under-written, the servant of God, Taher Ben Abdelkack Fennish, Vessels of U. S. to be protected.
And, in obedience to his Majesty’s commands, I certify this declaration, by putting my hand and seal to it, on the eighteenth day of Ramadan,(a)
The servant of the King, my master, whom God preserve,
I do certify that the above is a true copy of the translation made at Morocco, by Isaac Cardoza Nunez, interpreter, of a declaration made and signed by Sidi Hage Taher Fennish, in addition to the treaty between the Emperor of Morocco and the United States of America, which declaration the said Taher Fennish made by the express directions of his Majesty.
In testimony whereof, we have signed the same with our names and seals, at the places of our respective residence, and at the dates expressed under our signatures respectively.
London, January 25th, 1787.
Paris, January 1st, 1787.
Consuls to present commissions, and to be entitled to an exequatur.
Privileges of consuls.
Consuls may appoint agents.
Consuls may establish a chancery.
Power and duty of consuls.
Consuls to receive declarations, &c. from captains, of losses at sea.
Power of consuls in cases of shipwreck.
Power of consuls respecting vessels of their own nation.
Power of consuls in regard to deserters, and mode of proceeding.
Citizens amenable for crimes to the judges of the country.
How to proceed when offenders withdraw on board their vessels.
Disputes between citizens in a foreign country to be settled by consuls.
Tribunals to decide commercial affairs.
Citizens exempted from personal service in place of settlement.
If either party grant greater consular privileges to another nation they shall be common to both.
Duration of this convention.
In faith whereof, we, Ministers Plenipotentiary, have signed the present convention, and have thereto set the seal of our arms.
Done at Versailles, the 14th of November, one thousand seven hundred and eighty-eight.
En foi de quoi, nous, Ministres Plénipotentiaires, avons signé la présente convention, et y avons fait apposer le cachet de nos armes.
Fait à Versailles, le 14 Novembre, mil sept cent quatre-vingt-huit.
For a list of the treaties and conventions between the United States and Great Britain, see ante, page 54.
Additional note of the decisions of the courts of the United States, in cases arising under the Definitive Treaty of Peace with Great Britain of September 4, 1783.
The treaty of peace between the United States and Great Britain, prevents the operation of the act of limitations of Virginia, upon British debts contracted before that treaty. Hopkirk v. Bell, 3 Cranch, 454; 1 Cond. Rep. 595.
The treaty of peace of 1783, between the United States and Great Britain, was a mere recognition of pre-existing rights as to territory, and no territory was thereby acquired by way of cession from Great Britain. Harcourt et al. v. Gaillard, 12 Wheat. 523; 6 Cond. Rep. 628.
The act of the legislature of Virginia, of 1799, entitled “An act concerning escheats and forfeitures from British subjects,” and under which a debtor to a subject of Great Britain had, in conformity to the provisions of that law, during the war, paid into the loan office of the slate a portion of the debt due by him, did not operate to protect the debtor from a suit for such debt, after the treaty of peace in 1783. The statute of Virginia, if it was valid, and the legislature could pass such a law, was annulled by the fourth article of the treaty; and under this article, suits for the recovery of debts so due, might be maintained, the provisions of the Virginia law to the contrary notwithstanding. Ware, Adm’r of Jones, Plaintiff in Error v. Hylton et al. 3 Dall. 199; 1 Cond. Rep. 99.
Debts due in the United States to British subjects, before the war of the revolution, though sequestered or paid into the state treasuries, revived by the treaty of peace of 1783, and the creditors are entitled to recover them from the original debtors. State of Georgia v. Brailsford, 3 Dall. 1; 1 Cond. Rep. 8.
G. C., born in the colony of New York, went to England in 1738, where he resided until his decease; and being seised of lands in New York, he, on the 30th of November, 1776, in England, devised the same to the defendant and E. C., as tenants in common, and died so seised on the 10th of December, 1776. The defendant and E. C. having entered, and becoming possessed, E. C., on the 3d December, 1791, bargained and sold to the defendant all his interest. The defendant and E. C. were both born in England, long before the revolution. On the 22d March, 1791, the legislature of New York passed an act to enable the defendant to purchase lands, and to hold all other lands which be might then be entitled to within the state, by purchase or descent, in fee simple; and to sell and dispose of the same, in the same manner as any natural born citizen might do. The treaty between the United Slates and Great Britain of 1794, contains tho following provision: “Article 9th. It is agreed that British subjects who now hold lands in the territories of lhe United States, and American citizens who now hold lands in the dominions of his majesty, shall continue to hold them according to the nature and tenure of their respective estates and titles therein; and may grant, sell, or devise the same to whom they please, in like manner as if they were natives; and that neither they nor their heirs or assigns shall, so far as respects thee said lands and the legal remedies incident thereto, be considered as aliens.” The defendant, at the time of the action brought, still continued to be a British subject. Held, that he was entitled to hold the lands so devised to him by G. C., and transferred to him by E. C. New York v. Clarke, 3 Wheat. 1; 4 Cond. Rep. 188.
Peace established.
His Majesty to withdraw troops from U. States.
Privileges allowed to settlers and traders.
It is agreed that it shall at all times be free to his Majesty’s subjects, Commercial intercourse regulated between the two parties on the continent of America.
All goods and merchandize whose importation into his Majesty’s said territories in America, shall not be entirely prohibited, may freely, for the purposes of commerce, be carried into the same in the manner aforesaid, by the citizens of the United States, and such goods and merchandize shall be subject to no higher or other duties, than would be payable by his Majesty’s subjects on the importation of the same from Europe into the said territories. And in like manner, all goods and merchandize whose importation into the United States shall not be wholly prohibited, may freely, for the purposes of commerce, be carried into the same, in the manner aforesaid, by his Majesty’s subjects, and such goods and merchandize shall be subject to no higher or other duties, than would be payable by the citizens of the United States on the importation of the same in American vessels into the Atlantic ports of the said states. And all goods not prohibited to be exported from the said territories respectively, may in like manner be carried out of the same by the two parties respectively, paying duty as aforesaid.
No duty of entry shall ever be levied by either party on peltries brought by land, or inland navigation into the said territories respectively, nor shall the Indians passing or repassing with their own proper goods and effects of whatever nature, pay for the same any impost or duty whatever. But goods in bales, or other large packages, unusual among Indians, shall not be considered as goods belonging bona fide to Indians.
No higher or other tolls or rates of ferriage than what are or shall be payable by natives, shall be demanded on either side; and no duties shall be payable on any goods which shall merely be carried over any of the portages or carrying-places on either side, for the purpose of being immediately re-imbarked and carried to some other place or places. But as by this stipulation it is only meant to secure to each party a free passage across the portages on both sides: it is agreed, that this exemption from duty shall extend only to such goods as are carried in the usual and direct road across the portage, and are not attempted to be in any manner sold or exchanged during their passage across the same, and proper regulations may be established to prevent the possibility of any frauds in this respect.
As this article is intended to render in a great degree the local advantages of each party common to both, and thereby to promote a disposition favorable to friendship and good neighbourhood, it is agreed, that the respective governments will mutually promote this amicable intercourse, by causing speedy and impartial justice to be done, and necessary protection to be extended to all who may be concerned therein.
Survey of the Mississippi to be made.
Whereas doubts have arisen what river was truly intended under the name of the river St. Croix, mentioned in the said treaty of peace, and forming a part of the boundary therein described; that question shall be referred to the final decision of commissioners to be appointed in the following manner, viz.
One commissioner shall be named by his Majesty, and one by the Commissioners to be appointed to decide what river is the river St. Croix intended by the treaty of peace to be the boundary of the U.S.
Whereas it is alledged by divers British merchants and others his U.S. to make compensation to British creditors, for losses occasioned by legal impediments to the collection of debts contracted before the peace.
For the purpose of ascertaining the amount of any such losses and Commissioners to be appointed to ascertain the same.
Three of the said commissioners shall constitute a board, and shall Their power and duty.
The said commissioners in examining the complaints and applications so preferred to them, are empowered and required, in pursuance of the true intent and meaning of this article, to take into their consideration all claims, whether of principal or interest, or balances of principal and interest, and to determine the same respectively, according to the merits of the several cases, due regard being had to all the circumstances thereof, and as equity and justice shall appear to them to require. And the said commissioners shall have power to examine all such persons as shall come before them, on oath or affirmation, touching the premises; and also to receive in evidence, according as they may think most consistent with equity and justice, all written depositions, or books, or papers, or copies, or extracts thereof; every such deposition, book, or paper, or copy, or extract, being duly authenticated, either according to the legal forms now respectively existing in the two countries, or in such other manner as the said commissioners shall see cause to require or allow.
The award of the said commissioners, or of any three of them as U. S. to pay the sum awarded.
Whereas complaints have been made by divers merchants and others, British government to make compensation to American citizens for illegal captures of their vessels by British subjects.
That for the purpose of ascertaining the amount of any such losses Commissioners to be appointed to ascertain the same.
And whereas certain merchants and others his Majesty’s subjects, complain, that in the course of the war they have sustained loss and damage, by reason of the capture of their vessels and merchandize, taken within the limits and jurisdiction of the states, and brought into the ports of the same, or taken by vessels originally armed in ports of the said states.
It is agreed that in all such cases where restitution shall not have U. S. to make compensation to British subjects for captures in their jurisdiction or by vessels armed in their ports. Post, 132.
How expenses shall be paid, and vacancy of commissioners supplied.
Alienage not to affect certain titles to lands.
Sequestration of debts restricted.
His Majesty consents that it shall and may be lawful during the time West-India trade regulated. Suspended, see page 130.
And his Majesty also consents, that it shall be lawful for the said American citizens to purchase, load, and carry away in their said vessels to the United States from the said islands and ports, all such articles, being of the growth, manufacture or produce of the said islands, as may now by law be carried from thence to the said states in British vessels, and subject only to the same duties and charges on exportation, to which British vessels and their cargoes are or shall be subject in similar circumstances.
Provided always, that the said American vessels do carry and land their cargoes in the United States only, it being expressly agreed and declared, that during the continuance of this article, the United States will prohibit and restrain the carrying any molasses, sugar, coffee, cocoa or cotton in American vessels, either from his Majesty’s islands, or from the United States to any part of the world except the United States, reasonable sea-stores excepted. Provided also, that it shall and may be lawful, during the same period, for British vessels to import from the said islands into the United States, and to export from the United States to the said islands, all articles whatever, being of the growth, produce or manufacture of the said islands, or of the United States respectively, which now may, by the laws of the said states, be so imported and exported. And that the cargoes of the said British vessels shall be subject to no other or higher duties or charges, than shall be payable on the same articles if so imported or exported in American vessels.
It is agreed that this article and every matter and thing therein contained, shall continue to be in force during the continuance of the war in which his Majesty is now engaged; and also for two years from and after the day of the signature of the preliminary or other articles of peace, by which the same may be terminated.
And it is further agreed, that at the expiration of the said term, the two contracting parties will endeavour further to regulate their commerce in this respect, according to the situation in which his Majesty may then find himself with respect to the West-Indies, and with a view to such arrangements as may best conduce to the mutual advantage and extension of commerce. And the said parties will then also renew their discussions, and endeavour to agree, whether in any and what cases, neutral vessels shall protect enemy’s property; and in what cases provisions and other articles, not generally contraband, may become such. But in the mean time, their conduct towards each other in these respects, shall be regulated by the articles herein-after inserted on those subjects.
His Majesty consents that the vessels belonging to the citizens of the East-India trade regulated.
Liberty of commerce between the British European dominions and the U. States established.
It is agreed that no other or higher duties shall be paid by the ships Regulations respecting duties on ships and merchandize.
But the British government reserves to itself the right of imposing on American vessels entering into the British ports in Europe, a tonnage duty equal to that which shall be payable by British vessels in the ports of America: And also such duty as may be adequate to countervail the
The two parties agree to treat for the more exact equalization of the duties on the respective navigation of their subjects and people, in such manner as may be most beneficial to the two countries. The arrangements for this purpose shall be made at the same time, with those mentioned at the conclusion of the twelfth article of this treaty, and are to be considered as a part thereof. In the interval it is agreed, that the United States will not impose any new or additional tonnage duties on British vessels, nor increase the now-subsisting difference between the duties payable on the importation of any articles in British or in American vessels.
It shall be free for the two contracting parties, respectively to appoint Consuls may be appointed.
Either of the parties may except from the residence of consuls such particular places, as such party shall judge proper to be so excepted.
How to proceed when vessels are captured on suspicion of having enemy’s property, or contraband goods.
In order to regulate what is in future to be esteemed contraband of What articles shall be deemed contraband.
And whereas the difficulty of agreeing on the precise cases in which Stipulation respecting provisions becoming contraband.
And whereas it frequently happens that vessels sail for a port or place Regulations respecting vessels attempting to enter a blockaded port, or found therein.
And that more abundant care may be taken for the security of the Privateering regulated.
For this cause, all commanders of privateers, before they receive their commissions, shall hereafter be obliged to give, before a competent judge, sufficient security by at least two responsible sureties, who have no interest in the said privateer, each of whom, together with the said commander, shall be jointly and severally bound in the sum of fifteen hundred pounds sterling, or if such ships be provided with above one hundred and fifty seamen or soldiers, in the sum of three thousand pounds sterling, to satisfy all damages and injuries, which the said privateer, or her officers or men, or any of them may do or commit during their cruise, contrary to the tenor of this treaty, or to the laws and instructions for regulating their conduct; and further, that in all cases of aggressions, the said commissions shall be revoked and annulled.
It is also agreed that whenever a judge of a court of admiralty of either of the parties, shall pronounce sentence against any vessel, or goods or property belonging to the subjects or citizens of the other party, a formal and duly authenticated copy of all the proceedings in the cause, and of the said sentence, shall, if required, be delivered to the commander of the said vessel, without the smallest delay, he paying all legal fees and demands for the same.
It is further agreed that both the said contracting parties, shall not only refuse to receive any pirates into any of their ports, havens, or towns, or permit any of their inhabitants to receive, protect, harbor, Pirates not to be protected; and goods taken by them to be restored.
And all their ships with the goods or merchandizes taken by them and brought into the port of either of the said parties, shall be seized as far as they can be discovered, and shall be restored to the owners, or their factors or agents, duly deputed and authorized in writing by them (proper evidence being first given in the court of admiralty for proving the property) even in case such effects should have passed into other hands by sale, if it be proved that the buyers knew or had good reason to believe, or suspect that they had been piratically taken.
Subjects or citizens of one party shall not accept commission from a foreign state at war with the other.
No reprisal till demand of satisfaction and refusal.
Ships of war of each to be received in the ports of the other.
American vessels, in case of stress of weather, may enter British ports.
Foreign privateers not to arm in the ports of either nation, nor to sell their prizes.
It shall be lawful for the ships of war and privateers belonging to the Regulations respecting prizes and captures.
Neither of the said parties shall permit the ships or goods belonging to the subjects or citizens of the other, to be taken within cannon-shot of the coast, nor in any of the bays, ports, or rivers of their territories, by ships of war, or others having commission from any prince, republic, or state whatever. But in case it should so happen, the party whose territorial rights shall thus have been violated, shall use his utmost endeavours to obtain from the offending party, full and ample satisfaction for the vessel or vessels so taken, whether the same be vessels of war or merchant vessels.
If at any time a rupture should take place, (which God forbid) between Privileges of the subjects and citizens of each party residing in the dominions of the other in case of a rupture.
Criminals to be delivered up to justice.
It is agreed, that the first ten articles of this treaty shall be permanent, Limitation.
Lastly. This treaty, when the same shall have been ratified by his Ratification.
Done at London, this nineteenth Day of November, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-four.
Twelfth article suspended.
May 4, 1796.
This explanatory article, when the same shall have been ratified by his Majesty, and by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of their Senate, and the respective ratifications mutually exchanged, shall be added to, and make a part of the said treaty of amity, commerce and navigation, and shall be permanently binding upon his Majesty and the United States.
to be added to the treaty of Amity, Commerce March 15, 1798.
The commissioners under the 5th article released from particularizing the latitude and longitude of the source of the river intended by the St. Croix.
A monument to be erected at the source of that river.
This explanatory article, when the same shall have been ratified by This article to be a part of the treaty of November 19, 1794.
Philadelphia, September 5, 1793.
I am honored with yours of August 30. Mine of the 7th of that month assured you that measures were taken for excluding from all further asylum in our ports, vessels armed in them to cruise on nations with which we are at peace, and for the restitution of the prizes the Lovely Lass, Prince William Henry, and the Jane of Dublin; and that should the measures for restitution fail in their effect, the president considered it as incumbent on the United States to make compensation for the vessels.
We are bound by our treaties with three of the belligerent nations, by all the means in our power, to protect and defend their vessels and effects in our ports, or waters, or on the seas near our shores, and to recover and restore the same to the right owners when taken from them. If all the means in our power are used, and fail in their effect, we are not bound by our treaties with those nations to make compensation.
Though we have no similar treaty with Great Britain, it was the opinion of the president, that we should use towards that nation the same rule, which, under this article, was to govern us with the other nations; and even to extend it to captures made on the high seas, and brought into our ports; if done by vessels which had been armed within them.
Having, for particular reasons, forbore to use all the means in our power for the restitution of the three vessels mentioned in my letter of August 7th, the president thought it incumbent on the United States to make compensation for them: And though nothing was said in that letter of other vessels taken under like circumstances, and brought in after the date of that letter, yet when the same forbearance had taken place, it was and is his opinion, that compensation would be equally due.
As to prizes made under the same circumstances, and brought in after the date of that letter, the president determined, that all the means in our power should be used for their restitution. If these fail, as we should not be bound by our treaties to make compensation to the other powers in the analogous case, he did not mean to give an opinion that it ought to be done to Great Britain. But still, if any cases shall arise subsequently to that date, the circumstances of which shall bring them within similar ground with those before it, the president would think compensation equally incumbent on the United States.
Instructions are given to the governors of the different states, to use all the means in their power for restoring prizes of this last description found within their ports. Though they will, of course, take measures to be informed of them, and the general government has given them the aid of the customs house officers for this purpose, yet you will be sensible of the importance of multiplying the channels of their information as far as shall depend on yourself, or any person under your direction, in order that the governors may use the means in their power for making restitution.
Without knowledge of the capture they cannot restore it. It will always be best to give the notice to them directly; but any information which you shall be pleased to send to me, also, at any time, shall be forwarded to them as quickly as distance will permit.
Hence you will perceive, sir, that the president contemplates restitution or compensation in the cases before the 7th of August; and after that date, restitution if it can be effected by any means in our power. And that it will be important that you should substantiate the fact, that such prizes are in our ports or waters.
Your list of the privateers illicitly armed in our ports is, I believe, correct.
With respect to losses by detention, waste, spoliation sustained by vessels taken as before-mentioned, between the dates of June 5th and August 7th, it is proposed, as a provisional measure, that the collector of the customs of the district, and the British consul, or any other person you please, shall appoint persons to establish the value of the vessel and cargo, at the time of her capture and of her arrival in the port into which she is brought, according to their value in that port. If this shall be agreeable to you, and you will be pleased to signify it to me, with the names of the prizes understood to be of this description, instructions will be given accordingly, to the collector of the customs where the respective vessels are.
George Hammond, esq.
The treaties between the United States and Algiers have been:
The Treaty of September 5, 1795.
The Treaty of June 30, 1815, post, 224.
Renewed Treaty with Algiers of 22d December, 1816, post, 244.
Peace established.
Commercial intercourse regulated.
Vessels of each nation to pass unmolested.
How passports of vessels and ships of war shall be examined, and to whom to be granted.
No Algerine cruiser may take any person out of a vessel of the U. S.
Vessels of U. S. stranded to be relieved.
Algerines not to sell vessels of war to the enemies of U. States.
When passport is not necessary.
Other Barbary states not to be allowed to sell prizes in Algiers.
U. S. may send prizes into the ports of the Regency.
How ships of war of U. S. shall be treated in the ports of the Regency.
How slaves shall be redeemed, and when captured persons shall be lawful prize.
How the estate of citizens of U. S. dying in the Regency shall be settled.
No citizen of U. S. to be compelled to purchase goods or pay debts of another.
How disputes shall be settled.
How crimes shall be punished.
Privileges of the consul of the U. S.
In case of war, citizens of U. S. may embark, unmolested.
Citizens of either nation captured by the other to be set at liberty.
Vessels of war to be saluted.
Consul not to pay duty.
Should any disturbance take place between the citizens of the United War not to be declared in case of breach of treaty.
On the 21st of the Luna of Safer; 1210, corresponding with the 5th Sum to be paid to the Dey.
Seal of Algiers
stamped at
the foot of the
original treaty
in Arabic.
To all to whom these Presents shall come, or be made known:
Now know ye, That I, David Humphreys, Commissioner Plenipotentiary aforesaid, do approve and conclude the said treaty, and every article and clause therein contained; reserving the same nevertheless for the final ratification of the President of the United States of America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the said United States.
In Testimony whereof, I have signed the same with my Hand and Seal, at the City of Lisbon, this 28th of November, 1795.
The treaties with Spain have been:
A Treaty of Friendship, Limits, and Navigation between the United States and the King of Spain. October 27, 1795.
A Convention of Indemnification between the United States and Spain. August 11, 1802; post, 198.
Treaty of Amity, Settlement and Limits between the United States of America and his Catholic Majesty, negotiated February 23, 1819. Ratified by the President and Senate on the 19th February, 1821, and by the King of Spain on the 24th October, 1820, post, 252.
Decisions of the Courts of the United States in cases which have arisen under the treaty with Spain of October 27, 1795, 252.
Under the Spanish treaty of 1795, stipulating that free ships shall make free goods, the want of such a sea-letter or passport, or such certificates as are described in the seventeenth article, is not a substantive ground of condemnation. It only authorizes capture and sending in for adjudication, and the proprietary interest in the ship may be proved by other equivalent testimony. But if, upon the original evidence, the cause appears extremely doubtful and suspicious, and farther proof is necessary, the grant or denial of it rests on the same general rules which govern the discretion of prize courts in other cases. The Pizarro, 2 Wheat, 227; 4 Cond. Rep. 103.
The term “subjects,” in the fifteenth article of the treaty, when applied to persons owing allegiance to Spain, must be construed in the same sense as the term “citizens,” or “inhabitants,” when applied to persons owing allegiance to the United States; and extends to all persons domiciled in the Spanish dominions. Ibid.
The Spanish character of the ship being ascertained, the proprietary interest of the cargo cannot be inquired into; unless so far as to ascertain that it does not belong to citizens of the United States, whose property engaged in trade with the enemy is not protected by the treaty. Ibid.
The seventeenth article of the Spanish treaty of 1795, so far as it purports to give any effect to passports, is imperfect and inoperative, in consequence of the omission to annex the form of passport to the treaty. The Amiable Isabella, 6 Wheat. 1; 5 Cond. Rep. 1.
By the Spanish treaty of 1795, free ships make free goods; but the form of the passport, by which the freedom of the ship was to have been conclusively established, never having been duly annexed to the treaty, the proprietary interest of the ship is to be proved according to the ordinary rules of the prize court; and if thus shown to be Spanish, will protect the cargo on board, to whomsoever the latter may belong. Ibid.
The treaty with Spain of 1795, does not contain, express or implied, a stipulation that enemy’s ships shall make enemy’s goods. The Nereide; Bennet, Master, 9 Cranch, 388; 3 Cond. Rep. 439.
With this intention, his Catholic Majesty has appointed the most excellent Lord, don Manuel de Godoy, and Alvarez de Faria, Rios, Sanchez, Zarzosa, Prince de la Paz, duke de la Aleudia, lord of the Soto de Roma, and of the state of Albaiá, Grandee of Spain of the first class, perpetual regidor of the city of Santiago, knight of the illustrious order of the Golden Fleece, and Great Cross of the Royal and distinguished Spanish order of Charles the III. commander of Valencia, del Ventoso, Rivera, and Acenchal in that of Santiago; Knight and Great Cross of the religious order of St. John; Counsellor of state; first Secretary of state and despacho; Secretary to the Queen; Superintendent General of the posts and highways; Protector of the royal Academy of the noble arts, and of the royal societies of natural history, botany, chemistry, and astronomy; Gentleman of the King’s chamber in employment; Captain General of his armies; Inspector and Major of the royal corps of body guards, &c. &c. &c. and the President of the United States, with the advice and consent of their Senate, has appointed Thomas Pinckney, a citizen of the United States, and their Envoy Extraordinary to his Catholic Majesty. And the said Plenipotentiaries have agreed upon and concluded the following articles:
Peace established.
Con esta mira han nombrado S. M. Catolica al Excelentisimo Sor Dn. Manuel de Godoy, y Alvarez de Faria, Rios, Sanchez, Zarzosa, Principe de la Paz, Duque de la Alcudia, Señor del Soto de Roma, y del Estado de Abalá, Grande de España de primera clase, Regidor perpetuo de la ciudad de Santiago, Caballero de la insigne orden del toyson de Oro, Gran Cruz de la Real y distinguida orden Española de Carlos III. Comendador de Valencia, del Ventoso, Rivera, y Acenchal en la de Santiago, Caballero Gran Cruz de la Religion de Sn. Juan, Consejero de Estado, primera Secretario de Estado y del Despacho, Secretario de la Reyna, Nra. Sra. Superintendente General de Correos y Caminos, Protector de la Rl. Academia de las nobles artes, y de los Rles. Gabinete de Historia Natural, Jardin Botanico, Laboratorio Chîmico, y Observatorio Astronomico; Gentilhombre de Camara con exercicio; Capitan General de los Reales Exercitos; Inspector y Sargento Mayor del Rl. Cuerpo de Guardias de Corps, y el Presidente de los Estados Unidos, con el consentimiento y aprobacion del Senado, à Dn. Thomas Pinckney, ciudadano de los mismos Estados, y su Enviado Extraordinario cerca de S. M. Catholica, y ambos Plenipotenciarios han ajustado y firmado los articulos siguientes:
Southern boundary line established.
Commissioners to run the boundary line.
Mississippi to be the western boundary, and the navigation thereof secured.
The two high contracting parties shall, by all the means in their How each nation shall conduct with Indians in their respective territories.
And whereas several treaties of friendship exist between the two contracting parties and the said nations of Indians, it is hereby agreed that
Las dos altas partes contratantes procurarán por todos los medios posibles mantener la paz, y buena armonia entre las diversas naciones de Indios que habitan los terrenos adyacentes á las lineas y rios que en los articulos anteriores forman los limites de las dos Floridas; y para conseguir mejor este fin se obligan expresamente ambas potencias à reprimir con la fuerza todo genero de hostilidades de parte de las naciones Indias que habitan dentro de la linea de sus respectivos limites: de modo que ni la España permitirá que sus Indios ataquen à los que vivan en el territorio de los Estados Unidos o à sus ciudadanos, ni los Estados que los suyos hostilicen à los subditos de S. M. Catolica o à sus Indios de manera alguna.
Exîstiendo varios tratados de amistad entre las expresadas naciones y las dos potencias, se ha convenido en no hacer en lo venidero alianza
Each nation to protect the vessels of the other in their jurisdiction.
No embargo allowed.
In cases of seizure for debts or crimes, how to proceed.
Vessels forced into port by stress of weather to be relieved.
Property taken from pirates to be restored.
Vessels wrecked or foundered to be relieved.
The citizens and subjects of each party shall have power to dispose Settlement of the estates of deceased persons.
And in case of the absence of the representative, such care shall be taken of the said goods, as would be taken of the goods of a native in like case, until the lawful owner may take measures for receiving them. And if questions shall arise among several claimants to which of them the said goods belong, the same shall be decided finally by the laws and judges of the land wherein the said goods are. And where, on the death of any person holding real estate within the territories of the one party, such real estate would by the laws of the land descend on a citizen or subject of the other, were he not disqualified by being an alien, such subject shall be allowed a reasonable time to sell the same, and to withdraw the proceeds without molestation, and exempt from all rights of detraction on the part of the government of the respective states.
Vessels suspected shall exhibit passports and certificates.
In case of war one year allowed to merchants to remove.
No citizen of either nation shall take a commission from a foreign power to arm privateers against the other.
Liberty of trade to enemies’ ports secured.
Free ships make free goods, excepting contraband.
What articles shall be deemed contraband.
To the end, that all manner of dissections and quarrels may be Regulations respecting passports and sea letters.
It is likewise agreed, that such ships being laden, are to be provided not only with passports as above mentioned, but also with certificates, containing the several particulars of the cargo, the place whence the ship sailed, that so it may be known whether any forbidden or contraband goods be on board the same: which certificates shall be made out by the officers of the place whence the ship sailed in the accustomed form: And if any one shall think it fit or advisable to express in the said certificates, the person to whom the goods on board belong, he may freely do so: Without which requisites they may be sent to one of the ports of the other contracting party, and adjudged by the competent tribunal, according to what is above set forth, that all the circumstances of this omission having been well examined, they shall be adjudged to be legal prizes, unless they shall give legal satisfaction of their property by testimony entirely equivalent.
Vessels shall exhibit passports to ships of war.
A fin de evitar entre ambas partes toda especie de disputas y quejas, se ha convenido qe. en el caso de que una de las dos potencias se hallase empeñada en una guerra, los buques y bastimentos pertenecientes à los subditos ô pueblos de la otra, deberan llevar consigo patentes de mar ô pasaportes que expresen el nombre, la propiedad, y el porte del buque, como tambien el nombre y morada de su dueño y comandante de dicho buque, para que de este modo conste que pertenece real y verdaderamento. â los subditos de una de las dos partes contratantes; y que dichos pasaportes deberán expedirse según el modelo adjunto al presente tratado. Todos los años deberán renovarse estos pasaportes en el caso de que el buque vuelva á su pais en el espacio de un año.
Ygualmente se ha convenido en que los buques mencionados arriba, si estuviesen cargados, deberán llevar no solo los pasaportes sino tambien certificados que contengan el pormenor del cargamento, el lugar de donde ha salido el buque, y la declaracion de las mercaderias de contrabando qe. pudiesen hallarse â bordo, cuyos certificados deberán expedirse en la forma acostumbrada por los oficiales empleados en el lugar de donde el navio se hiciese â la vela, y si se juzgase útil y prudente expresar en dichos pasaportes la persona propietaria de las mercaderias se podra hacer libremente, sin cuyos requisitos sera conducido á uno de los puertos de la potencia respectiva, y juzgado por el tribunal competente, con arreglo â lo arriba dicho, para que exâminadas bien las circunstancias de su falta, sea condenado por de buena presa si no satisfaciese legalmente con los testimonios equivalentes en un todo.
Consuls.
Courts of justice to be open to citizens of each nation.
Compensation to be made to citizens of U. S. for illegal captures of vessels by Spanish subjects.
Commissioners to ascertain the same.
encreased by this treaty, and that it will contribute to augment their prosperity and opulence, will in future give to their mutual commerce all the extension and favour which the advantages of both countries may require.
And in consequence of the stipulations contained in the IV. article, his Catholic Majesty will permit the citizens of the United States, for Spain permits citizens of U. S. to deposit goods at New Orleans.
In witness whereof, we, the underwritten plenipotentiaries of his Catholic Majesty and of the United States of America, have signed this present treaty of friendship, limits, and navigation, and have thereunto affixed our seals respectively.
Done at San Lorenzo el Real, this seven and twenty day of October, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-five.
mas con el presente tratado, y que contribuirá à aumentar su prosperidad y opulencia, concederán reciprocamente en lo sucesivo al comercio todas las ampliaciones o favores que exigiese la utilidad de los dos paises.
Y desde luego à consecuencia de lo estipulado en el articulo IV. permitira S. M. Catolica por espacio de tres años â los ciudadanos de los Estados Unidos que depositen sus mercaderias y efectos en el puerto de Nueva-Orleans, y que las extraigan sin pagar mas derechos qe. un precio justo por el alquiler de los almacenes, ofreciendo S. M. continuar el termino de esta gracia, si se experimentase durante aquel tiempo que no es perjudicial â los intereses de la España, ô si no conviniese su continuacion en aquel puerto, proporcionará en otra parte de las orillas del Rio Misisipi un igual establecimiento.
En fe de lo quai nosotros los infraescritos plenipotenciarios de S. M. Catolica y de los Estados Unidos de America, hemos firmado en virtud de nuestros plenos poderes este tratado de amistad, limites, y navegacion, y le hemos puesto nuestros sellos respectivos.
Hecho en San Lorenzo el Real, à veinte y siete de Octubre de mil setecientos noventa y cinco.
The treaty of November 4, 1795.
The treaty of June 4, 1805, post, 214.
Peace under the guarantee of the Dey of Algiers.
Enemy’s goods to be free in ships belonging to the parties.
Persons and property in enemy’s vessels to be free in case of capture.
Passports to be given.
Condemnation and bill of sale of a prize-vessel to be available as passport for one year.
Vessels putting into ports of the parties for provisions or repairs.
Shipwrecks.
Neutrality of ports.
Commerce, &c. to be on the footing of the most favoured nations.
Acknowledgement of the receipt of the price of peace.
Pretexts arising from religious opinions not to interrupt the state of harmony of the two nations.
Disputes between the parties to be decided by reference to the Dey of Algiers.
Signed and Sealed at Tripoli of Barbary, the 3d day of Jumad, in the year of the Higera, 1211, corresponding with the 4th day of November, 1796, by
Signed and sealed at Algiers, the 4th day of Argil, 1211, corresponding with the 3d day of January, 1797, by
And by the Agent Plenipotentiary of the United States of America,
I, Joel Barlow, Agent and Consul General of the United States of Certificates of the copy, by Joel Barlow.
In testimony whereof, I sign these presents with my hand, and affix thereto the seal of the Consulate of the United States, at Algiers, this 4th day of January, 1797.
To all to whom these presents shall come or be made known:
Confirmation of the treaty by David Humphreys.
Now, know ye, that I, David Humphreys, commissioner plenipotentiary aforesaid, do approve and conclude the said treaty, and every article and clause therein contained, reserving the same nevertheless for the final ratification of the President of the United States of America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the said United States.
In testimony whereof, I have signed the same with my name and seal, at the city of Lisbon, this 10th of February, 1797.
The treaty of August, 1797, and March 26, 1799.
Altered articles of the treaty of 1797–1799, February 24, 1824, post, 298.
God is infinite.
March 26, 1799.
The most illustrious and most magnificent Prince, Hamouda Pacha, Bey, who commands the Odgiak of Tunis, the abode of happiness, and the most honored Ibrahim Dey, and Soliman, aga of the Jamssaries, and chief of the Divan, and all the elders of the Odgiak; and the most distinguished and honored President of the Congress of the United States of America, the most distinguished among those who profess the religion of the Messiah, of whom may the end be happy.
We have concluded between us the present treaty of peace and friendship, all the articles of which have been framed by the intervention of Joseph Stephen Famin, French merchant residing at Tunis, chargé d’affaires of the United States of America; which stipulations and conditions are comprised in twenty-three articles, written and expressed in such manner as to leave no doubt of their contents, and in such way as not to be contravened.
Peace and friendship.
Restoration of subjects and goods found in an enemy’s vessel.
Enemies goods on board a vessel of the parties to be free.
Passports to be given.
Commander of a convoy to be believed upon his word in order to exempt it from search and quarantine.
Nothing to be exacted for visits.
Fugitive slaves and prisoners.
Prize vessels purchased at Tunis, how to obtain temporary passports.
Hospitality to be granted to vessels entering the ports of the parties.
Assistance to be granted to wrecked vessels.
Neutrality of ports to be enforced.
When a vessel of war of the United States of America Salutes.
But in case he shall desire the salute, and the number of guns shall be fired which he may have requested, they shall be counted and returned by the vessel in as many barrels of cannon powder.
The same shall be done with respect to the Tunisian corsairs when they shall enter any port of the United States.
When citizens of the United States shall come within the Privileges of merchants.
If any Tunisian subject shall freight an American vessel and load Tunisian subject freighting an American vessel, &c.
No captain shall be detained in port against his consent, except when Embargoes.
The subjects of the two contracting powers shall be under the protection Protection of the subjects of the parties.
In case the government shall have need of an American merchant Government of Tunis may freight American vessels.
Enemy’s subjects on board the vessels of the parties,—in what case they shall be made slaves.
A Tunisian merchant, who may go to America with a Duties to be reciprocally paid.
But if an American merchant, or a merchant of any other nation, shall bring American merchandise under any other flag, he shall pay six per cent. duty: In like manner, if a foreign merchant shall bring the merchandise of his country under the American flag, he shall also pay six per cent.
Liberty of commerce, contraband excepted.
Privileges of masters of vessels.
Duty of anchorage.
Right of having a Consul, and his privileges.
No responsibility for subjects contracting debts, &c.
Administration of the effects of a decedent.
Consul’s jurisdiction over his countrymen.
Punishment of personal assaults, committed by the subjects of one party upon those of the other.
Trial of disputes on civil matters between them.
If any difference or dispute shall take place concerning In case of national differences, accommodation to be attempted before recourse is had to arms.
The agreements and terms above concluded by the two contracting parties, shall be punctually observed with the will of the Most High: And for the maintenance and exact observance of the said agreements, we have caused their contents to be here transcribed, in the present month of Rebia Elul, of the Hegira one thousand two hundred and twelve, corresponding with the month of August of the Christian year one thousand seven hundred and ninety-seven.
The Aga
SOLIMAN’S
Signature and
(Seal)
IBRAHIM DEY’S
Signature
and
(Seal)
The Bey’s
Signature
and
(Seal)
(
In testimony whereof we annex our names and the consular seal of the United States. Done in Tunis, the twenty-sixth day of March, in the year of the Christian era one thousand seven hundred and ninety-nine, and of American independence the twenty-third.
Ratifications exchanged at Berlin, June 22, 1800.
Proclamation by the President, Nov. 4, 1800.
Peace and friendship established.
Privileges of Prussian subjects trading to the U. S.
Commercial privileges.
Commercial privileges.
Protection of property within the jurisdiction of each party.
Vessels coming on the coast or entering a port without wishing to break bulk.
Shipwrecks.
Alienation of personal estate.
Real estate within the dominions of one party falling upon the subjects of the other.
Freedom of conscience, worship, &c.
Relative to the principle of free ships making tree goods.
And in the same case of one of the contracting parties, being engaged Of contraband.
All cannons, mortars, fire arms, pistols, bombs, grenades, bullets, balls, muskets, flints, matches, powder, salt-petre, sulphur, cuirasses, pikes, swords, belts, cartouch boxes, saddles and bridles, beyond the quantity necessary for the use of the ship, or beyond that which every man serving on board the vessel, or passenger, ought to have; and in general whatever is comprised under the denomination of arms and military stores, of what description soever, shall be deemed objects of contraband.
Documents to be carried by vessels in time of war.
L’expérience ayant démontré, que le principe adopté dans l’Article douze du Traité de 1785, selon lequel les vaisseaux libres rendent aussi les marchandises libres, n’a pas été suffisamment respecté dans les deux dernières guerres, et nommément dans celle qui dure encore, les deux parties contractantes se réservent de s’entendre après le retour de la paix générale, soit séparément entre elles, soit conjointement avec d’autres puissances co-intéressés pour concerter avec les grandes puissances maritimes de l’Europe, tels arrangements et tels principes permanents, qui puissent servir à consolider la liberté et la sûreté de la navigation et du commerce neutres dans les guerres futures.
Et si pendant cet intervalle, l’une des parties contractantes se trouve engagée dans une guerre à laquelle l’autre reste neutre, les vaisseaux de guerre et les armateurs de la puissance belligérante, se comporteront, à l’égard de bâtimens marchands de la puissance neutre, aussi favorablement que la raison de guerre, pour lors existante pourra le permettre, en observant les principes et les règles du droit des gens généralement reconnus.
Dans le cas où l’une des parties contractantes se trouveroit en guerre avec une autre puissance, il a été convenu, que pour prévenir les difficultés, et les discussions, qui surviennent ordinairement par rapport aux marchandises de contrabande, telles que armes et munitions de toute espèce, aucun de ces articles, chargés à bord des vaisseaux des sujets ou citoyens de l’une des parties, et destinés pour l’ennemi de l’autre, ne sera censé contrebande, au point d’impliquer confiscation ou condamnation, et d’entraîner la perte de la propriété des individus. Néanmoins il sera permis d’arrêter ces sortes de vaisseaux et effets, et de les retenir pendant tout le temps que le preneur croira nécessaire, pour prévenir les inconvénients et les dommages qui pourroient en résulter autrement; mais dans ce cas on accordera une compensation raisonnable pour les pertes, qui auront été occasionnées par la saisie. Et il sera permis en outre aux preneurs d’employer à leur service en tout ou en partie les munitions militaires détenues, en payant aux propriétaires la pleine valeur, à déterminer sur le prix qui aura cours à l’endroit de leur destination; mais si dans le cas énoncé d’un vaisseau arrêté pour des articles de contrebande, le maître du navire consent à délivrer les marchandises suspectes, il aura la liberté de le faire, et le navire ne sera plus amené dans le port, ni détenu plus longtemps, mais aura toute liberté de poursuivre sa route.
Seront censés objets de contrebande, les canons, mortiers, armes à feu, pistolets, bombes, grenades, boulets, balles, fusils, pierres à feu, mèches, poudre, salpêtre, soufre, cuirasses, piques, épées, ceinturons, poches à cartouches, selles et brides, au delà de la quantité nécessaire pour l’usage du vaisseau, et au delà de celle que doit avoir chaque homme servant sur le vaisseau, ou passager, et en général tout ce qui est compris sous la dénomination d’armes et de munitions de guerre, de quelque espèce qu’elles puissent être.
The list of the ship’s company, containing an indication by name and in detail of the persons composing the crew of the vessel. These documents shall always be authenticated according to the forms established at the place, from which the vessel shall have sailed.
As their production ought to be exacted only, when one of the contracting parties shall be at war, and as their exhibition ought to have no other object than to prove the neutrality of the vessel, its cargo and company, they shall not be deemed absolutely necessary on board such vessels, belonging to the neutral party, as shall have sailed from its ports, before or within three months after the government shall have been informed of the state of war, in which the belligerent party shall be engaged. In the interval, in default of these specific documents, the neutrality of the vessel may be established by such other evidence, as the tribunals, authorised to judge of the case, may deem sufficient.
Manner of visiting vessels not under convoy.
Of embargoes.
Seizures, detentions and arrests to be made in due course of law only.
Du rôle d’équipage, contenant l’indication nominale et détaillée des personnes, qui composent l’équipage du navire. Ces documents seront toujours expédiés dans la forme établie à l’endroit, d’où la navire aura mis à la voile.
Comme leur production ne doit être exigée, que dans le cas où l’une des parties contractantes seroit en guerre, et que leur exhibition ne doit avoir d’autre but, que de prouver la neutralité des vaisseaux, de leurs équipages et de leurs cargaisons, ils ne seront pas censés absolument nécessaires à bord des navires de la partie neutre, qui seront sortis de ses ports, avant, ou trois mois après, que le gouvernement aura eu connaissance de l’état de guerre où se trouve la partie belligérante. Pendant cet intervalle le navire pourra, au défaut des documents ci-dessus spécifiés, prouver sa neutralité par tel autre témoignage, que les tribunaux, appelés à juger du cas, trouveront suffisans.
Dans les temps de guerre, et les cas de nécessité urgente, où l’une des parties contractantes se verroit obligée d’établir un embargo général, soit dans tous les ports de sa domination, soit dans certains ports particuliers, les vaisseaux de l’autre partie resteront assujettis à cette mesure, sur le même pied que le seront les navires des nations les plus avantagées, sans pouvoir réclamer l’exemption, qui avait été stipulée en leur faveur dans l’article XVI de l’ancien traité de 1785. Mais d’un autre côté les propriétaires des vaisseaux, qui auront été retenus, soit pour quelque expédition militaire, soit pour tel autre usage que ce soit, obtiendront du gouvernement qui les aura employés, une indemnité équitable, tant pour le fret que pour les pertes occasionnées par le retard.
De plus et dans tous les cas de saisie, de détention, ou d’arrêt, soit pour dettes contractées, ou offenses commises par quelque citoyen ou sujet de l’une des parties contractantes dans la jurisdiction de l’autre, on procédera uniquement par ordre, et par autorité de la justice, et suivant les voyes ordinaires en pareil cas usitées.
Salvage on recapture, when one of the powers is neutral.
Right of asylum.
Bringing in of prizes.
The subjects of one parly shall not lake letters of marque from the enemy of the other, &c.
Rules applicable to the prosecution of a common war.
The ships of war of one party shall protect the vessels of the other.
Regulations for softening the effects of war between the two parties.
Consuls, &c. allowed to reside in the dominions of the two parties.
Favours granted to others to be extended to the parties.
His Majesty the king of Prussia and the United States of America Limitation of the treaty.
This treaty shall be ratified on both sides, and the ratifications exchanged within one year from the day of its signature or sooner if possible.
In testimony whereof the Plenipotentiaries before mentioned, have hereto subscribed their names and affixed their seals. Done at Berlin the eleventh of July, in the year one thousand seven hundred and ninety-nine.
Sa Majesté le Roi de Prusse et les États Unis de l’Amérique sont convenus que le présent traité aura son plein effet pendant l’espace de dix années à compter du jour de l’échange des ratifications, et que si l’expiration de ce terme arrivait dans le cours d’une guerre entre eux, les articles ci-dessus stipulés pour régler leur conduite en temps de guerre conserveront toute leur force jusqu’ à la conclusion du traité qui rétablira la paix.
Le présent traité sera ratifié de part et d’autre, et les ratifications seront échangées dans l’espace d’une année à compter du jour de la signature, ou plutôt si faire se peut.
En foi de quoi les plénipotentiaires sus nommés ont signé le présent traité et y ont apposé le cachet de leurs armes. Fait à Berlin le onze Juillet, l’an mille sept cents quatre-vingt dix-neuf.
Notes of the decisions of the Courts of the United States on the treaties of 1778 and 1783, ante 12.
Convention for terminating the differences between the U. States and France.
Firm, inviolable, and universal peace between the French Republic and U. S. of America.
This article was expunged before the final ratification of the treaty, and the following article was added:
“It is agreed that the present convention shall be in force for the term of eight years from the time of the exchange of ratifications.”
Treaty of 6th Feb. 1778, and convention of Hth Nov. 1788, abrogated.
Captured public ships to be restored.
Lesquels, après avoir fait l’échange de leurs pleins-pouvoirs, longuement et mûrement discuté les Intérêts respectifs, sont convenus des articles suivants.
Captured property, if not definitively condemned, to be restored.
greeting:
Form of the passport to merchant ships.
See treaty of 1778, article 25, ante, 26.
Proof of captured vessels restored.
And this passport will be sufficient without any other paper, any ordinance to the contrary notwithstanding: which passport shall not be deemed requisite to have been renewed or recalled, whatever number of voyages the said ship may have made, unless she shall have returned home within the space of a year.—Proof with respect to the cargo shall Proof with respect to cargo.
This article shall take effect from the date of the signature of the This article to take effect from the signature of this convention.
Debts due by individuals of either nation may be paid, &c.
Commerce between the parties to be free.
seront rendues mutuellement sur les preuves suivantes de propriété; Savoir:
De part et d’autre, les preuves de propriété relativement aux navires marchands, armés ou non armés, seront un passeport de la forme suivante:
Et ce passeport suffira sans autre pièce, non obstant tout règlement contraire. Il ne sera pas exigé que ce passeport ait été renouvelé ou révoqué, quelque nombre de voyages que le dit navire ait pu faire, à moins qu’il ne soit revenu chez lui dans l’espace d’une année.
Par rapport à la cargaison, les preuves seront des certificats contenant le détail de la cargaison, du lieu d’où le Bâtiment est parti et de celui où il va, de manière que les marchandises défendues et de contrabande puissent être distinguées par les certificats, lesquels certificats auront été faits par les officiers de l’endroit d’où le navire sera parti, dans la forme usitée dans le pays, et si ces passeports ou certificats, ou les uns et les autres ont été détruits par accident, ou enlevés de force, leur Défaut pourra être supplé par toutes les autres preuves de propriété admissibles d’après l’usage général des Nations.
Pour les Bâtiments autres que les navires marchands, les preuves seront la Commission dont ils sont porteurs. Cet article aura son effet à dater de la signature de la présente convention; et si à dater de la dite signature, des propriétés sont condamnées contrairement à l’esprit de la dite convention, avant qu’on ait connaissance de cette stipulation, la propriété ainsi condamnée sera, sans délai, rendue ou payée.
Citizens of either country to be at liberty to devise their property, and to have the right to take, to give, or devise without naturalization.
In case of war between the two nations, six months to be allowed to remove property.
No debts to be sequestered or confiscated in case of war.
Commercial agents may be appointed.
Agents to act after being furnished with exequatur.
Duties to be paid no more than the duties paid by the most favoured nation.
It shall be lawful for the citizens of either country to sail Citizens of France and of the U. S. to be at liberty to trade from enemies’ to other ports of either country unless blockaded.
And whereas it frequently happens, that vessels sail for a port or place Notice of blockade to be given before capture of vessels; and vessels to be permitted to go to other ports.
Contraband.
Vessels laden with contraband goods, the residue of the cargo, not to be infected by the prohibited goods.
Free ships make free goods; not contraband, although belonging to an enemy.
Persons not military to be protected in free ships.
Les citoyens des deux nations pourront conduire leurs vaisseaux et marchandises (en exceptant toujours la contrebande) de tout port quelconque, dans un autre port appartenant à l’ennemi de l’autre nation; ils pourront naviguer et commercer en toute liberté et sécurité, avec leurs navires et marchandises, dans les pays, ports et places des ennemis des deux parties ou de l’une ou de l’autre partie, sans obstacles et sans entraves, et non seulement passer directement des places et ports de l’ennemi sus mentionnés, dans les ports et places neutres, mais encore de toute place appartenant à un ennemi dans toute autre place appartenant à un ennemi, qu’elle soit ou ne soit pas soumise à la même jurisdiction, à moins que ces places ou ports ne soient réellement bloqués, assiégés ou investis.
Et dans le cas, comme il arrive souvent, où les vaisseaux feraient voile pour une place ou port appartenant à un ennemi, ignorant qu’ils sont bloqués, assiégés ou investis, il est convenu que tout navire qui se trouvera dans une pareille circonstance, sera détourné de cette place ou port, sans qu’on puisse le retenir ni confisquer aucune partie de sa cargaison (à moins qu’elle ne soit de contrebande, ou qu’il ne soit prouvé que le dit navire, après avoir été averti du blocus ou investissement, a voulu rentrer dans ce même port); mais il lui sera permis d’aller dans tout autre port ou place qu’il jugera convenable. Aucun navire de l’une ou de l’autre nation, entré dans un port ou place avant qu’ils aient été réellement bloqués, assiégés ou investis par l’autre, ne pourra être empêché de sortir avec sa cargaison: s’il s’y trouve, lorsque la dite place sera rendue, le navire et sa cargaison ne pourront être confisqués, mais seront remis aux propriétaires.
Confiscation of goods laden on board of an enemy’s vessel after war is declared.
Passports to be exhibited, and also certificates of the quality of goods.
And that captures on light suspicions may be avoided, and In time of war the ships of the neutral nation to be furnished with passports mentioned in the fourth article. If contraband goods found on board are delivered up, the ship may pursue her voyage.
If any ship shall not be furnished with such passport or certificates as are above required for the same, such case may be examined by a pro-
Et afin d’éviter des captures sur des soupçons frivoles, et de prévenir les dommages qui en résultent, il est convenu que, quand une des deux parties sera en guerre et l’autre neutre, les navires de la partie neutre seront pourvus de passeports semblables à ceux spécifiés dans l’article quatre, de manière qu’il puisse par là apparaitre que les navires appartiennent véritablement à la partie neutre. Ces passeports seront valides pour un nombre quelconque de voyages; mais ils seront renouvelés chaque année, si le navire retourne chez lui dans l’espace d’une année. Si ces navires sont chargés, ils seront pourvus non seulement des passeports sus mentionnés mais aussi de certificats semblables à ceux mentionnés au même article, de manière que l’on puisse connaitre s’il y a à bord des marchandises de contrebande. Il ne sera exigé aucune autre pièce, non obstant tous usages et règlements contraires; et s’il n’apparait pas par ces certificats qu’il y ait des marchandises de contrebande à bord, les navires seront laissés à leur destination. Si, au contraire, il apparait, par ces certificats, que les dits navires aient des marchandises de contrebande à bord, et que le commandant offre de les délivrer, l’offre sera acceptée, et le navire sera remis en liberté de poursuivre son voyage; à moins que la quantité de marchandises de contrebande ne soit trop grande pour pouvoir être prise convenablement à bord du vaisseau de guerre ou corsaire; dans ce cas le navire pourra être amené dans le port pour y délivrer la dite marchandise.
Si un navire est trouvé sans avoir le passeport ou les certificats ci-dessus exigés, l’affaire sera examinée par les juges ou tribunaux com-
per judge or tribunal, and if it shall appear from other documents or If there is no passport and other proof of the neutrality of the vessel, no condemnation.
If the master of a ship, named in the passport, should happen to die If master of the vessel dies, the ship and cargo shall be secure.
Ships of either nation if examined at sea, boats to be sent, and ships of war or privateers to remain out of cannon shot.
Ships under convoy not to be examined.
Receipts to be given for the papers of captured vessels.
Sale of captured vessels not to be made without lawful condemnation.
The master, commander or supercargo not to be removed.
pétents; et s’il conste par d’autres documents ou preuves admissibles par l’usage des nations, que le navire appartient à des citoyens de la partie neutre, il ne sera pas condamné, et il sera remis en liberté avec son chargement, la contrebande exceptée, et aura la liberté de poursuivre sa route.
Si le capitaine nommé dans le passeport du navire venait à mourir, ou à être ôté par toute autre cause, et qu’un autre fût nommé à sa place, le navire et sa cargaison n’en seront pas moins en sûreté, et le passeport demeurera dans toute sa force.
Pour que le bâtiment et la cargaison soient surveillés avec soin, et pour empêcher les dégâts, il est arrêté que le patron, capitaine ou subrécargue du navire capturé, ne pourront être éloignés du bord, soit pendant que le navire sera en mer, après avoir été pris, soit pendant les procédures qui pourront avoir lieu contre lui, sa cargaison ou quelque chose y relative.
Dans le cas où le navire appartenant à des citoyens de l’une ou de l’autre partie serait pris, saisi et retenu pour être jugé, ses officiers,
Treatment of crew and passengers.
Prizes to be condemned by established prize courts.
And that more abundant care may be taken for the Damages by men of war or privateers to be paid.
For this cause all commanders of privateers, before they receive their Commanders of privateers to give security.
Armed vessels and prizes not to pay duties, and not to be examined.
Restrictions on foreign privateers.
passagers et équipage seront traités avec humanité; ils ne pourront être emprisonnés, ni dépouillés de leurs vêtements, ni de l’argent à leur usage, qui ne pourra excéder, pour le capitaine, le subrécargue, et le second, cinq cents dollars chacun; et pour les matelots et passagers, cent dollars chacun.
Et afin de pourvoir plus efficacement à la sûreté respective des citoyens des deux parties contractantes, et prévenir les torts qu’ils auraient à craindre des vaisseaux de guerre ou corsaires, de l’une ou de l’autre partie, tous commandants des vaisseaux de guerre et de corsaires, et tous autres citoyens de l’une des deux parties, s’abstiendront de tout dommage envers les citoyens de l’autre et de toute insulte envers leurs personnes. S’ils faisaient le contraire, ils seront punis, et tenus à donner, dans leurs personnes et propriétés, satisfaction et réparation pour les dommages, avec intérêt, de quelque espèce que soient les dits dommages.
A cet effet, tous capitaines de corsaires, avant de recevoir leurs commissions, s’obligeront, devant un juge compétent, à donner une garantie au moins par deux cautions responsables, lesquelles n’auront aucun intérêt sur le dit corsaire, et dont chacune, ainsi que le capitaine, s’engagera particulièrement et solidairement pour la somme de sept mille dollars ou trente six mille huit cent vingt francs; et si les dits vaisseaux portent plus de cent cinquante Matelots ou Soldats, pour la somme de quatorze mille dollars ou soixante treize mille six cent quarante francs, qui serviront à réparer les torts ou dommages que les dits corsaires, leurs officiers, équipages ou quelqu’un d’eux auraient fait ou commis pendant leur croisière, de contraire aux dispositions de la présente convention, ou aux lois et instructions qui devront être la règle de leur conduite: en outre, les dites commissions seront révoquées et annulées dans tous les cas où il y aura eu agression.
It is further agreed, that both the said contracting parties Pirates to be prohibited entering the ports of either nation.
And all their ships, with the goods or merchandises, taken by them The ships and goods taken by pirates to be seized.
Neither party will intermeddle in the fisheries of the The fisheries of either party not to be interfered with.
This convention shall be ratified on both sides in due form, and the Ratifications exchanged within six months.
In faith whereof the respective plenipotentiaries have signed the above articles both in the French and English languages, and they have thereto affixed their seals: declaring nevertheless that the signing in the two languages shall not be brought into precedent, nor in any way operate to the prejudice of either party.
Done at Paris the eighth day of Vendemaire of the ninth year of the French Republic, the thirtieth day of September, Anno Domini eighteen hundred.
This convention to be in force for eight years.
Il est de plus convenu qu’aucune des deux parties contractantes non seulement ne recevra point de pirates dans ces ports, rades ou villes, et ne permettra pas qu’aucun de ses habitants les reçoive, protège, accueille ou recèle en aucune manière, mais encore livrera à un juste châtiment ceux de ses habitants qui seraient coupables de pareils faits ou délits. Les vaisseaux de ces pirates, ainsi que les effets et marchandises par eux pris et amenés dans les ports de l’une ou de l’autre nation, seront saisis par tout où ils seront découverts et restitués à leurs propriétaires, agents ou facteurs dûment autorisés par eux, après toutefois qu’ils auront prouvé devant les juges compétents le droit de propriété.
Que si les dits effets avaient passé, par vente, en d’autres mains, et que les acquéreurs fussent ou pussent être instruits ou soupçonnaient que les dits effets avaient été enlevés par des pirates, ils seront également restitués.
Aucune des deux nations ne viendra participer aux pêcheries de l’autre sur ses côtes, ni la troubler dans l’exercice des droits qu’elle a maintenant ou pourrait acquérir sur les côtes de Terre neuve, dans le golfe de St. Laurent, ou par tout ailleurs, sur les côtes d’Amérique au nord des États-Unis; mais la pêche de la baleine et du veau marin sera libre pour les deux nations dans toutes les parties du monde. Cette convention sera ratifiée de part et d’autre en bonne et due forme et les ratifications seront échangées dans l’espace de six mois, ou plutôt, s’il est possible.
En foi de quoi les plénipotentiaires respectifs ont signé les articles ci-dessus, tant en langue Française, qu’en langue Anglaise, et ils y ont apposé leurs sceau, déclarant néanmoins que la signature en deux langues ne sera point citée comme exemple, et ne préjudiciera à aucune des deux parties.
Fait à Paris, le huitième Jour de Vendémiaire de l’an neuf de la République Française et le trentième Jour de Septembre mil huit cent.
Le gouvernement des États-Unis ayant ajouté dans sa ratification que la convention sera en vigueur l’espace de huit années, et ayant omis l’article second, le gouvernement de la République Française consent à accepter, ratifier et confirmer la convention ci-dessus, avec l’addition portant que la convention sera en vigueur pendant l’espace de huit années, et avec le retranchement de l’article second: bien entendu que par ce retranchement les deux États renoncent aux prétentions respectives qui sont l’objet du dit article.
En foi de quoi sont données les présentes, signées, contresignées, et scellées du grand sceau de la République.
aforesaid, and the said additional article, form together one instrument, and are a convention between the United States of America, and the French Republic, made by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof.
Bonaparte, First Consul, in the name of the French People—The consuls of the Republic, having seen and examined the Convention concluded, agreed to, and signed at Paris, the 8th Vendemiaire, 9th year of the French Republic, (30th September 1800) by the citizens Joseph Bonaparte, Fleurieu and Roederer, counsellors of state, in virtue of the full powers which have been given to them to this effect, with Messieurs Ellsworth, Davie, and Murray, ministers plenipotentiary of the United States, equally furnished with full powers, the tenor of which Convention follows:—[Here follows the Treaty.]
Approves the above Convention in all and each of the articles which are therein contained; declares that it is accepted, ratified and confirmed, and promises that it shall be inviolably observed.
The government of the United States having added in its ratification, that the Convention should be in force for the space of eight years, and having omitted the second article, the government of the French Republic consents to accept, ratify and confirm the above convention, with the addition importing that the Convention shall be in force for the space of eight years, and with the retrenchment of the second article: Provided that by this retrenchment the two States renounce the respective pretentions, which are the object of the said article.
Final ratification December 19, 1801.
La présente convention a été échangée par les ministres sous-signés, munis de pleins pouvoirs à cet effet, à Paris ce douze Thermidor an neuf (trente et un Juillet, mille huit cent un.)
JOSEPH BONAPARTE.
C. P. CLARET FLEURIEU.
P. L. ROEDERER.
be observed and performed with good faith on the part of the United States, I have caused the premises to be made public, and I do hereby enjoin and require all persons bearing office, civil or military, within the United States, and all others, citizens or inhabitants thereof, or being within the same, faithfully to observe and fulfil the said Convention and every clause and article thereof.
Preamble. Treaty of 19th Nov. 1791, art. 7.
The sixth article annulled, except, &c. the U. S. agree to pay £600,000 sterling in annual instalments of £200000 each.
The fourth article of the treaty of peace of 1783, relative to private debts, recognized and confirmed.
Commissioners to execute the duties assigned to them by the 7th article of the treaty Of 1794.
Ratification of this convention.
In faith whereof, We the undersigned plenipotentiaries of his Britannic majesty and of the United States of America, by virtue of our respective full powers, have signed the present convention, and have caused the seals of our arms to be affixed thereto.
Done at London, the eighth day of January one thousand eight hundred and two.
Convention with Spain ratified by the U. S. Jan. 9, 1804, and by the King of Spain, July 9, 1818.
The parties wish to adjust claims amicably.
A board of five commissioners to be appointed.
Commissioners to take an oath.
Commissioners to meet and sit at Madrid, receive claims, &c.
Commissioners may examine every question on oath.
No appeal from the commissioners.
Awards to be paid in specie.
Rights founded on claims originating from excesses of foreign cruisers, reserved by each party.
Convention effective on exchange of ratifications.
In faith whereof, we, the underwritten Plenipotentiaries, have signed this Convention, and have affixed thereto our respective seals.
Done at Madrid, this 11th day of August, 1802.
April 30, 1803.
Desire of the parties to remove all sources of misunderstanding relative to the construction of the treaty of Madrid, &c. &c.
En fé de loqual, nosotros los ynfrascriptos Plenipotenciarios, hemos firmado esta Convención, y hemos puesto nuestros sellos respectivos.
Hecho en Madrid, á 11 de Agosto, de 1802.
Retrocession from Spain to France stated.
Islands, &c. included in the cession by the preceding articles.
Inhabitants of the ceded territory incorporated in the Union upon certain principles.
A commissary to be sent from France to receive the province of Louisiana, and to pass it over to the U. S.
When the commissaries of the U. S. shall have possession.
U. S. to execute certain Indian treaties.
“Sa Majesté Catholique promit et s’engage de son côté, a rétrocéder à la République Française, six mois après l’exécution pleine et entière des conditions et stipulations ci-dessus, relatives à son altesse Royale le Duc de Parme, la Colonie ou Province de la Louisiane, avec la même étendue qu’elle a actuellement entre les mains de l’Espagne, et qu’elle avait lorsque la France la possédait, et telle qu’elle doit être d’après les traités passés subséquemment entre l’Espagne et d’autres Etats.”
Et comme par suite du dit tráité, et spécialement du dit article 3, la République Française a un titre incontestable au domaine et à la possession du dit territoire, le Premier Consul de la République désirant de donner un témoignage remarquable de son amitié aux dits Etats-Unis, il leur fait, au nom de la République Française, cession, à toujours et en pleine souveraineté, du dit territoire, avec tous ses droits et appurtenances, ainsi et de la manière qu’ils ont été acquis par la République Française, en vertu du traitié sus dit, conclu avec sa Majesté Catholique.
As it is reciprocally advantageous to the commerce of Vessels of France and Spain laden with the productions of their respective countries entitled to same privileges as vessels of U. S. &c.
During the space of time above mentioned, no other nation shall have No other vessels entitled to same privilege during said period.
Vessels of France to be upon the footing of those of the most favoured nations.
The particular convention signed this day by the respective Convention providing for the payment of debts to citizens of U. S. to be ratified when this is.
Another particular convention signed at the same date as the present Another convention to be ratified at the same time.
In what time the ratifications must be exchanged.
Comme il est réciproquement avantageux au commerce de la France et des Etats-Unis, d’encourager la communication des deux peuples, pour un tems limité, dans les contrés dont il est fait cession, par le présent traité, jusqu’à ce que des arrangements généraux relatifs au commerce des deux nations, puissent être convenus, il a été arrêté entre les parties contractantes, que les navires Français, venant directement de France ou d’aucune de ses colonies, uniquement chargés des produits des manufactures de la France et de ses dites colonies, et les navires Espagnols venant directement des ports d’Espagne, ou de ceux de ses colonies, uniquement chargés des produits des manufactures de l’Espagne et de ses dites colonies, seront admis, pendant l’espace de douze années, dans le port de la Nouvelle Orléans, et dans tous les autres ports légalement ouverts en quelque lieu que ce soit des territoires cédés; ainsi et de la manière que les navires des Etats-Unis venant de France et d’Espagne, ou d’aucune de leurs colonies, sans être sujets à d’autres ou plus grand droits sur les marchandises, ou d’autres ou plus grands droits de tonnage, que ceux qui sont payés par les citoyens des Etats-Unis. Pendant l’espace de tems ci-dessus mentionné, aucune nation n’aura droit aux mêmes privilèges dans les ports du territoire cédé.
Les douze années commenceront trois mois après l’echange des ratifications, s’il a lieu en France, ou trois mois après qu’il aura été notifié à Paris au gouvernement Français, s’il a lieu dans les Etats-Unis.
Il est bien entendu que le but du présent article est de favoriser les manufactures, le commerce à fret et la navigation de France et de l’Espagne, en ce qui regarde les importations qui seront faites par les Français et par les Espagnols dans les dits ports des Etats-Unis, sans qu’il soit rien innové aux réglemens concernant l’exportation des produits et marchandises des Etats-Unis, et aux droits qu’il ont de faire les dits réglemens.
La Convention particulieré signée aujourd’hui par les Ministres respectifs ayant pour objet de pourvoir au payement des créances dues aux citoyens des Etats-Unis par la République Française antérieurement au 8 Vendémiaire, an. 9 (30 Septembre, 1800,) est approuvée pour avoir son exécution de la même manière que si elle était insérée au présent traité et elle sera ratifiée en la même forme et en même tems en sorte que l’une ne puisse l’être sans l’autre.
Un autre acte particulier signé à la même date que le présent traité relatif à un règlement définitif entre les puissances contractantes est pareillement approuvé et sera ratifié en la même forme en même tems et conjointement.
En foi dequoi, les Plénipotentiaires respectifs ont signé les articles ci-dessus tant en langue Française qu’en langue Anglaise, déclarant néanmoins que le présent traité a été originairement rédigé et arrêté en langue Française et ils y ont opposé leur sceau.
Done at Paris, the tenth day of Floreal, in the eleventh year of the French Republic, and the 30th of April, 1803.
April 30, 1803.
U. S. engage to pay 60,000,000 francs to France, &c.
For the payment of the sum of sixty millions of francs, A stock to be created equal to the 60,000,000 of francs, &c. When the first payment shall be made.
It is further agreed, that if the French government should be desirous French government selling stock in Europe, to do it upon the beat terms for U. S.
Fait à Paris le dixième jour de floréal de l’an onze de la République Française et le trente Avril mil huit cent trois.
Le President des Etats-Unis, par et avec l’avis et le consentement du Sénat des dits Etats, a nommé pour leurs Plénipotentiaires Robert R. Livingston, Ministre Plénipotentiaire des Etats-Unis, et James Monroe Ministre Plénipotentiaire et Envoyé extraordinaire des Etats-Unis auprès du gouvernement de la République Française, et Le Premier Consul de la République Française, au nom du peuple Français, a nommé pour Plénipotentiaire de la dite République, le citoyen François Barbé Marbois; Ministre du trésor public; lesquels en vertu de leurs pleins pouvoirs, dont l’échange a été fait aujourd’hui sont convenus des articles suivans:
Le paiement des soixante millions de francs mentionnés au précédent article, sera effectué par les Etats-Unis, au moyen de la création d’un fonds de onze millions deux cent cinquante mille piatres, portant un intérêt de six pour cent, par an payable tous les six mois à Londres, Amsterdam ou Paris, à raison de trois cent trente sept mille cinq cents piastres pour six mois, dans les trois places ci-dessus dites, suivant la proportion qui sera déterminée par le gouvernement Français. Le principal du dit fonds sera remboursé par le trésor des Etats-Unis, par des paiements annuels, qui ne pourront être d’une somme moindre que trois millions de piastres par année et dont le premier commencera quinze ans après la date de l’échange des ratifications. Ce fonds sera transféré au gouvernement de France, ou à telle personne, ou tel nombre de personnes qu’il chargera de le recevoir, dans les trois mois au plus tard après l’échange des ratifications de ce traité et après la prise de possession de la Louisiane, au nom du gouvernement des Etats-Unis.
Il est en outre convenu que si le gouvernement Français était dans l’intention de disposer du dit fonds, et d’en toucher le capital en Europe, à des époques rapprochées, les opérations qui auront lieu seront con-
It is agreed that the dollar of the United States, specified Value of the dollar of U. S. referred to, fixed.
The present convention shall be ratified in good and due form, and When convention must be ratified and exchanged.
Done at Paris, the tenth of Floreal, eleventh year of the French Republic, (30th April, 1803.)
April 30, 1803.
Debts due from France to citizens of U. S. to be paid according to fixed regulations.
La piastre ayant cours de monnaie dans les Etats-Unis, il est convenu que dans les comptes auxquels la présente convention donnera lieu, le rapport de la dite monnaie avec la franc, sera invariablement fixé à cinq francs ou cinq livres huit sols Tournois.
La présente convention sera ratifiée en bonne et due forme, et les ratifications seront échangées dans l’espace de six mois, à tâter de ce jour, ou plutôt s’il est possible.
En foi de quoi les plénipotentiaires respectifs ont signé les articles ci-dessus, tant en langue Française qu’en langue Anglaise, déclarant néanmoins que le présent traité a été originairement rédigé et arrêté en langue Française, et ils y ont apposé leur sceau.
Fait à Paris, le dixième jour de Floréal de l’an Onze de la République Française et 30 Avril, 1803.
Debts provided for by the preceding article.
How the said debts are to be paid.
What debts are comprehended by the preceding articles.
To what cases they are particularly to apply.
Ministers plenipotentiary of U. S. to appoint commissioners to act provisionally.
le résultat par appercu est compris dans la note annexée à la présente convention, et qui ne pourront, y compris les intérêts, excéder la somme de vingt-millions.
Les réclamations comprises dans la dite note ne pourront néanmoins être admises qu’autant qu’elles ne seront pas frappées des exceptions mentionnées aux articles suivants.
Les articles précédents ne seront appliqués, 1º. qu’aux captures dont le conseil des prises aurait or donné la restitution ou main levée, bien entendu que le réclamant ne pourra avoir recours sur les Etats-Unis pour son payement que de la même manière qu’il l’aurait eu envers le gouvernement Français et seulement en cas d’insuffisance de la part des capteurs; 2º. Qu’aux dettes mentionnées dans ce même article 5 de la convention, contractées avant le 8 Vendémiaire, an. 9 (30 Septembre, 1800), dont le payement a été ci-devant réclamé auprès du gouvernement actuel de France, et pour lesquelles le créancier a droit à la protection des Etats-Unis. Le dit article 5 ne comprend point les prises dont la condamnation a été ou viendrait à être confirmée; l’intention expresse des parties contractantes est pareillement de ne point étendre le bénéfice de la présente convention aux réclamations des citoyens Américains, qui auraient établi des maisons de commerce en France, en Angleterre ou dans des pays autres que les Etats-Unis, en société avec des étrangers, et qui, par cette raison et la nature de leur commerce, doivent être regardés comme domiciliés dans les lieux où existent les dites maisons. Sont pareillement exceptés tous accords et pactes concernant des merchandises qui ne seraient pas la propriété des citoyens Américains.
Il n’est d’ailleurs rien préjugé sur le fond des reclamations ainsi exceptées.
To examine the claims, &c. and to certify those which ought to be admitted.
To examine those not prepared for liquidation, &c.
Debts discharged at the treasury of U.S. with interest.
And that no debt which shall not have the qualifications Commercial agent of U. S. at Paris to assist in the examination of claims, &c.
The rejection of any claim shall have no other effect than to exempt Rejection of a claim to exempt U. S. from paying it.
Decisions to be made, &c.
Claims since 30th Sep. 1800, may be pursued, and payment demanded.
When this convention must be ratified, &c.
Done at Paris, the tenth of Floréal, eleventh year of the French Republic, 30th April, 1803.
Et afin qu’aucune dette qui n’aura pas les caractères ci-dessus mentionnés, et qu’aucunes demandes injustes ou exorbitantes ne puissent être admises, l’agent commercial des Etats Unis à Paris, ou tel autre agent que le ministre plenipotentaire des Etats Unis jugera à propos de nommer, pourra assister aux opérations des dits Bureaux, et concourir à l’examen de ces Créances, et si cet agent n’est pas d’avis que la dette est complètement provée, ou s’il juge qu’elle n’est pas comprise dans les dispositions du 5me. article ci-dessus mentionné, et que non obstant son avis les Bureaux établis par le gouvernement Français estiment que la liquidation doit avoir lieu, il transmettra les observations au Bureau établi de la part des Etats Unis, qui fera, sans déplacer, l’examen complet de la Créance et des pièces au soutien, et fera son rapport au ministre des Etats Unis.
Le ministre transmettra ses observations à celui du Tresor de la République Française, et sur son rapport le gouvernement Français prononcera définitivement.
Le rejet qui pourra avoir lieu n’ayant d’autre effet que de constater que le paiement demandé ne doit pas être fait par les Etats Unis, le gouvernement Français se réserve de statuer définitivement sur la réclamation, en ce qui pourra le concerner.
En foi de quoi les plenipotentiaires respectifs ont signé les articles ci-dessus, tant en langue Française qu’en langue Anglaise, déclarant néanmoins que le présent traité a été originairement rédigé et arrêté en langue Française, et ils y ont apposé leurs sceau.
Fait à Paris, le dixième jour de Floréal, de l’an onze de la République Française, et le 30 Avril 1803.
Peace and friendship re-established.
Privileges in Commerce, &c. &c.
Prisoners to be mutually given up.
American forces in the Province of Derne to be withdrawn.
Free ships to make free goods.
Citizens, &c. to be given up if taken in prize vessels.
Passports to be given to vessels of both contracting parties.
What shall be sufficient passport.
Vessels of both nations permitted to touch at the ports of each, for provisions, &c.
Proper assistance to be given to the vessels of both nations, &c.
Rules as to the time when, and the distance which, an enemy’s vessel may be attacked.
Commerce, &c. to be on the footing of that of the most favoured nations.
Consul of U.S. not to be answerable for debts of citizens of his own country.
Vessels of the U. S. to be saluted by the government of that regency.
Entire freedom to be allowed in religious matters.
Time allowed before an appeal to arms.
Mutual exchange of prisoners in the event of a war.
Vessels of U.S. captured by one of the Barbary states, not to be sold, but to be sent away.
Disputes to be settled by the consul of U. S.
The lex loci to prevail with regard to homicides committed by a citizen of U. S. or a Tripoline.
Citizens of U. S. dying in the Regency of Tripoli, their property to be saved for their representatives.
Done at Tripoli, in Barbary, the fourth day of June, in the year one thousand eight hundred and five; corresponding with the sixth day of the first month of Rabbia, 1220.
Having appeared in our presence, Colonel Tobias Lear, Consul-General of the United States of America, in the Regency of Algiers, and Commissioner for negotiating and concluding a treaty of peace and friendship, between us and the United States of America, bringing with him the present treaty of peace, with the within articles, they were by us minutely examined, and we do hereby accept, confirm and ratify them, ordering all our subjects to fulfil entirely their contents without any violation, and under no pretext.
Given at Tripoli, in Barbary, the sixth day of the first month of Rabbia, 1220, corresponding with the fourth day of June, 1805.
Ratified and confirmed, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, Feb. 17, 1815.
Firm and inviolable peace.
Territory, &c. to be restored, with exceptions.
Archives and records to be restored.
Immediately on ratification, orders to be sent to armies, &c. to cease hostilities.
Limitation of time of capture in different latitudes.
Prisoners of war to be restored.
Reference of the boundary established by the treaty of 1783.
Mode of the appointment of commissioners.
Meeting of the commissioners.
In cases of disagreement of commissioners.
Reference to a friendly power.
Commissioners to settle boundaries.
Meeting and proceedings of commissioners.
In case of difference, to be referred to a friendly power.
Doubts as to the boundary from a point in the forty-fifth degree of north latitude, to be referred to commissioners.
Meeting and duties of the commissioners.
In case of disagreement of the commissioners, reference to a friendly power.
Commissioners to fix the boundary to the water communication between the lakes Huron and Superior, and the Lake of the Woods.
In case of disagreement of commissioners a reference.
The board of commissioners may appoint a secretary, and employ surveyors.
Compensation of the commissioners.
All grants of land prior to the commencement of the war, falling within the dominions of the other party, to be valid.
Ratification of the Indian treaty.
Contracting parties shall use their best endeavors to promote the entire abolition of the slave trade.
This treaty to be binding when ratifications exchanged.
Done, in triplicate, at Ghent, the twenty-fourth day of December, one thousand eight hundred and fourteen.
Peace and friendship.
Favors in Navigation and commerce to be common to each, &c.
Abolition of tribute in any form.
American citizens to be delivered up.
A just and full compensation shall be made by the Dey of Indemnification to American citizens for detention and loss of property, &c. Ante, page 133.
And it is agreed between the contracting parties, that, in lieu of the Bales of cotton and $10,000 in lieu.
Enemies’ property to pass free in vessels of each party.
Citizens or subjects taken on board an enemy’s vessel to be liberated.
Proper passports shall immediately be given to the vessels Passports to vessels of each party, and right of visit restricted. Offenders to be punished for abusing the right of visit.
All vessels of war belonging to the United States of America, on meeting Vessels of war of U. S. to suffer Algerine cruisers to pass, &c.
What shall be sufficient passport.
Provisions to be furnished to vessels at market price.
Assistance to be given to the crew, and protection to the property of vessels cast ashore.
How vessels may be protected.
Commerce, &c. on the footing of the most favored nations.
Consul of U.S. not responsible for debts of citizens, &c.
Salutes to vessels of war of U. S.
As the government of the United States of America has, Pretexts arising from religious opinions, not to interrupt harmony, &c.
The Consuls, respectively, shall have liberty and personal security Consuls may travel within the territories of each party, &c.
How disputes may be settled, &c.
Prisoners of war not to be made slaves; but to be exchanged, &c. within 12 months.
Powers at war with U. S. not to be suffered to sell American captured vessels at Algiers.
Consul of U.S. to decide disputes between American citizens, &c.
In case of killing, wounding, or striking, the law of the country to prevail, &c.
Consul of U.S. not to pay duties on what he imports for his house and family.
Citizens of U. S. dying within the Regency of Algiers, their property to be under the direction of the consul, unless, &c.
I certify the foregoing to be a true copy of a Treaty of Peace negotiated by Commodore Decatur and myself with the Regency of Algiers, and signed by the Dey of that Regency on the 30 June, 1815. On board the U. S. S. Guerriere, 6 July, 1815.
Ratified by the Prince Regent on the 31st July, 1815; and by the President and Senate on the 22d of Dec. 1815; on which latter day the ratifications were exchanged at Washington.
Reciprocal liberty of commerce between the Territories of U. S. and the British Territories in Europe.
No higher or other duties shall be imposed on the importation No higher or other duties on productions of each country, than on those of other foreign countries.
No higher or other duties or charges shall be imposed in any of the Equality of duties on American and British vessels.
The same duties shall be paid on the importation into the United Same duties on productions of each country.
The same duties shall be paid, and the same bounties allowed, on the Equality of duties and bounties, &c.
It is further agreed, that in all cases where drawbacks are, or may be, Drawbacks the same, &c.
The intercourse between the United States and his Britannick majesty’s Intercourse with the British West Indies and North American Continental Possessions not affected by this article.
His Britannick majesty agrees that the vessels of the United Vessels of U. S. may trade to Calcutta, &c. direct, in articles not entirely prohibited. Citizens of U. S. not to pay more than is paid on vessels of the most favoured nation.
But it is expressly agreed, that the vessels of the United States shall Articles must be conveyed direct to U. S. and be unladen.
It is also understood, that the permission granted by this article is not Vessels of U.S. not to carry on the coasting trade in the British East Indies. American vessels may touch for refreshment, &c.
It shall be free for each of the two contracting parties, respectively, Consuls to reside in the dominions of each party. How they may be punished.
It is hereby declared, that either of the contracting parties may except Particular places excepted from the residence of consuls.
This convention, when ratified, to be obligatory for four years.
Exchange of ratifications in six months, or, &c.
Done at London, this third day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifteen.
The undersigned, his Britannick majesty’s chargé of d’affaires in the Declaration of 24th Nov. 1815. All vessels, except those of the East India Company, excluded from approaching the Island.
It has therefore become impossible to comply with so much of the Vessels of the U. S. must not touch at St. Helena.
Washington, November 24, 1815.
Proclamation of the President of the United States, April 28, 1818.
Naval force on the lakes.
On lake Ontario, to one vessel not exceeding one hundred tons burden, and Lake Ontario.
On the upper lakes, to two vessels, not exceeding like burden each, and armed Upper Lakes.
On the waters of lake Champlain, to one vessel not exceeding like burden, Lake Champlain.
All other armed vessels on these lakes shall be forthwith dismantled, and no Other vessels to be dismantled.
If either party should hereafter be desirous of annulling this stipulation, and Stipulation may cease on six months’ notice.
The naval force so to be limited shall be restricted to such services as will, in Naval force to be restricted, &c.
In the name of the most Holy and Indivisible Trinity.
Ratified May 27, 1818. The parties desirous of maintaining and confirming relations of friendship and commerce. Full powers exchanged.
Reciprocal liberty of commerce.
Complete security for merchants and traders.
No other or higher duties, &c. than the same articles would be subjected to if they were the growth, produce, or manufacture, of any other country.
Au nom de la très Sainte et Indivisible Trinité.
charge, whatsoever, higher or other than those to which the same articles would be subjected if they were exported to any other country whatever.
Nor shall any prohibition be imposed on the exportation or importation No prohibition on exportation or importation which does not extend to all other nations.
Swedish or Norwegian vessels arriving in ballast, or importing into Equalisation of duties as to the vessels and cargoes of either nation, &c.
That which is here above stipulated, shall also extend to the Swedish Equalization of duties extended to the colony of St. Bartholomews.
His Majesty the King of Sweden and Norway, agrees that all articles, the growth, produce, or manufacture, of the West Indies, which are permitted to be imported in Swedish or Norwegian vessels, whether these articles be imported, directly or indirectly, from said Indies, may likewise be imported into its territories in vessels of the United States, and there shall not be paid, either for the said vessels or the cargoes, any higher or other duties, imposts, or charges, whatsoever, than those which would be paid by Swedish or Norwegian vessels in the same circumstances, with an addition only of ten per centum on the said duties, imposts, and charges, and no more.
In order to avoid misapprehension in this respect, it is expressly declared, that the term “West Indies” ought to be taken in its most extensive sense, comprising all that portion of the earth, whether main land or islands, which at any time has been denominated the West Indies, in contradistinction to that other portion of the earth denominated the East Indies.
fort ou autre que ceux auxquels seraient assujettis les mêmes articles, s’ils étaient exportés pour tout autre pays quelconque.
Il ne sera non plus imposé aucune prohibition, ni sur l’exportation ni sur l’importation d’aucun article provenant du sol ou des manufactures des Etats Unis ou des pays de sa Majesté le Roi de Suède et de Norvège, dans ou hors les dits Etats Unis, et dans ou hors les dits pays de sa Majesté le Roi de Suède et de Norvège, qui ne s’étende également à toutes les autres nations.
Les vaisseaux des Etats Unis d’Amérique arrivant sur leur lest ou important dans les Etats de sa Majesté le Roi de Suède et Norvège des produits du sol ou de l’industrie de leur pays, ou exportant des Etats de sa Majesté Suédoise et Norvégienne les produits du sol ou de l’industrie nationale des dits Etats, ne seront tenus à payer, ni pour les vaisseaux ni pour les cargaisons aucuns droits, impôts ou charges quelconques, plus forts ou autres que ceux que payeraient dans le même cas les vaisseaux des Etats de sa Majesté le Roi de Suède et de Norvège, et vice versa; les vaisseaux des Etats de sa Majesté le Roi de Suède et de Norvège qui arrivent sur leur lest ou qui importent dans les Etats Unis de l’Amérique des productions du sol ou de l’industrie nationale de la Suède et de la Norvège, ou qui exportent des Etats Unis des produits du sol ou de l’industrie de ces pays, ne payeront ni pour les vaisseaux ni pour les cargaisons aucuns droits, impôts ou charges quelconques, autres ou plus forts que ceux qui seraient payés si ces mêmes denrées étaient transportées par des vaisseaux des Etats Unis respectivement.
Ce qui est statué ci-dessus s’étendra aussi à la colonie Suédoise de St. Barthelemy, tant par rapport aux droits et avantages dont les vaisseaux des Etats Unis jouiront dans ses ports que par rapport à ceux dont les vaisseaux de la colonie jouiront dans les ports des Etats Unis; bien entendu que les propriétaires soient colons établis et naturalisés à St. Barthelemy, et qu’ils y ayent fait naturaliser leurs vaisseaux.
Sa Majesté le Roi de Suède et de Norvège consent que tous les articles qui sont le produit du sol ou des manufactures des Indes Occidentales et dont l’entrée est permise dans des vaisseaux Suédois ou Norvégiens, soit que ces marchandises viennent directement ou indirectement des dites Indes, puissent aussi être importés dans ses Etats par des vaisseaux des Etats Unis, et qu’alors il ne sera payé ni pour les dits vaisseaux, ni pour les cargaisons, de droits, impôts ou charges quelconques, plus forts ou autres que ceux qui seraient payés par des vaisseaux Suédois ou Norvégiens dans le même cas, avec une addition seulement de dix pour cent sur les dits droits, impôts, ou charges, et pas davantage.
Pour éviter tout mésentendu à cet égard il est ici expressément déclaré, que la dénomination d’Indes Occidentales doit être prise dans le sens le plus étendu en y comprenant toute cette partie du monde, soit îles ou terre ferme, qui de tout temps a été appelée Indes Occidentales, en opposition avec cette autre partie du monde appelée Indes Orientales.
paid for the said vessels, or for the cargoes, any higher or other duties, imposts, or charges, whatsoever, than those which would be paid by vessels of the United States in the same circumstances, with an addition only of ten per centum on the said duties, imposts, and charges, and no more.
In order to avoid all uncertainty in respect to the duties, imposts, or charges, whatsoever, which a vessel belonging to the citizens or subjects of one of the contracting parties ought to pay, on arriving in the ports of the other, with a cargo consisting partly of articles, the growth, produce, or manufacture, of the country to which the vessel belongs, and partly of any other merchandize, which the said vessel is permitted to import by the preceding articles, it is agreed that, in case a cargo should be thus mixed, the vessel shall always pay the duties, imposts, and charges, according to the nature of that part of the cargo which is subjected to the highest duties, in the same manner as if the vessel imported this sort of merchandise only.
The high contracting parties grant mutually the liberty of having in Consuls, &c. Proceedings against consuls, &c. offending against the laws. Archives, &c. inviolate.
The consuls and their deputies shall have the right, as such, to act Consuls and their deputies to have the right to act as judges, &c. Limitation of the right. Rights reserved to the parties under consular decisions.
In order to prevent all dispute and uncertainty in respect to what may be considered as being the growth, produce, or manufacture, of the contracting parties respectively, it is agreed, that whatever the chief or intendant of the customs shall have designated and specified as such, in the clearance delivered to the vessels which depart from the European ports of his Majesty the King of Sweden and Norway, shall be acknowledged and admitted as such in the United States; and that, in the same manner, whatever the chief or collector of the customs in the ports of the United States shall have designated and specified as the growth, produce, or manufacture, of the United States, shall be acknowledged and admitted as such in the territories of his Majesty the King of Sweden and Norway.
The specification or designation given by the chief of the customs in
lors il ne sera payé ni pour les dits vaisseaux ni pour les cargaisons de droits, impôts ou charges quelconques plus forts ou autres que ceux qui seraient payés par des vaisseaux des Etats Unis dans le même cas, avec une addition de dix pour cent sur les dits droits, impôts ou charges, et pas davantage.
Afin de prévenir toute incertitude à l’égard des droits, impôts ou charges quelconques que devrait payer un vaisseau appartenant aux citoyens ou sujets de l’une des parties contractantes et arrivant dans les ports de l’autre avec une cargaison qui consisterait en partie des produits du sol ou des manufactures du pays, auquel le vaisseau appartiendrait, et en partie de quelques autres marchandises, dont l’importation est permise au dit vaisseau par les articles précédents, il est convenu qu’en cas d’une cargaison ainsi mêlée, le dit vaisseau payera toujours les droits, impôts ou charges suivant la nature de cette partie de la cargaison qui est sujette aux plus gros droits, tout comme si le vaisseau n’eut apporté que cette seule espèce de marchandises.
Les hautes parties contractantes s’accordent mutuellement la faculté d’entretenir dans les ports et places de commerce de l’autre, des consuls, vice-consuls ou agents de commerce, qui jouiront de toute la protection et assistance nécessaire pour remplir dûment leurs fonctions, mais il est ici expressément déclaré, que dans le cas d’une conduite illégale ou impropre envers les lois ou le gouvernement du pays auquel il est envoyé le dit conseil, vice conseil ou agent, pourra, ou être puni conformément aux lois, ou être mis hors de fonction ou renvoyé par le gouvernement offensé, celui-ci en donnant les raisons à l’autre, bien entendu cependant que les archives et documents relatifs aux affaires du conseil, seront à l’abri de toute recherche et devront être soigneusement conservés, étant mis sous le sceau du dit conseil et de l’autorité de l’endroit où il aura résidé.
Les conseils ou leurs suppléans auront le droit comme tels de servir de juges et d’arbitres dans les différends qui pourraient s’élever entre les capitaines et les équipages des vaisseaux de la nation dont les affaires sont confiées à leurs soins. Les gouvernements respectifs n’auront le droit de se mêler de ces sortes d’affaires qu’en tant que la conduite des équipages ou du capitaine troublerait l’ordre et la tranquillité dans le pays où le vaisseau se trouve, ou que le conseil du lieu se verrait obligé d’appeller l’intervention du pouvoir exécutif pour faire respecter ou maintenir sa décision. Bien entendu que cette espèce de jugement ou d’arbitrage ne saurait pourtant priver les parties contendantes du droit qu’elles ont à leur retour de recourir aux autorités judiciaires de leur patrie.
Vessels and cargoes may enter ports, &c. on paying pilotage, quayage, &c. if those charges have been incurred.
Limitation of this privilege.
Vessels may land part of their cargoes, and proceed with the remainder, on paying the proportional duties, &c.
Exception as to vessels.
Rights and privileges of entrepot.
Regulations in case of shipwreck.
Quarantine regulations.
The treaty of Paris, concluded in 1783, ante, page 60, revived in part.
Exception as to the effect of the revival of the treaty of 1783, in relation to other powers.
Stipulations concerning blockade.
This treaty to endure for eight years after the exchange of the ratifications.
In faith whereof, the respective plenipotentiaries have signed the present treaty, and have thereunto set the seal of their arms. Done at Stockholm, the fourth day of September, in the year of Grace, one thousand eight hundred and sixteen.
En foi de quoi les plénipotentiaires respectifs ont signé le présent Traité et y ont apposé le cachet de leurs armes. Fait à Stockholm le quatre Septembre, l’an de Grace, mil huit cent seize.
Ratified Feb. 11, 1822. Ante, p. 224.
The President of the United States having subsequently nominated and appointed, by Commission, the above-named William Shaler, and Isaac Chauncey, Commodore and Commander in Chief of all the Naval Forces of the United States in the Mediterranean, Commissioners Plenipotentiary to treat with his Highness the Dey of Algiers, for the renewal of the Treaty aforesaid; and they have concluded, settled, and signed, the following Articles:
Peace and friendship.
Favors in navigation and commerce to be common to each, &c.
Abolition of tribute in any form.
See Articles 3 and 4, of the Treaty of 30th June, 1815, ante, page 224.
Enemies’ property to pass free in vessels of each party.
Citizens or subjects taken on board an enemy’s vessel to be liberated.
Proper passports shall immediately be given to the vessels Passports to vessels of each party, and right of visit restricted. Offenders to be punished for abusing the right of visit.
All vessels of war belonging to the United States of America, on meeting Vessels of war of U. S. to suffer Algerine cruisers to pass, &c.
What shall be sufficient passport.
Provisions to be furnished to vessels at market price.
Assistance to be given to the crew, and protection to the property of vessels cast ashore.
How vessels may be protected.
Commerce, &c. on the footing of the most favored nations.
Consul of U.S. not responsible for debts of citizens, &c.
Salutes to vessels of war of U. S.
As the government of the United States has, in itself, no Pretexts arising from religious opinions, not to interrupt harmony, &c.
The Consuls, respectively, shall have liberty and personal security Consuls may travel within the territories of each party, &c.
How disputes may be settled, &c.
Prisoners of war not to be made slaves; but to be exchanged, &c. within 12 months.
Powers at war with U. S. not to be suffered to sell American captured vessels at Algiers.
Consul of U.S. to decide disputes between American citizens, &c.
In case of killing, wounding, or striking, the law of the country to prevail, &c.
Consul of U.S. not to pay duties on what he imports for his house and family.
Citizens of U. S. dying within the Regency of Algiers, their property to be under the direction of the consul, unless, &c.
The United States of America, in order to give to the Dey of Algiers Part of the 13th Article of the foregoing Treaty annulled.
Done at the Palace of the Government, in Algiers, on the 22d day of December, 1816, which corresponds to the third of the Moon Safar, year of the Hegira 1232.
Done in the Chancery of the Consulate General of the United States, in the City of Algiers, on the 23d day of December, in the year 1816, and of the Independence of the United States the forty-first.
Full powers exchanged.
Definition of the extent of the common right of fishing, &c. on the coast of the British dominions in America.
Exception as to the Hudson Bay Company.
Renunciation by the United States as to other fisheries, except, &c.
Definition of the northern boundary of the U. S. from the Lake of the Woods to the Stony Mountains.
Country claimed by either party westward of the Stony Mountains, to be free to both parties, until Oct. 20, 1828.
Convention of London, of 3d July 1815, continued for ten years.
Ante, p. 228.
Reference to 1st article of treaty of Ghent.
Ante, p. 218.
Claim for slaves under the 1st article of the treaty of Ghent.
Differences growing out of the claim for slaves, to be referred to some friendly sovereign or state.
This convention obligatory on exchange of ratifications.
In witness whereof the respective plenipotentiaries have signed the same, and have thereunto affixed the seal of their arms. Done at London, this twentieth day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen.
Of the Commissioners under the fourth article of the Treaty of Ghent.
Decision of the commissioners under the 4th article of the treaty of Ghent. New York, Nov. 24, 1814. Ante, p. 219. Ante, page 81.
We, the said Thomas Barclay and John Holmes, commissioners as aforesaid, having been duly sworn impartially to examine and decide upon the said claims, according to such evidence as should be laid Moose Island, &c. belong to United States. Other islands belong to Great Britain.
In faith and testimony whereof, we have set our hands and affixed our seals, at the city of New York, in the state of New York, in the United States of America, this twenty-fourth day of November, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and seventeen.
Witness,
Of the Commissioners under the fourth article of the Treaty of Ghent.
Declaration of the commissioners accompanying their decision. Ante, p. 219. Ante, p. 81.
In making this decision, it became necessary that each of the commissioners Each of the commissioners has yielded a part of his individual opinion, &c.
The
Oct. 29, 1820.
Ratified by the United Stales, Feb. 19, 1821.
Ratified by the King of Spain, Oct. 24, 1820.
Mutual desire to consolidate friendship, &c.
See notes of the treaties with Spain, ante, page 138.
An act for carrying into execution the treaty between the United States and Spain, concluded at Washington on the twenty-second day of February, 1819. March 3, 1821, vol. 3, p. 637.
The decisions of the Supreme Court, in cases arising under this treaty, have been:
By the treaty of St. Ildefonso, made on the first of October, 1800, Spain ceded Louisiana to France; and France, by the treaty of Paris, signed the 30th of April, 1803, ceded it to the United States. Under this treaty, the United States claimed the countries between the Iberville and the Perdido. Spain contended that her cession to France comprehended only that territory, which, at the time of the cession, was denominated Louisiana, consisting of the island of New Orleans, and the country which had been originally ceded to her by France, west of the Mississippi. The land claimed by the plaintiffs in error, under a grant from the crown of Spain, made after the treaty of St. Ildefonso, lies within the disputed territory; and this case presents the question, to whom did the country between the Iberville and Perdido belong after the treaty of St. Ildefonso? Had France and Spain agreed upon the boundaries of the retroceded territory, before Louisiana was acquired by the United States, that agreement would undoubtedly have ascertained its limits. But the declarations of France, made after parting with the province, cannot be admitted as conclusive. In questions of this character, political considerations have too much influence over the conduct of nations, to permit their declarations to decide the course of an independent government, in a matter vitally interesting to itself. Foster et al. v. Neilson, 2 Peters, 306.
If a Spanish grantee had obtained possession of the land in dispute, so as to be the defendant, would a court of the United States maintain his title under a Spanish grant, made subsequent to the acquisition of Louisiana, simply on the principle that the Spanish construction of the treaty of St. Ildefonso was right, and the American construction wrong? Such a decision would subvert those principles which govern the relations between the legislative and judicial departments, and mark the limits of each. Ibid. 309.
The sound construction of the 8th article of the treaty between the United States and Spain, of the 22d of February, 1829, will not enable the court to apply its provisions to the case of the plaintiff. Ibid. 314.
The article does not declare that all the grants made by his Catholic majesty, before the 24th of January, 1818, shall be valid to the same extent as if the ceded territories had remained under his dominion. It does not say that those grants are hereby confirmed. Had such been the language, it would have acted directly on the subject, and it would have repealed those acts of congress which were repugnant to it; but its language is that those grants shall be ratified and confirmed to the persons in possession, &c. By whom shall they be ratified and confirmed? This seems to be the language of contract; and if it is, the ratification and confirmation which are promised, must be the act of the legislature. Until such act shall be passed, the court is not at liberty to disregard the existing laws on the subject. Ibid.
By the treaty by which Louisiana was acquired, the United States stipulated that the inhabitants of the ceded territories should be protected in the free enjoyment of their property. The United States, as a just nation, regard this stipulation as the avowal of a principle which would have been held equally sacred, although it had not been inserted in the treaty. Soulard et al. v. The United States, 4 Peters, 541.
The term property, as applied to lands, comprehends every species of title, inchoate or complete. It is supposed to embrace those rights which lie in contract; those which are executory, as well as those which are executed. In this respect, the relation of the inhabitants of Louisiana to their government, is not changed. The new government takes the place of that which has passed away. Ibid.
The stipulations of the treaty ceding Louisiana to the United States, affording that protection or security to claims under the French or Spanish government to which the act of congress refers, are in the first, second and third articles. They extended to all property, until Louisiana became a member of the Union; into which the inhabitants were to be incorporated as soon as possible, “and admitted to all the rights, advantages and immunities of citizens of the United States.” The perfect inviolability and security of property is among these rights. Delassus v. The United States, 9 Peters, 117.
The right of property is protected and secured by the treaty, and no principle is better settled in this country, than that an inchoate title to lands is property. This right would have been sacred, independent of the treaty. The sovereign who acquires an inhabited country, acquires full dominion over it; but this dominion is never supposed to divest the vested rights of individuals to property. The language of the treaty ceding Louisiana, excludes any idea of interfering with private property. Ibid.
After the acquisition of Florida by the United States, in virtue of the treaty with Spain, of 22d of February, 1819, various acts of congress were passed for the adjustment of private land claims, within the ceded territory. The tribunals authorized to decide on them, were not authorized to settle any which exceeded a league square; on those exceeding that quantity, they were directed to report, especially their opinion, for the future action of congress. The lands embraced in the larger claims were defined by surveys, and plans retained: these were reserved from sale, and remained unsettled until some resolution should be adopted for a final adjudication of them, which was done by the passage of the law of the 22d May, 1828. By the sixth section, it was provided, “that all claims to land within the territory of Florida, embraced by the treaty, which shall not be finally decided and settled under the provisions of the same law, containing a greater quantity of land than the commissioners were authorized to decide, and above the amount confirmed by the act, and which have not been reported as amended, or forged, shall be received and adjudicated by the judges of the superior court of the district, in which the land lies, upon the petition of the claimant, according to the forms, rules and regulations, conditions, restrictions and regulations prescribed to the district judge, and to the claimants, by the act of 26th May, 1824.” By a proviso, all claims annulled by the treaty, and all claims not presented to the commissioners, &c., according to the acts of congress, were excluded. United States v. Arredondo et al. 6 Peters, 706.
The validity of concessions of land, by the authorities of Spain, in East Florida, is expressly recognised in the Florida treaty, and in the several acts of congress. Ibid.
The eighth article allows the owners of land the same time for fulfilling the conditions of their grants from the date of the treaty, as prescribed in the grant from the date of the instrument. And the act of the 8th of May, 1822, requires every person claiming title to lands under any patent, grant, concession, or order of survey dated previous to the 24th of January, 1818, to file his claim before the commissioners appointed in pursuance of that act. All the subsequent acts on the subject observe the same language; and the titles under such concessions have been uniformly confirmed, when the tract did not exceed a league square. Ibid.
A claim to lands in East Florida, the title to which was derived from grants by the Creek and Seminole Indians, ratified by the local authorities of Spain, before the cession of Florida by Spain to the United States was confirmed. It was objected to the title claimed in this case, which had been presented to the superior court of Middle Florida, under the provisions of the acts of Congress for the settlement of land claims in Florida, that the grantees did not acquire, under the Indian grants, a legal title to the land. Held, that the acts of congress submit these claims to the adjudication of this court as a court of equity; and those acts, as often and uniformly construed in its repeated decisions, confer the same jurisdiction over imperfect, inchoate, and equitable titles, as legal and perfect ones, and require the court to decide by the same rules on all claims submitted to it, whether legal or equitable. Mitchell et al. v. The United States, 9 Peters, 711.
Under the Florida treaty, grants of land made before the 24th January, 1818, by his Catholic Majesty, or by his lawful authorities, stand ratified and confirmed to the same extent that the same grants would be valid, if Florida had remained under the dominion of Spain; and the owners of conditional grants, who have been prevented from fulfilling all the conditions of their grants, have time by the treaty extended to them to complete such conditions. That time, as was declared by the supreme court in Arredondo’s case, 6 Peters, 478, begun to run in regard to individual rights from the ratification of the treaty; and the treaty declares, if the conditions are not complied with, within the terms limited in the grant, that the grants shall be null and void. United States v. Kingsley, 12 Peters, 476.
The treaty with Spain, by which Florida was ceded to the United States, is the law of the land, and admits the inhabitants of Florida to the enjoyment of the privileges, rights, and immunities of the citizens of the United States. They do not, however, participate in political power; they do not share in the government, until Florida shall become a state. In the mean time, Florida continues to be a territory of the United States, governed by virtue of that clause in the constitution, which empowers “congress to make all needful rules and regulations respecting the territory, or other property, belonging to the United States.” American Ins. Co. v. Three Hundred and Fifty-six Bales of Cotton, 1 Peters, 542.
The object of the treaty with Spain, which ceded Florida to the United States, dated 22d May, 1819, was to invest the commissioners with full power and authority to receive, examine, and decide upon the amount and validity of asserted claims upon Spain, for damages and injuries. Their decision, within the scope of this authority, is conclusive and final, and is not re-examinable. The parties must abide by it, as the decree of a competent tribunal of exclusive jurisdiction. A rejected claim cannot be brought again under review, in any judicial tribunal. But it does not naturally follow that this authority extends to adjust all conflicting rights of different citizens to the fund so awarded. The commissioners are to look to the original claim for damages and injuries against Spain itself; and it is wholly immaterial who is the legal or equitable owner of the claim, provided he is an American citizen. Comegys et al. v. Vasse, 1 Peters, 212.
After the validity and amount of the claim has been ascertained by the award of the commissioners, the rights of the claimant to the fund, which has passed into his hands and those of others, are left to the ordinary course of judicial proceedings in the established courts of justice. Ibid.
The treaty with Spain recognized an existing right in the aggrieved parties to compensation; and did not, in the most remote degree, turn upon the notion of donation or gratuity. It was demanded by our government as matter of right, and as such was granted by Spain. Ibid. 217.
The right to compensation from Spain, held under abandonment made to underwriters, and accepted by them, for damages and injuries, which were to be satisfied under the treaty, by the United States; passed to the assignees of the bankrupt, who held such rights by the provisions of the bankrupt law of the United States, passed April 4, 1800. Ibid.
The king of Spain was the grantor in the Florida treaty; the treaty was his deed; the exception was made by him; and its nature and effect depended on his intention, expressed by his words, in reference to the thing granted, and the thing reserved and excepted in the grant. The Spanish version was in his words, and expressed his intention; and although the American version showed the intention to be different, the supreme court cannot adopt it as a rule to decide what was granted, what excepted, and what reserved. United States v. Arredondo et al., 6 Peters, 741.
Even in cases of conquest, it is very unusual for the conqueror to do more than to displace the sovereign and assume dominion over the country. The modern usage of nations, which has become law, would be violated; that sense of justice and of right, which is acknowledged and felt by the whole civilized world, would be outraged; if private property should be generally confiscated, and private rights annulled, on a change in the sovereignty of the country by the Florida treaty. The people change their allegiance, their relation to their ancient sovereign is dissolved; but their relations to each other, and their rights of property, remain undisturbed. Had Florida changed its sovereign by an act containing no stipulation respecting the property of individuals, the right of property in all those who became subjects or citizens of the new government, would have been unaffected by the change. It would have remained the same as under the ancient sovereign. United States v. Percheman, 7 Peters, 51.
The language of the second article of the treaty between the United States and Spain, of 22d February 1819, by which Florida was ceded to the United States, conforms to this general principle. Ibid.
The eighth article of the treaty must be intended to stipulate expressly for the security to private property, which the laws and usages of nations would, without express stipulation, have conferred. No construction which would impair that security, further than its positive words require, would seem to be admissible. Without it, the titles of individuals would remain as valid under the new government, as they were under the old. And those titles, so far at least as they were consummated, might be asserted in the courts of the United States, independently of this article. Ibid.
The treaty was drawn up in the Spanish as well as in the English languages. Both are original, and were unquestionably intended by the parties to be identical. The Spanish has been translated; and it is now understood that the article expressed in that language is, that “the grants shall remain ratified and confirmed to the persons in possession of them, to the same extent,” &c., thus conforming exactly to the universally received law of nations. Ibid.
If the English and Spanish part can, without violence, be made to agree, that construction which establishes this conformity ought to prevail. Ibid.
No violence is done to the language of the treaty by a construction which conforms the English and Spanish to each other. Although the words “shall be ratified and confirmed,” are properly words of contract, stipulating for some future legislation, they are not necessarily so. They may import that “they shall be ratified and confirmed” by force of the instrument itself. When it is observed that in the counterpart of the same treaty, executed at the same time, by the same parties, they are used in this sense, the construction is proper, if not unavoidable. Ibid.
In the case of Foster v. Neilson, 2 Peters, 253, the supreme court considered those words importing a contract. The Spanish part of the treaty was not then brought into view, and it was then supposed there was no variance between them. It was not supposed that there was even a formal difference of expression in the same instrument, drawn up in the language of each party. Had this circumstance been known, it is believed it would have produced the construction which is now given to the article. Ibid.
With this intention, the President of the United States has furnished John Quincy Adams and Luis De Onis, negotiators.
And the said Plenipotentiaries, after having exchanged their powers, Full powers exchanged.
Firm and inviolable peace and friendship.
His Catholic Majesty cedes the Floridas.
What things are included in the cession.
Con esta mira, han nombrado, Su. M. Ca. al Exmo. Sor. Dn.
Y ambos Plenipotenciarios, despues de haver cangeado sus Poderes, han ajustado y firmado los articulos siguientes:
in the sea, continuing north, along the western bank of that river, to Boundary line west of the Mississippi. According to Melish’s Map, of 1st Jan. 1818. The use of the waters of the Sabine, Red river, and Arkansas, common to both nations.
The two high contracting parties agree to cede and renounce all their Territorial renunciations, corresponding with the boundary line.
A commissioner and surveyor to be appointed by each party, to run the boundary line.
Free exercise of religion in the ceded territories, &c.
Inhabitants of the ceded territories to be incorporated in the Union, &c.
seguirá al Norte por la orilla occidental de este Rio, hasta el grado 32 de latitud; desde, alli por una linea recta al Norte, hasta el grado de latitud en que entra en el Rio Roxo de Natchitochez (Red River), y continuará por el curso del Rio Roxo al oeste, hasta el grado 100 de longitud occidental de Londres y 23 de Washington; en que, cortará este Rio, y seguirá por una linea recta al Norte, por el mismo grado, hasta el Rio Arkansas, cuya orilla meridional, seguirá hasta su nacimiento en el grado 42 de latitud Septentrional; y desde, dicho punto, se tirará una linea recta por el mismo paralelo de latitud, hasta el Mar del Sur. Todo segun el Mapa de los Estados Unidos de Melish, publicado en Philadelphia, y perfeccionado en 1818. Pero si el nacimiento del Rio Arkansas se hallase al Norte ó Sur de dicho grado 42 de latitud, seguirá la linea desde el origen de dicho Rio recta al Sur ó Norte, segun fuese necesario, hasta que encuentre el expresado grado 42 de latitud, y desde, alli por el mismo paralelo, hasta el Mar del Sur. Pertenecerán á los Estados Unidos todas las yslas de los Rios Sabina, Roxo de Natchitochez, y Arkansas, en la extensión de todo el curso descrito; pero el uso de las aguas, y la navegación del Sabina hasta el Mar, y de los expresados Rios Roxo y Arkansas, en toda la extensión de sus mencionados limites, en sus respectivas orillas, sera comun á los habitantes de las dos naciones.
Las dos altas partes contratantes convienen en ceder y renunciar todos sus derechos, reclamaciones, y pretensiones, sobre los territorios que se describen en esta linea; á saber, S. M. Ca. renuncia y cede, para siempre, por si, y á nombre de sus herederos y sucesores, todos los derechos que tiene sobre los territorios al Este y al Norte de dicha linea; y los Estados Unidos, en igual forma, ceden á S. M. Ca. y renuncian, para siempre, todos sus derechos, reclamaciones, y pretensiones, á qualesquiera territorios situados al Oeste y al Sur de la misma linea arriba descrita.
Spanish troops to be withdrawn, and possession given within 6 months after exchange of ratifications.
Grants of land before 24th Jan. 1818, confirmed, &c.
Owners to fulfil the conditions.
Grants since 24th Jan. 1818, null and void.
The two high contracting parties, animated with the most earnest Reciprocal renunciation of claims.
The renunciation of the United States will extend to all the injuries Claims renounced by the United States.
The renunciation of his Catholic Majesty extends: Claims renounced by Spain.
Las dos altas partes contratantes, animadas de los mas vivos deseos de conciliación, y con el objeto de cortar de raiz todas las discusiones que han existido entre ellas y afanzar la buena armonia que desean mantener perpetuamente, renuncian, una y otra, reciprocamente, á todas las reclamaciones de daños y perjuicios que asi ellas como sus respectivos subditos y ciudadanos hayan experimentado hasta el dia en que se firme este Tratado.
La renuncia de los Estados Unidos se extiende á todos los perjuicios mencionados en el Convenio de 11 de Agosto, de 1802.
La renuncia de S. M. Ca. se extiende:
Finally, to all the claims of subjects of his Catholic Majesty upon the government of the United States, in which the interposition of his Catholic Majesty’s government has been solicited, before the date of this Treaty, and since the date of the Convention of 1802, or which may have been made to the Department of Foreign Affairs of his Majesty, or to his Minister in the United States.
And the high contracting parties, respectively, renounce all claim to Renunciation of claims for transactions in the Floridas.
The United States will cause satisfaction to be made for the injuries, Satisfaction by the U. S. for injuries to inhabitants of Florida.
Convention of 11th Aug. 1602, annulled.
Ante, p. 198.
The United States, exonerating Spain from all demands in future, on U. S. to satisfy claims of their citizens to amount of $5,000,000. Three commissioners to be appointed, to decide upon claims. Commissioners to take an oath, &c. Commissioners may hear and examine on oath, &c. Spanish government to furnish documents, &c.
The payment of such claims as may be admitted and adjusted by the Payment of the claims.
Las altas partes contratantes renuncian reciprocamente todos sus derechos á indemnizaciones por cualquiera de los ultimos acontecimientos y transacciones de sus respectivos comandantes y oficiales en las Floridas.
Y los Estados Unidos satisfarán los perjuicios, si los hubiese habido, que los habitantes y oficiales Españoles justifiquen legalmente haber sufrido por las operaciones del Exercito Americano en ellas.
Los Estados Unidos descargando á la España para lo sucesivo de todas las reclamaciones de sus ciudadanos á que se extienden las renuncias hechas, en este Tratado, y dándolas por enteramente canceladas, toman sobre si la satisfacción ó pago de todas ellas hasta la cantidad de cinco millones de pesos fuertes. El Sor. Presidente nombrará, con consentimiento y aprobación del Senado, una Comisión compuesta de tres Comisionados, ciudadanos de los Estados Unidos, para averiguar con certidumbre el importe total y justificación de estas reclamaciones; la qual se reunirá en la Ciudad de Washington, y en el espacio de tres años, desde su reunión primera, recibirá, examinará, y decidirá, sobre el importe y justificación de todas las reclamaciones arriba expresadas y descritas. Los dichos comisionados prestarán juramento, que se anotará en los quadernos de sus operaciones, para el desempeño fiel y eficaz de sus deberes, y en caso de muerte, enfermedad, ó ausencia precisa de alguno de ellos, será reemplazado del mismo modo, ó por el Sor. Presidente de los Estados Unidos, en ausencia del Senado. Los dichos comisionados se hallaran autorizados para oir y examinar bajo juramento cualquiera demanda relativa á dichas reclamaciones, y para recibir los testimonios autenticos y convenientes relativos á ellas. El gobierno Español submitirá todos aquellos documentos y aclaraciones que esten en su poder para el ajuste de las expresadas reclamaciones, segun los principios de justicia, el derecho de gentes, y las estipulaciones del Tratado entre las dos partes de 27 de Octubre, de 1795, cuyos documentos se especificarán quando se pidan á instancia de dichos comisionados.
Los Estados Unidos pagarán aquellas reclamaciones que sean admitidas y ajustadas por los dichos comisionados, ó por la mayor parte de ellos, hasta la cantidad de cinco millones de pesos fuertes, sea inmediatamente en su Tesoreria, ó por medio de una creación de fondos con el interés de un seis por ciento al año, pagaderos de los productos de las ventas de los terrenos validos en los territorios aqui cedidos á los
United States, or in such other manner as the Congress of the United States may prescribe by law.
The records of the proceedings of the said Commissioners, together Records of proceedings, &c. to be deposited in the Department of State. Copies to the Spanish government.
The Treaty of Limits and Navigation, of 1795, remains confirmed Treaty of 1795 confirmed, with exceptions. Ante, p. 138.
With respect to the 15th article of the same Treaty of Friendship, Neutral flag to cover enemies’ property, where. Ante, p. 146.
Sailors deserting to be delivered up on proof, &c.
U.S. certify that they received no compensation from France for claims provided for in this treaty.
Spanish vessels, laden with Spanish productions, to be admitted into the ports of Pensacola and St. Augustine without higher duties than vessels of the U. S., for twelve years.
Estados Unidos, ó de qualquiera otra manera que el Congreso de los Estados Unidos ordene por ley.
Se depositarán, despues de concluidas sus transacciones, en el Departamento de Estado de los Estados Unidos, los quadernos de las operaciones de los dichos Coinisionados, juntamente con los documentas que se les presenten relativos á las reclamaciones que deben ajustar y decidir; y se entregarán copias de elles ó de parte de ellos al Gobierno Español, y á peticion de su Ministro en los Estados Unidos, si lo solicitase.
El Tratado de Limites y Navegación de 1795, queda confirmado en todos y cada uno de sus articulos, excepto los articulos, 2, 3, 4, 21, y la segunda clausula del 22, que habiendo sido alterados por este Tratado, ó cumplidos enteramente no pueden tener valor alguno.
Con respecto al articulo 15 del mismo Tratado de Amistad, Limites y Navegacion, de 1795, en que se estipula que la bandera cubre la propiedad, han convenido las dos altas partes contratantes en que esto se entienda asi con respecto a aquellas potencias que reconozcan este principio; pero que, si una de las dos partes contratantes estuviere en guerra con una tercera, y la otra neutral, la bandera de esta neutral cubrirà la propiedad de los enemigos cuyo gobierno reconozca este principio, y no de otros.
Treaty to be ratified, and ratifications exchanged.
In witness whereof, we, the under written Plenipotentiaries of the United States of America and of his Catholic Majesty, have signed, by virtue of our powers, the present Treaty of Amity, Settlement, and Limits, and have thereunto affixed our seals, respectively.
Done at Washington, this twenty-second day of February, one thousand eight hundred and nineteen.
Ratification by his Catholic Majesty, on the twenty-fourth day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty.
“Ferdinand the Seventh, by the Grace of God, and by the Oct. 24, 1820.
Ratification, by the King of Spain, of the treaty of Feb. 22, 1819.
“Dn. Fernando Septimo, por la Gracia de Dios, y por la Constitucion de la Monarquia Española, Rey de las Españas.
En fé de lo qual nosotros los infrascritos Plenipotenciarios de S. M. Ca., y de los Estados Unidos de America, hemos firmado en virtud de nuestros poderes, el presente Tratado de Amistad, Arreglo de Diferencias, y Limites, y le hemos puesto nuestros sellos respectivos.
Hecho en Washington, á veinte y dos de Febrero, de mil ochocientos diez y nueve.
Por tanto, haviendo visto y examinado los referidos diez y seis articulos, y habiendo precedido la anuencia y autorización de las Cortes Generales de la Nacion, por lo respectivo a la cesión que en los articulos 2º y 3º se menciona y estipula, he venido en aprobar y ratificar todos y cada uno de los referidos articulos y clausulas que en ellos se contiene; y en virtud de la presente los apruebo y ratifico; prometiendo en fe y palabra de Rey, cumplirlos y observarlos, y hacer que se cumplan y observen enteramente como si yo mismo los hubiese firmado: sin que sirva de obstaculo en manera alguna la circunstancia de haber transcurrido el termino de los seis meses prefijados para el cange de las ratificaciones en el articulo 16; pues mi deliberada voluntad es que la presente ratificacion sea tan valida y subsistente y produzca los mismos efectos que si hubiese sido hecha dentro del termino prefijado. Yo deseando al mismo tiempo evitar cualquiera duda ó ambiguidad que pueda ofrecer el contenido del articulo 8º, del referido Tratado, con motivo de la fecha que en el se señala como termino para la validación de las concesiones de tierras en las Floridas, hechas por mi ó por las autoridades competentes en mi real nombre, a cuyo señalamiento de fecha se procedió en la positiva inteligencia de dejar anuladas por su tenor las tres concesiones de tierras hechas a favor del Duque de Alagon, Conde de Puñonrostro, y Dn. Pedro de Vargas; tengo a bien declarar que las referidas tres concesiones han quedado y quedan enteramente anuladas è invalidadas; sin que los tres individuos referidos, ni los que de estos tengan titulo ó causa, puedan aprovecharse de dichas concesiones en tiempo ni manera alguna: bajo cuya explicita declaración se ha de entender ratificado el referido articulo 8º. En fé de todo lo cual mandé despachar la presente firmada de mi mano, sellada con mi sello secreto, y refrendada por el infrascripto mi Secretario del Despacho de Estado.
Dada en Madrid, a veinte y quatro de Octubre, de mil ochocientos veinte.
[Here follows the above Treaty, word for word.]
“Therefore, having seen and examined the sixteen articles aforesaid, and having first obtained the consent and authority of the General Cortes of the nation with respect to the cession mentioned and stipulated in the 2d and 3d articles, I approve and ratify all and every one of the articles referred to, and the clauses which are contained in them; and, in virtue of these presents, I approve and ratify them; promising, on the faith and word of a King, to execute and observe them, and to cause them to be executed and observed entirely as if I myself had signed them: and that the circumstance of having exceeded the term of six months, fixed for the exchange of the ratifications in the 16th article, may afford no obstacle in any manner, it is my deliberate will that the present ratification be as valid and firm, and produce the same effects, as if it had been done within the determined period. Desirous at the same time of avoiding any doubt or ambiguity concerning the meaning of the 8th article of the said treaty, in respect to the date which is pointed out in it as the period for the confirmation of the grants of lands in the Floridas, made by me, or by the competent authorities in my royal name, which point of date was fixed in the positive understanding of the three grants of land made in favor of the Duke of Alagon, the Count of Puñonrostro, and Don Pedro de Vargas, being annulled by its tenor, I think proper to declare that the said three grants have remained and do remain entirely annulled and invalid; and that neither the three individuals mentioned, nor those who may have title or interest through them, can avail themselves of the said grants at any time, or in any manner: under which explicit declaration the said 8th article is to be understood as ratified. In the faith of all which I have commanded to despatch these presents. Signed by my hand, sealed with
“Por tanto, haviendo visto y examinado los referidos diez y seis articulos, y habiendo precedido la anuencia y autorizacion de las Cortes Generales de la Nacion por lo respectivo a la cesion que en los articulos 2º y 3º se menciona y estipula, he venido en aprobar y ratificar todos y cada uno de los referidos articulos y clausulas que en ellos se contiene; y en virtud de la presente los apruebo y ratifico; prometiendo en fe y palabra de Rey cumplirlos y observarlos, y hacer que se cumplan y observen enteramente como si Yo mismo los hubiese firmado: sin que sirva de obstaculo en manera alguna la circunstancia de haber transcurrido el termino de los seis meses prefijados para el cargo de las ratificaciones en el articulo 16; pues mi deliberada voluntad es que la presente ratificacion sea tan valida y subsistente y produzca los mismos efectos que si hubiese sido hecha dentro del termino prefijado. Yo deseando al mismo tiempo evitar cualquiera duda ó ambiguidad que pueda ofrecer el contenido del articulo 8º, del referido Tratado con motivo de la fecha que en el se señala como termino para la validacion de las concesiones de tierras en las Floridas, hechas por mi 6 por las autoridades competentes en mi real nombre, a cuyo señalamiento de fecha se procedió en la positiva inteligencia de dejar anuladas por su tenor las tres concesiones de tierras hechas a favor del Duque de Alagon, Conde de Puñonrostro, y Dn. Pedro de Vargas; tengo a bien declarar que las referidas tres concesiones han quedado y quedan enteramente anuladas è invalidadas; sin que los tres individuos referidos, ni los que de estos tengan titulo ô causa, puedan aprovecharse de dichas concesiones en tiempo ni manera alguna: bajo cuya explicita declaracion se ha de entender ratificado el referido articulo 8º. En fé de todo lo cual mandé despachar la presente firmada de mi mano, sellada con mi
my secret seal, and countersigned by the underwritten my Secretary of Despatch of State.
Given at Madrid, the twenty-fourth of October, one thousand eight hundred and twenty.
sello secreto, y refrendada por el infrascripto mi Secretario del Despacho de Estado.
Dada en Madrid, a veinte y quatro de Octubre, de mil ochocientos veinte.
The following are the grants which have been annulled by the foregoing treaty:
Don Antonio Porcel, Caballero pensionista de la Real y distinguida Orden de Carlos 3º. del Consejo de Estado, y Secretario de Estado y del Despacho de la Gobernacion de Ultramar, &c.
Certifico que con fecha seis de Febrero, de mil ochocientos diez y ocho, se espidieron por el estinguido Consejo de las Indias, Reales Cedulas de igual tenor, al Gobernador Capitan General de la yala de Cuba y su distrito, al Intendente de Exercito y Real Hacienda de la Havana y su distrito, y al Gobernador de las Florida, para que Cada uno en la parte que le tocare dispusiese lo conveniente a que tuviese efecto la gracia concedida al Duque de Alagon de varios terrenos en la Florida Oriental, cuyo contenido es el siguiente.
Mi Gobernador y Capitan General de la yala de Cuba y su distrito. El Duque de Alagon, Baron de Espee, me hizo presente en esposicion de doce de Julio del ano ultimo lo que sigue—Senor: El Duque de Alagon, Baron de Espee, Capitan de Guardias de la Real Persona de V. M. con el mayor respeto espone: que siendo un interes de la Corona, que se den a grandes Capitalistas los terrenos incultos para que se pueblen y cultiven en lo que se resultan mas ventajas demostradas y aconsejadas por todos los Politicos, en cuyo caso se hallan muchos, ocasi los mas del fertil suelo de las Floridas y siendo tambien un derecho de V. M. como dueno absoluto, el distributrios en obsequio de la Agricultura; y en premio y recompensa de los servicios interesantes que se le hacen con utilidad de V. M. y de su Reyno todo. Deseoso de merecer estas senales de aprecio de su magnanimo corazon, y de contribuir por mi parte a llenar las miras del poblacion tan interesantes al bien comun: a V. M. suplica se digne concederle el terreno inculto que no se halle cedido en la Florida Oriental, situado entre las Margenes de los Rios Santa Lucia y San Juan, hasta sus embocaduras en el mar, y la Costa del Golfo de la Florida, e yslas adyacentes, con la embocadura en el Rio Hijuelos, por el grado viente y seis de latitud, siguiendo su orilla izquierda hasta su nacimiento, tirando una linea a la Laguna Macaco, bajando luego por el Camino del Rio de San Juan hasta la laguna Valdes, cortando por otra linea desde el estremo norte de esta laguna hasta el nacimiento del Rio Amarima, siguiendo la orilla derecha hasta su embocadura por los vientes y ocho u viente y cinco de latitud, y continuando por la costa del mar, con todas sus yslas adyacentes, hasta la embocadura del Rio Hijuelos, en plena propiedad para si y sus herederos, y permitiendose la introduccion de Negros para el travejo y cultivo de las tierras libre de derechos: gracia que espera merecer de la innata piedad de V. M. Enterado del contenido de esta esposicion, y atendiendo al distinguido merito de este suegro, y a su acreditado celo por mi Real servicio, como tambien a las ventajas que resultaran al Estado del aumento de poblacion de los citados paises que pretende, he tenido a bien acceder a la gracia que solicita en quanto no se oponga a las Leyes de esos mis Reynos; y comunicarlo a mi Consejo de las Indias para su exceucion, en Real orden de diez y siete de Diciembre del referido ano. En su consecuencia os mando y encargo por esta mi Real cedula que con arreglo a las Leyes que rigen en la materia, auxiliois eficazmente la execucion de la espresada gracia, tomando todas las disposiciones que se dirigan a su devido efecto, sin perjuicio de tercero, y para que el espresado Duque de Alagon pueda desde luego poner en exceucion su designio conforme en todo con mis benificos deseos en obsequio de la agricultura y comercio de dhas posesiones, que
Por mandado del Rey Nuestro Senor:
Y para que conste firmo esta Certificacion en Madrid, a quince de Octubre, de mil ochocientos veinte.
Don Evaristo Perez de Castro, Caballero de numero de la orden de Carlos 3º. del Consejo de Estado, y Secretario del Despacho de Estado, &c.
Certifico que la firma que antecede del Exmo. Sor. Don Antonio Porcel, Secretario del Despacho de la Gobernacion de Ultramar, es la que acostumbra poner en todos sus escritos. Y para los efectos convenientes doy el presente certificado, firmado de mi mano y sellado con el escudo de mis armas, en Madrid, a viente y uno de Octubre, de mil ochocientos y vientes.
Don Antonio Porcel, Knight Pensioner of the Royal and distinguished Order of Charles 3d; of the Council of State, and Secretary of State and of Despatch of the Ultra-Marine Government, &c.
I certify, that, under date of the sixth of February, one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, royal letters patent of the same tenor were sent by the late Council of the Indies to the Governor Captain General of the Island of Cuba and its dependencies, to the Intendant of the Army and Royal business of the Havana and its district, and to the Governor of the Floridas, that each should do his utmost, in his particular department, to give effect to the grant, made to the Duke of Alagon, of various lands in East Florida, of the following tenor:
My Governor and Captain General of the Island of Cuba and its dependencies: The Duke of Alagon, Baron de Espea, has manifested to me, on the twelfth of July last, as follows:—“Sire: The Duke of Alagon, Baron de Espea, Captain of your majesty’s Royal Body Guards, with the greatest respect, exposes: that, it being the interest of the crown that the uncultivated lands should be given to great capitalists, in order that they may be peopled and cultivated, from which flow the advantages pointed out and advised by all politicians, and by means of which much or nearly the most of the fertile soil of the Floridas has been discovered, and it being a right of your majesty, as absolute lord, to distribute them for the benefit of agriculture, and in reward and recompense of the eminent services which have been rendered to your majesty and your whole kingdom; being desirous of deserving those marks of the value of his magnanimous courage, and of contributing as far as possible to fulfil the designs of population, so interesting to the commonwealth, he humbly requests your majesty, that you would deign to grant him all the uncultivated land not ceded in East Florida which lies between the rivers Saint Lucia and Saint John, as far as the mouths by which they empty themselves into the sea, and the coast of the Gulf of Florida, and the adjacent islands, with the mouth of the river Hijuelos, in the twenty-sixth degree of latitude, following the left bank up to its source, drawing a line from Lake Macaco, then descending by the way of the river Saint John to the Lake Valdes, crossing by another line from the extreme north of said lake to the source of the river Amarima, following its right bank as far as its mouth, in the twenty-eighth or twenty-fifth degree of latitude, and running along the sea-coast, with all the adjacent Islands up to the mouth of the river Hijuelos, in full property to himself and his heirs: allowing them also to import negroes, for the labor and cultivation of the lands, free of duties: A gift which I hope to obtain from your Majesty’s innate goodness.”
Having taken the premises into consideration, and bearing in mind the distinguished merit of the memorialist, and his signal zeal for my royal service, as well as the benefits to be derived by the state from an increase of population in the countries the cession whereof he has solicited, I have judged fit to grant him the same, in so far as is conformable to the laws of these my kingdoms; and to make it known to my
Dated at the Palace the sixth of February, one thousand eight hundred and eighteen
By command of the King our Lord:
And I confirm this exemplification, at Madrid, the fifteenth of October, one thousand eight hundred and twenty.
Don Evaristo Perez de Castro, Knight of the Order of Charles 3d, of the Council of State, and Secretary of Despatch of State, &c.
I certify that the foregoing signature of his Excellency Don Antonio Porcel, Secretary of Despatch of the Ultra-Marine Government, is that which he is accustomed to put to all his writings; and for the proper purposes I give the present certificate, signed by my hand, and sealed with my seal of arms, at Madrid, the twenty-first of October, one thousand eight hundred and twenty.
Don Antonio Porcel, Caballero pensionista de la Real y distinguida orden de Carlos tercero, del Consejo de Estado, y del Despacho de la Gobernacion de Ultramar, &c.
Certifico que con fecha de seis de Febrero, de mil ochocientos diez y ocho, se expedieron por el estinguido consejo de las Indias Reales Cedulas de igual tenor al Gobernador Capitan General de la yala de Cuba y su distrito, al Intendente de exercito y real Hacienda de la Havana y su distrito, y al Gobernador de las Florida, para que cada uno en la parte que le tocase dispusiese lo conveniente a que tuviese efecto la gracia concedida al Brigadier Conde de Punonrostro de varios terrenos situados en la Florida Occidental, cuyo contenido es el siguiente.
“Mi Gobernador y Capitan General de la yala de Cuba y su distrito. El Brigadier Conde de Punonrostro me hizo presente en exposicion de tres de Noviembre del ano ultimo lo que sigue—Senor: El Brigadier Conde de Punonrostro, Grande de Espana de primera clase, y vuestro Gentilhombre de Camara con exercicio, &c. &c. P. A. L. R. P. de V. M. con el mas profundo respeto, expone: que movido del anhelo de procurar por todos los medios posibles el hacer productible parte de los inmensos terrenos despoblados e incultos que V. M. tiene en las Americas, y que por su feracidad prometen las mayores ventajas, tanto al que expone como al Estado, si llegase a verificarse, como lo espera, el noble proyecto que anima al exponente de convertir una pequena parte de aquellos desiertos en morada de habitantes pacificos cristianos e industrios, que aumentando la poblacion de vuestros reyos, fomenten la agricultura y el comercio, y por consiguiente hagan inmensos los ingresos de vuestro real Herario. Esta empresa dirigida por personas que al conocimiento del pays reune las circunstancias de poder comparar los progresos que han hecho por este medio otras naciones, como la de los Estados Unidos, que en una epoca muy limitada ha elevado su poder a un grado extraordinario, distinguidose la Mobilia adyacente a la Florida, que en los seis anos ultimos aprovechandese de la emigracion se ha convertido de un pays inculto y desierto, en una Provincia rica y comerciante, cultivada y poblada con mas de 300,000 habitantes. Esto mismo debe suceder a la Florida en el corto tiempo de diez y ocho o veinte anos si se adoptan las medidas conducentes a ello, y si al exemplo del exponente abandonan otros la apatia y se dedican a labrar su fortunar
Por mandado del Rey Nuestro Senor:
Y para que conste firmo esta certificacion en Madrid, a quince de Octubre, de mil ochocientos y veinte.
Don Evaristo Perez de Castro, Caballero de numero de la orden de Carlos 3d, del Consejo de Estado y Secretario del Despacho de Estado, &c.
Certifico que la firma que antecede del Exmo. Sor. Don Antonio Porcel, Secretario del Despacho de la Gobernacion de Ultramar, es la que acostumbra poner en todos sus escritos. Y para los efectos convenientes doy el presente certificado, firmado de mi mano y sellado con el escudo de mis armas, en Madrid, a veinte y uno de Octubre, de mil ochocientos y veinte.
Don Antonio Porcel, Knight Pensioner of the Royal and distinguished order of Charles 3d, of the Council of State, and Secretary of State and of Despatch of the Ultramarine government, &c.
I certify that, under date of the sixth of February, one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, royal letters patent of the same tenor were sent by the late Council of the Indies to the Governor Captain General of the Island of Cuba and its dependencies, to the Intendant of the Army and Royal business of the Havana and its district, and to the Governor of the Floridas, that each should do his utmost in his particular department to give effect to the grant made to Brigadier the Count of Punonrostro, of various lands situated in West Florida, of the following tenor:
My Governor and Captain General of the Island of Cuba and its dependencies: The Brigadier Count of Punonrostro submitted to me, on the third of November last, what follows: “Sire: The Brigadier Count of Punonrostro, Grande of Spain of the first class, and your Gentleman of the Bed Chamber in actual attendance, &c., &c., throws himself at your Majesty’s Royal feet with the most profound respect, and submits to your Majesty: That, prompted by the desire of promoting, by all possible means, the improvement of the extensive waste and unsettled lands possessed by your Majesty in
Having taken the premises into consideration, and bearing in mind the distinguished merits of the memorialist, and his signal zeal for my royal service, as well as the benefits to be derived by the state from an increase of population in the countries, the cession whereof he has solicited, I have judged fit to grant him the same, in so far as is conformable to the laws of these my kingdoms, and to make it known to my Council of the Indies, for its due execution, by a royal order of the seventeenth of December, in the year aforementioned; wherefore, I charge and command you, by this, my Royal Cedula, with due observance of the laws to such cases pertaining, to give full and due effect to the said cession, taking all requisite measures for its accomplishment, without injury to any third party, and, to the end, that the said Count of Punonrostro may forthwith carry his plans into execution, in conformity with my beneficent desires in favor of the agriculture and commerce of the said territories, which require a population proportionate to the fertility of the soil, and the defence and security of the coasts, he giving regular accounts of his proceedings, for such is my will; and that due note be taken of the present Cedula in the office of the Accountant General of the Indies. Dated at the Palace, the sixth of February, one thousand eight hundred and eighteen.
By command of the King our Lord:
And I confirm this exemplification, at Madrid, the fifteenth of October, one thousand eight hundred and twenty.
Don Evaristo Perez de Castro, Knight of the order of Charles 3d, of the Council of State, and Secretary of Despatch of State, &c.
I certify that the foregoing signature of his Excellency Don Antonio Porcel, Secretary of Despatch of the Ultra Marine Government, is that which he is accustomed to put to all his writings. And for the proper purposes, I give the present certificate, signed by my hand, and sealed with my seal of arms, at Madrid, the twenty-first of October, one thousand eight hundred and twenty.
Don Antonio Porcel, Caballero pensionista de la real y distinguida orden de Carlos tercero, del Consejo de Estado y Secretario de Estado y del Despacho de la Gobernacion de Ultramar, &c.
Certifico que con fecha de nuevo de Abril, de mil ochocientos diez y ocho, se espidieron por el extinguido Consejo de las Indias reales cedulas de igual tenor al Gobernador Capitan General de la yala de Cuba y su distrito, al Intendente de exercito y real hacienda de la Habana y su distrito, y al Gobernador de las Floridas, para que cada uno en la parte que le tocase dispusiera lo conveniente a que tubiese efecto la gracia concedida a Don Pedro de Vargas, de varios terrenos situados en las Floridas; cuyo contenido es el siguiente.
Mi Gobernador y Capitan General de la yala de Cuba y su distrito. Confecha de veinte y cinco de Enero ultimo, me hizo presente Don Pedro Vargas lo que sigue—Senor: Don Pedro de Vargas, Caballero de la real orden militar de Alcantara, tesorero general de la real casa y Patrimonio de V. M. con el mas profundo respeto a V. R. M. espone. Que hay una porcion de tierras vacantes y despobladas en el territorio de las Floridas, y deseando que si V. M. se digna premiar sus tales cuales servicios y las pruebas de lealtad que le tiene dadas, sea sin el mas minimo gravamen del Erario, ni perjuicio de tercero como puede en el dia verificarse con algunas tierras de aquel pais a V. M. suplica que por un efecto de su soberana piedad se digne concederle la propiedad del terreno que esta comprendido en la siguiente demarcacion: asaver. Desde la embocadura del rio Perdido y de su bahia en el Golfo de Mexico, siguiendo la costa del mar, subir por la bahia del Buen Socorro, y de la Mobila, continuar por el Rio de Mobila hasta tocar la linea norte de los Estados Unidos, y basar por ella con una recta al origen del Rio Perdido y siguiendo por el Rio de la Mobila abazo y la bahia de su nombre volver por la costa del Mar acia el Oeste con todas las calas entradas e islas adyacentes que pertenecen a la Espana en la epoca presente hasta llegar a la linea del oeste de los Estados Unidos y volver por la del Norte comprendiendo todas las tierras baldias que corresponden o puedan corresponder a la Espana y estar en disputa o reclamacion con los Estados Unidos, segun el tenor de los tratados, y asimismo el terreno baldio y no cedido a otro particular que hay entre el Rio Hijuelos en la Florida Oriental y el Rio Santa Lucia tirando una linea desde el nacimiento del uno al del otro y siguiendo por la costa del Golfo de Mexico, desde la embocadura del Rio Hijuelos, hasta la punta de tancha, y doblando esta por la costa del Golfo de Florida hasta la embocadura del Rio Santa Lucia con las yslas y cayos adyacentes.”
Enterado del contenido de esta exposicion, y atendiendo al merito de este sugeto y a su acreditado celo por mi real servicio; como tambien a las ventajas que resultaran al Estado de la poblacion de los citados paises, he tenido a bien acceder a la gracia que solicita, en cuanto no se oponga a las leyes de esos mis reinos, y comunicarlo a mi Consejo de las Indias para su cumplimiento en real orden de dos de Febrero proximo pasado. En su consecuencia os mando y encargo por esta mi real Cedula, que con arreglo a las Leyes que rigen en la materia y sin perjuicio de tercero auxilieis eficazmente la execucion de la expresada gracia, tomando todas las disposiciones que se dirijan a su debido efecto, como tambien al aumento de poblacion, agricultura y comercio, de las referidas posesiones; dando cuenta sucesivamente de su progreso: que asi es mi voluntad, y que de esta Cedula se tome razon en la contaduria general de Indias. Fecha en Palacio, a nueve de Abril, de mil ochocientos diez y ocho.
Por mandado del Rey Nuestro Senor:
Y para que conste firmo esta certificacion en Madrid, a quince de Octubre, de mil ochocientos y veinte.
Don Evaristo Perez de Castro, Caballero de numero de la orden de Carlos 3º. del Consejo de Estado y Secretario del Despacho de Estado, &c.
Certifico que la firma que antecede del Exmo. Sor. Don Antonio Porcel, Secretario del Despacho de la Gobernacion de Ultramar, es la que acostumbra poner en todos sus escritos. Y para los efectos convenientes doy el presente certificado, firmado de mi mano y sellado con el escudo de mis armas en Madrid, a veinte y uno de Octubre, de mil ochocientos y veinte.
Don Antonio Porcel, Knight Pensioner of the Royal and distinguished order of Charles 3d, of the Council of State, and Secretary of State and of Despatch of the Ultramarine government, &c.
I certify that, under date of the ninth of April, one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, royal letters patent of the same tenor were sent by the late Council of the Indies to the Governor Captain General of the Island of Cuba and its dependencies, to the Intendant of the Army and Royal business of the Havana and its district, and to the Governor of the Floridas, that each should do his utmost, in his particular department, to give effect to the grant made to Don Pedro de Vargas, of various lands situated in the Floridas, of the following tenor:
My Governor and Captain General of the Island of Cuba and its dependencies: Under date of the twenty-fifth of January last, Don Pedro de Vargas manifested to me as follows: “Sire: Don Pedro de Vargas, Knight of the Royal Order of Alcantara, Treasurer General of the Royal House and patrimony of your Majesty, with the most profound respect, at your royal feet, exposes—That there is a quantity of vacant and unpeopled land in the territory of the Floridas, and desiring that, if your Majesty shall deign to reward his passable services, and the proofs which he has given of his loyalty, it may be without the least burden on the public treasury, or in prejudice of any third person, as may be done at present by some lands of that country, he beseeches your Majesty that, by an effect of your sovereign goodness, you would deign to grant him the property of the land which lies comprehended within the following limits: that is to say; from the mouth of the river Perdido, and its bay in the Gulf of Mexico, following the sea coast, to ascend by the bay of Buen Socorro, and of Mobile, continuing by the river Mobile, till it touches the northern line of the United States, and descending by that in a right line to the source of the river Perdido, and following the river Mobile in its lower part, and the bay of that name, returns by the sea coast towards the west; comprehending all the creeks, entries, and islands, adjacent, which may belong to Spain at the present time, till it reaches the west line of the United States, then, returning by their northern line, comprehending all the waste lands which belong, or may belong to Spain, and are in dispute or reclamation with the United States, according to the tenor of the treaties, and, also, all the waste land not ceded to any other individual, which is between the river Hijuelos, in East Florida, and the river St. Lucia, drawing a line from the source of one river to the source of the other, and following by the coast of the Gulf of Mexico, from the mouth of the Hijuelos to the point of Tancha, and doubling this, by the coast of the Gulf of Florida, to the mouth of the river Saint Lucia, with the islands and keys adjacent.”
Considering the contents of this exposition, and attending to the merit of the individual, and his accredited zeal for my royal service; as also to the advantages to result to the state from peopling the said countries, I have thought proper to accede to the favor which he solicits, in as far as it be not opposed to the laws of the said kingdoms, and communicated it to my Council of the Indies, for its accomplishment, in a royal order of the second of February last. Consequently, I command and charge you, by this my royal cedula, that, conforming to the laws which regulate in these affairs, and without prejudice to third persons, that you efficaciously aid the execution of the said grant, taking all the measures which may conduce to its due effect, as also to the augmentation of the population, agriculture, and commerce of the aforesaid possessions, giving account, from time to time, of the progress made, for this is my will; and that due notice shall be taken of this cedula, in the office of the Accountant General of the Indies. Dated at the Palace, the ninth of April, one thousand eight hundred and eighteen.
By command of the King, our Lord:
I confirm this exemplification, at Madrid, the fifteenth of October, one thousand eight hundred and twenty.
Don Evaristo Perez de Castro, Knight of the Order of Charles 3d, of the Council of State, and Secretary of Despatch of State, &c.
I certify that the foregoing signature of his Excellency, Don Antonio Porcel, Secretary of Despatch of the Ultra-Marine Government, is that which he is accustomed to put to all his writings. And, for the proper purposes, I give the present certificate, signed by my hand, and sealed with my seal of arms, at Madrid, the twenty-first day of October, one thousand eight hundred and twenty.
Ante, p. 221. Boundary of United States to be established. Ante, page 80.
Beginning at a stone monument, erected by Andrew Ellicot, Esquire, Description of the boundary of the United States. Description of the boundary of the United States. Description of the boundary of the United States.
Thence, up the said last mentioned passage, keeping near to the island St. Joseph’s, and passing to the north and east of Isle a la Crosse, and of the small islands numbered 16, 17, 18, 19, and 20, and to the south and west of those numbered 21, 22, and 23, until it strikes a line (drawn on the map with black ink and shaded on one side of the point of intersection with blue and on the other with red,) passing across the river at the head of St. Joseph’s Island, and at the foot of the Neebish Rapids, which line denotes the termination of the boundary directed to be run by the 6th article of the Treaty of Ghent.
And the said Commissioners do further decide and declare, that all Islands. Ante, p. 81. Ante, p. 221.
In faith whereof, we, the Commissioners aforesaid, have signed this declaration, and thereunto affixed our seals.
Done, in quadruplicate, at Utica, in the State of New-York, in the United States of America, this eighteenth day of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-two.
Ratification, Feb. 12, 1823.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., Feb. 12, 1823.
Preamble.
John Quincy Adams and Baron de Neuville, negotiators.
Exchange of full powers.
Articles, &c. of the U. S., imported in American vessels, to pay in France, &c.
Articles, &c. of France, imported in French vessels, to pay in the United States, &c.
Goods for transit or re-exportation, not to pay a discriminating duty in either country.
The following quantities shall be considered as forming the ton of Quantities composing the ton.
Wines—four 61 gallon hogsheads, or 244 gallons of 231 cubic inches, American measure.
Brandies, and all other liquids, 244 gallons.
Silks and all other dry goods, and all other articles usually subject to measurement, forty-two cubic feet, French, in France, and fifty cubic feet American measure, in the United States.
Cotton, 804 lb. avoirdupois, or 365 kilogrammes.
"Les quantités suivantes seront considérées comme formant le tonneau de marchandise pour chacun des articles à ci-après spécifiés:
Vins—quatre barriques de 61 gallons chaque, ou 244 gallons de 231 pouces cubes (mesure Américaine).
Eaux de vie, et tous autres liquides, 244 gallons.
Soieries et toutes autres marchandises sèches ainsi que tous autres articles généralement soumis au mésurage quarante deux pieds cubes, mesure Française, en France; et cinquante pieds cubes, mesure Américaine, aux États‐Unis.
Cottons—804 lb. avoir du poids ou 365 kilogrammes.
Tobacco, 1,600 lbs. avoirdupois, or 725 kilogrammes.
Ashes, pot and pearl, 2,240 lb. avoirdupois, or 1,016 kilogs.
Rice, 1,600 lb. avoirdupois, or 725 kilogrammes; and for all weighable articles, not specified, 2,240 lb. avoirdupois, or 1,016 kilogrammes.
Duties of tonnage, light money, &c., not to exceed in France, five francs per ton on American vessels, &c.
Consuls and vice consuls of either nation, in the other, may cause the arrest of deserters, and detain them for 3 months.
The present temporary convention shall be in force for two years Convention to be in force two years from 1st October, 1822.
And in case the present arrangement should remain without such Extra duties at the end of two years to be diminished by one fourth, and so from year to year, &c.
Convention to be ratified within one year.
Tabacs—1,600 lb. avoir du poids ou 725 kilogrammes.
Potasse et Perlasse 2240 lb. avoir du poids ou 1016 kilogrammes.
Riz—1600 lb. avoir du poids ou 725 kilog: Et pour tous les articles non spécifiés et qui se pèsent 2240 lb. avoir du poids ou 1016 kilogrammes.
La présente convention temporaire aura son plein effet pendant deux ans à partir du 1er. Octobre prochain, et même après l’expiration de ce terme, elle sera maintenue jusqu’à la conclusion d’un traité définitif, ou jusqu’à ce que l’une des parties ait déclaré à l’autre son intention d’y renoncer, laquelle déclaration devra être faite au moins six mois d’avance.
Et dans le cas où la présente convention viendrait à continuer, sans cette déclaration par l’une ou l’autre partié, les droits extraordinaires spécifiés dans les 1er. et 2d. articles, seront à l’expiration des dits deux années, diminués de part et d’autre d’un quart de leur montant, et successivement d’un quart du dit montant d’année en année, aussi long-tems qu’aucune des parties n’aura déclaré son intention d’y renoncer, ainsi qu’il est dit ci-dessus.
In faith whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the present convention, and have thereto affixed their seals, at the city of Washington, this 24th day of June, A. D. 1822.
Separate article.
Signed and sealed as above, this 24th day of June, 1822.
July 12, 1822.
Ratified. Exchange of ratifications, Jan, 10, 1823.
In the name of the most holy and indivisible Trinity:
The U. S. and Great Britain agree to refer certain differences to the Emperor of Russia, in pursuance of the 5th article of the convention of 20th Oct. 1818; ante, p. 249. His Majesty’s award.
“That the United States of America are entitled to claim from Great U. S. entitled to indemnification for slaves, &c. which were in the possession of the British, and carried away by them.
“That the United States are entitled to consider as having been so To be indemnified for certain other slaves.
"But that if there should be any American slaves who were carried For American slaves, carried away from territories not stipulated to be restored, no indemnification to be claimed.
Now for the purpose of carrying into effect this award of His Imperial His Imperial Majesty’s good offices have been invoked to assist in framing convention.
En foi de quoi, les Plénipotentiaires respectifs ont signé la présente convention, et y ont apposé leurs sceaux, en la ville de Washington, ce 24me jour de Juin, de l’an de notre seigneur, 1822.
Signé et scellé comme ci-dessus ce 24me jour de Juin, 1822.
Au nom de la très-sainte & indivisible Trinité:
“Que les Etats-Unis d’Amérique sont en droit de réclamer de la Grand Bretagne une juste indemnité pour toutes les propriétés particulières que les forces Britanniques auraient emportées; & comme il s’agit plus spécialement d’esclaves, pour tous les esclaves que les forces Britanniques auraient emmenés des lieux & territoires dont le traité stipule la restitution, en quittant ces mêmes lieux & territoires.
“Que les Etats-Unis sont en droit de regarder comme emmenés tous ceux de ces esclaves qui, des territoires indiqués ci-dessus auraient été transportés à bord de vaisseaux Britanniques mouillés dans les eaux des dits territoires, & qui par ce motif n’auraient pas été restitués.
“Mais que s’il y a des esclaves Américains emmenés de territoires dont l’article 1 r du traité de Gand n’a pas stipulé la restitution aux Etats-Unis, les Etats-Unis ne sont pas en droit de réclamer une indemnité pour les dits esclaves.”
Comme il s’agit à présent de mettre cette sentence arbitrale à exécution, les bons offices de Sa Majesté Impériale ont été encore invoqués, afin qu’une convention arrêtée entre les Etats Unis & Sa Majesté Britannique stipula les articles d’un accord propre à établir d’une part, le mode à suivre pour fixer & déterminer la valeur des esclaves ou autres propriétés privées qui auraient été emmenés en contravention au Traité
Russian plenipotentiaries, Charles Robert Count Nesselrode, and John Count Capodistrias.
Plenipotentiary of the United States, Henry Middleton.
Plenipotentiary of Great Britain, Bagot.
Full powers communicated.
Arbitrators and commissioners to be appointed; to meet as a board in the city of Washington, &c.
Oath or affirmation to be taken in presence of each other.
tion concluded at St. Petersburg on the day of one thousand eight hundred and twenty-two, between his Majesty the Emperor of all the Russias, the United States of America, and his Britannic Majesty, do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will diligently, impartially, and carefully, examine, and, to the best of my judgment, according to justice and equity, decide all matters submitted to me as commissioner (or arbitrator, as the case may be.) under the said convention.”
All vacancies occurring by death or otherwise shall be filled up in the Vacancies to be filled up in the manner of the original appointment.
If an average value be not agreed upon as compensation, the commissioners and arbitrators shall fix an average value.
In case they do not agree, the evidence, &c. shall be submitted to the minister of the mediating power, &c.
The two commissioners to constitute a board for the examination of claims.
His Britannic Majesty to cause evidence of the number of slaves carried away to be produced.
The two commissioners to examine and determine claims, how.
bourg, le mil-huit-cent-vingt & deux, entre Sa Majesté l’Empereur de toutes les Russies, les Etats-Unis d’Amérique, & Sa Majesté Britannique, jure ou affirme solennellement que j’examinerai avec diligence, impartialité & sollicitude, & que je déciderai d’après mon meilleur entendement & en toute justice & équité, toutes les réclamations qui me seront déférées en ma qualité de commissaire (ou d’arbitre, suivant le cas), à la suite de la dite convention.”
Les vacances causées par la mort ou autrement, seront remplies de la même manière qu’an moment de la nomination primitive, & les nouveaux commissaires ou arbitres devjront préter le même serment ou affirmation, & s’acquitter des mêmes devoirs.
If the commissioners shall not agree in any case, they shall draw by lot the name of one of the arbitrators, &c.
The decision of the commissioners shall be final.
His Britannic Majesty engages to pay the sums awarded in specie.
Proviso.
The commissioners and arbitrators to be paid as shall be agreed upon, &c.
Certified copies of this convention to be delivered to the minister of the mediating power.
Done in triplicate, at St. Petersburg, this day of one thousand eight hundred and twenty-two.
Count Nesselrode to Mr. Middleton.
April 22, 1822.
Mr. Middleton is requested to consider this opinion as the award required of the Emperor by the two powers.
He will doubtless recollect, that he, as well as the Plenipotentiary of His Britannic Majesty, in all his memorials, has principally insisted on the grammatical sense of the first article of the Treaty of Ghent, and that, even in his note of the 4th [16th] November, 1821, he has formally declared, that it was on the signification of the words in the text of the article as it now is, that the decision of His Imperial Majesty should be founded.
The same declaration being made in the note of the British Plenipotentiary, dated 8th [20th] October, 1821, the Emperor had only to conform to the wishes expressed by the two parties, by devoting all his attention to the examination of the grammatical question.
The above mentioned opinion will show the manner in which His Imperial Majesty judges of this question: and in order that the cabinet of Washington may also know the motives upon which the Emperor's judgment is founded, the undersigned has hereto subjoined an extract of some observations upon the literal sense of the first article of the Treaty of Ghent.
In this respect, the Emperor has confined himself to following the rules of the language employed in drawing up the act, by which the two powers have required his arbitration, and defined the object of their difference.
His Imperial Majesty has thought it his duty, exclusively, to obey the authority of these rules, and his opinion could not but be the rigorous and necessary consequence thereof.
The undersigned eagerly embraces this occasion to renew to Mr. Middleton the assurances of his most distinguished consideration.
St. Petersburg, 22d April, 1822.
En foi de quoi, les Plénipotentiaires respectifs ont signé la présente Convention & y ont apposé respectivement le cachet de leurs armes.
Fait triple à St. Pétersbourg, de l’année mil-huit-cent-vingt & deux.
Monsieur de Middleton est invité à considérer cette opinion comme la décision arbitrale demandée à l’Empereur par les deux Puissances.
Il se rappellera sans doute, qu’aussi bien que le Plénipotentiaire de S. M. Britannique, il a dans tous ses mémoires principalement insisté sur le sens grammatical de l’Art. I. du Traité de Gand, & que même dans sa note du Novembre, 1821, il a formellement déclaré que c’était sur la signification des mots dans le texte de l’article tel qu’il existe, que devoit se fonder la décision de Sa Majesté Impériale.
La même déclaration étant consignée dans la note du Plénipotentiaire Britannique en date du Octobre, 1821, L’Empereur n’a fait que se conformer aux vœux énoncés par les deux Parties, en vouant toute son attention à l’examen de la question grammaticale.
L’opinion ci-dessus mentionnée fera connoître la manière dont Sa Majesté Impériale juge cette question, & afin que le Cabinet de Washington connoisse également les motifs sur lesquels se fonde le jugement de L’Empereur, le Soussigné joint à la présente, un extrait de quelques observations, sur le sens littéral de l’Article premier du Traité de Gand.
Sous ce rapport, L’Empereur s’est borné à suivre les règles de la langue employée dans la rédaction de l’acte, par lequel les deux Puissances ont réclamé son arbitrage, & défini l’objet de leur différend.
C’est uniquement à l’autorité de ces règles, que Sa Majesté Impériale a cru devoir obéir & Son Avis ne pouvoir qu’en être la conséquence rigoureuse & nécessaire.
Le Soussigné saisit avec empressement cette occasion, pour réitérer à Monsieur de Middleton les assurances de sa considération très-distinguée.
St. Pétersbourg, ce 22 Avril,-1822.
HIS IMPERIAL MAJESTY’S AWARD.
April 22, 1822.
After having maturely weighed the observations exhibited on both sides:
Considering that the American plenipotentiary and the plenipotentiary of Britain have desired that the discussion should be closed;
Considering that the former, in his note of the 4th (16th) November, 1821, and the latter, in his note of the 8th (20th) October, of the same year, have declared that it is upon the construction of the text of the article as it stands, that the arbitrator’s decision should be founded, and that both have appealed, only as subsidiary means, to the general principles of the law of nations and of maritime law;
The Emperor is of opinion “that the question can only be decided according to the literal and grammatical sense of the first article of the treaty of Ghent.”
As to the literal and grammatical sense of the first article of the treaty of Ghent:
Considering that the period upon the signification of which doubts have arisen, is expressed as follows:
“All territory, places, and possessions, whatsoever, taken by either party from the other during the war, or which may be taken after the signing of this treaty, excepting only the islands hereinafter mentioned, shall be restored without delay, and without causing any destruction or carrying away any of the artillery or other public property originally captured in the said forts or places, and which shall remain therein upon the exchange of the ratifications of this treaty, or any slaves, or other private property; and all archives, records, deeds, and papers, either of a public nature, or belonging to private persons, which, in the course of the war, may have fallen into the hands of the officers of either party, shall be, as far as may be practicable, forthwith restored and delivered to the proper authorities and persons to whom they respectively belong.”
Considering that, in this period, the words originally captured, and which shall remain therein upon the exchange of the ratifications, form an incidental phrase, which can have respect, grammatically, only to the substantives or subjects which precede;
That the first article of the treaty of Ghent thus prohibits the contracting parties from carrying away from the places of which it stipulates the restitution, only the public property, which might have been originally captured there, and which should remain therein upon the exchange of the ratifications, but that it prohibits the carrying away from these same places, any private property whatever;
That, on the other hand, these two prohibitions are solely applicable to the places of which the article stipulates the restitution:
The Emperor is of opinion:
“That the United States of America are entitled to a just indemnifi-
Après avoir mûrement pesé les observations développées de part et d’autre:
Considérant que le Plénipotentiaire Américain et le Plénipotentiaire Britannique ont demandé que la discussion fût close ;
Considérant que le premier dans sa note du Novembre, 1821, et le second dans sa note du Octobre de la même année, ont déclaré, que c’est sur la construction du texte de l’article, tel qu’il existe, que la décision arbitrale doit se fonder, et que l’un et l’autre n’ont invoqué que comme moyens subsidiaires, les principes généraux de droit des gens et de droit maritime.
L’Empereur est d’avis, “ que ce n’est que d’après le sens littéral et grammatical de l’article I, du traité de Gand, que la question peut être décidée.”
Quant au sens littéral et grammatical de l’article I, du traité de Gand.
Considérant que la période sur la signification de laquelle il s’élève des doutes, est construite ainsi qu’il suit:
“Tous les territoires, lieux et possessions quelconques, pris par l’une des parties sur l’autre, durant la guerre, ou qui pourroient être pris après la signature du présent traité, à l’exception seulement des isles ci-dessous mentionnées, seront rendus sans délai et sans faire détruire ou emporter aucune partie de l’artillerie ou autre propriété publique originairement prise dans les dits forts et lieux et qui s’y trouvera au moment de l’échange des ratifications du traité ou aucuns esclaves ou autres propriétés privées. Et tous archives, registres, actes et papiers, soit d’une nature publique ou appartenus à des particuliers, qui dans le cours de la guerre peuvent être tombés entre les mains des officiers de l’une ou de l’autre partie, seront de suite, en tant qu’il sera praticable, restitués et délivrés aux autorités propres et personnes auxquelles ils appartiennent respectivement.”
Considérant que dans cette période, les mots: originairement prise et qui s’y trouvera au moment de l’échange des ratifications, forment une phrase incidente, laquelle ne peut se rapporter grammaticalement qu’aux substantifs ou sujets qui précèdent.
Qu’ainsi l’article I du traité de Gand, ne défend aux parties contractantes d’emporter des lieux dont il stipule la restitution, que les seules propriétés publiques qui y auraient été originairement prises et qui s’y trouveraient au moment de l’échange des ratifications, mais qu’il défend d’emporter de ces mêmes lieux, aucune propriété particulière quelconque.
Que d’un autre coté, ces deux défenses ne sont applicables qu’uniquement aux lieux dont l’article stipule la restitution.
L’Empereur est d’avis:
“ Que les Etats-Unis d’Amérique, sont en droit de réclamer de la
cation, from Great Britain, for all private property carried away by the British forces; and as the question regards slaves more especially, for all such slaves as were carried away by the British forces, from the places and territories of which the restitution was stipulated by the treaty, in quitting the said places and territories.
“That the United States are entitled to consider as having been so carried away, all such slaves as may have been transported from the above mentioned territories on board of the British vessels within the waters of the said territories, and who, for this reason, have not been restored.
“But that, if there should be any American slaves who were carried away from territories, of which the first article of the treaty of Ghent has not stipulated the restitution to the United States, the United States are not to claim an indemnification for the said slaves.”
The Emperor declares, besides, that he is ready to exercise the office of mediator, which has been conferred on him beforehand by the two states, in the negotiations which must ensue between them in consequence of the award which they have demanded.
Done at St. Petersburg, 22d April, 1822.
Count Nesselrode to Mr. Middleton.
April 22, 1822.
The undersigned Secretary of State, directing the Imperial administration of foreign affairs, has, without delay, laid before the Emperor, his master, the explanations into which the Ambassador of His Britannic Majesty has entered with the Imperial Ministry, in consequence of the preceding confidential communication which was made to Mr. Middleton, as well as to Sir Charles Bagot, of the opinion expressed by the Emperor upon the true sense of the 1st Article of the Treaty of Ghent.
Sir Charles Bagot understands, that, in virtue of the decision of His Imperial Majesty, “His Britannic Majesty is not bound to indemnify the United States for any slaves, who, coming from places which have never been occupied by his troops, voluntarily joined the British forces, either in consequence of the encouragement which His Majesty’s officers had offered them, or to free themselves from the power of their master—these slaves not having been carried away from places or territories captured by His Britannic Majesty during the war, and, consequently, not having been carried away from places of which the article stipulates the restitution.”
In answer to this observation, the undersigned is charged by His Imperial Majesty to communicate what follows to the Minister of the United States of America.
The Emperor having, by the mutual consent of the two Plenipotentiaries, given an opinion, founded solely upon the sense which results from the text of the article in dispute, does not think himself called upon to decide here any question relative to what the laws of war permit or forbid to the belligerents; but, always faithful to the grammatical interpretation of the 1st Article of the Treaty of Ghent, His Imperial Majesty declares, a second time, that it appears to him according to this interpretation;
“That, in quitting the places and territories of which the Treaty of Ghent stipulates the restitution to the United States, his Britannic Majesty’s forces had no right to carry away from these same places and territories, absolutely, any slave, by whatever means he had fallen or come into their power.
Grande Bretagne une juste indemnité, pour toutes les propriétés particulières que les forces Britanniques auraient emportées, et comme il s’agit plus spécialement d’esclaves, pour tous les esclaves que les forces Britanniques auraient emmenés des lieux et territoires dont le traité stipule la restitution, en quittant ces mêmes lieux et territoires.
“Que les Etats-Unis sont en droit de regarder comme emmenés, tous ceux de ces esclaves qui, des territoires indiqués ci-dessus, auraient été transportés à bord de vaisseaux Britanniques mouillés dans les eaux des dits territoires, et qui par ce motif n’auraient pas été restitués.
“Mais que s’il y a des esclaves Américains emmenés de territoires dont l’article 1 du traité de Gand n’a pas stipulé la restitution aux Etats-Unis, les Etats-Unis ne sont pas en droit de réclamer une indemnité, pour les dits esclaves.”
L’Empereur déclare en outre, qu’il est prêt à exercer l’office de Médiateur qui Lui a été déféré d’avance, par les deux Etats, dans les négociations que doit amener entre eux, la décision arbitrale qu’ils ont demandée.
Fait à St. Pétersbourg, le 22 Avril, 1822.
Le Soussigné, Secrétaire d’Etat dirigeant le Ministère Impérial des affaires étrangères, s’est empressé de porter à la connaissance de l’Empereur son maître, les explications dans lesquelles Mr. l’Ambassadeur de S. M. Britannique est entré avec le Ministère Impérial, à la suite de la communication préalable et confidentielle qui a été faite à Monsieur de Middleton ainsi qu’à Mr. le Chevalier Bagot de l’opinion exprimée par l’Empereur, sur le vrai sens de l’art. Ier du Traité de Gand.
Mr. le Chevalier Bagot entend qu’en vertu de la décision de Sa Majesté Impériale, “S. M. Britannique n’est pas tenue à indemniser les Etats Unis d’aucuns esclaves qui, venant des endroits qui n’ont jamais été occupés par ses troupes, se sont volontairement réunis aux forces Britanniques, ou en conséquence de l’encouragement que les officiers de S. M. leur avoit offert, ou se dérober au pouvoir de leur maître, ces esclaves n’ayant pas été emmenés des lieux ou territoires pris par S. M. Britannique durant le guerre, et conséquemment n’ayant pas été emmenés des lieux dont l’article stipule la restitution.”
En réponse à cette observation, le soussigné est chargé par Sa Majesté Impériale, de communiquer ce qui suit à Monsieur le ministre des Etats Unis d’Amérique.
L’Empereur ayant, du consentement mutuel des deux plénipotentiaires, émis une opinion fondée uniquement sur le sens qui résulte du texte de l’article en litige, ne se croit appelé à décider ici aucune question relative à ce que les loix de la guerre permettent ou défendent aux parties belligérantes, mais toujours fidèle à l’interprétation grammaticale de l’art. 1er du traité de Gand, Sa Majesté Impériale déclare une seconde fois qu’il lui semble, d’après cette interprétation;
“Qu’en quittant les lieux et territoires dont le traité de Gand stipule la restitution aux Etats Unis, les forces de S. M. Britannique n’avaient le droit d’emmener de ces mêmes lieux et territoires, absolument aucun esclave, par quelque moyen qu’il fût tombé ou venu se remettre en leur pouvoir.
“But that if, during the war, American slaves had been carried away by the English forces, from other places than those of which the Treaty of Ghent stipulates the restitution, upon the territory, or on board British vessels, Great Britain should not be bound to indemnify the United States for the loss of these slaves, by whatever means they might have fallen or come into the power of her officers.”
Although convinced, by the previous explanations above mentioned, that such is also the sense which Sir Charles Bagot attaches to his observation, the undersigned has nevertheless received from His Imperial Majesty orders to address the present note to the respective Plenipotentiaries, which will prove to them, that, in order the better to justify the confidence of the two Governments, the Emperor has been unwilling that the slightest doubt should arise regarding the consequences of his opinion.
The undersigned eagerly embraces this occasion of repeating to Mr. Middleton the assurance of his most distinguished consideration.
St. Petersburg, 22d April, 1822.
“Mais que si, durant la guerre, des esclaves Américains avoient été emmenés par les forces Anglaises, d’autres lieux que ceux dont le traité de Gand stipule la restitution, sur territoire ou à bord de vaisseaux Britanniques, la Grande Bretagne ne serait pas tenue d’indemniser les Etats Unis de la perte de ces esclaves, par quelque moyen qu’ils fussent tombés ou venus se remettre au pouvoir de ses officiers.”
Quoique convaincu, par les explications préalables dont il a été question plus haut, que tel est aussi le sens que Mr. le Chevalier Bagot attache à son observation, le soussigné n’en a pas moins reçu de Sa Majesté Impériale, l’ordre d’adresser aux plénipotentiaires respectifs, la présente note, qui leur prouvera, que pour mieux répondre à la confiance des deux gouvernements, l’Empereur n’a pas voulu qu’il pût s’élever le plus léger doute sur les conséquences de son opinion.
Le Soussigné saisit avec empressement cette occasion de réitérer à Monsieur de Middleton, l’assurance de sa considération très distinguée.
St. Petersbourg, le 22. Avril, 1822.
Ratified by the U. S. Senate.
Jan. 13, 1825.
Proclamation of the President of the United States, Jan. 21, 1825.
Regulation of visits at sea.
Slaves escaping and taking refuge on board of American ships of war, to be free.
Salutes to ships of war.
When a vessel of war of the United States of America shall enter the port of Tunis, and the Consul shall request that the Castle may salute her, the number of guns shall be fired which he may request; and if the said Consul does not want a salute, there shall be no question about it.
But, in case he shall desire the salute, and the number of guns shall be fired which he may have requested, they shall be counted, and returned by the vessel in as many barrels of cannon powder.
The same shall be done with respect to the Tunisian Corsairs, when they shall enter any port of the United States.
When citizens of the United States shall come within the dependencies of Tunis to carry on commerce there, the same respect shall be paid to them which the merchants of other nations enjoy; and if they wish to establish themselves within our ports, no opposition shall be made thereto, and they shall be free to avail themselves of such interpreters as they may judge necessary, without any obstruction, in conformity with the usages of other nations; and if a Tunisian subject shall go to establish himself within the dependencies of the United States, he shall be treated in like manner. If any Tunisian subject shall freight an American vessel, and load her with merchandize, and shall afterwards want to unload, or ship them on board of another vessel, we shall not permit him until the matter is determined by a reference of merchants, who shall decide upon the case, and, after the decision, the determination shall be conformed to.
No captain shall be detained in port against his consent, except when our ports are shut for the vessels of all other nations, which may take place with respect to merchant vessels, but not to those of war.
The subjects and citizens of the two nations, respectively, Tunisians and Americans, shall be protected in the places where they may be by the officers of the government there existing; but, on failure of such protection, and for redress of every injury, the party may resort to the chief authority in each country, by whom adequate protection and complete justice shall be rendered. In case the government of Tunis shall have need of an American vessel for its service, such vessel being within the Regency, and not previously engaged, the Government shall have the preference, on its paying the same freight as other merchants usually pay for the same service, or at the like rate, if the service be without a customary precedent.
When citizens of the United Commerce to be on an equal footing with the most favored nations.
If any Tunisian subject shall Rules as to freight.
No captain shall be detained in No captain to be detained against his consent, except, &c.
The subjects of the two contracting Protection of the citizens of the respective nations.
In case the Government shall Preference to Tunisian vessels for freight.
Trade between the parties to be on an equal footing
Concluded, signed, and sealed, at the Palace of Bardo, near Tunis, the 24th day of the moon jumed teni, in the year of the Hegira, 1239, corresponding the 24th of February, 1824, of the Christian year, and the 48th year of the Independence of the United States, reserving the same, nevertheless, for the final ratification of the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate.
Ratified on the 11th Jan. 1825.
The President of the United States of America and His Majesty the emperor of all the Russias, wishing to cement the bonds of amity Proclamation made Jan. 12, 1825.
Navigation and fisheries of the Pacific to be free to both parties.
Illicit trade to be prevented.
Au nom de la très Sainte et Indivisible Trinité:
Le Président des Etats Unis d’Amérique, et Sa Majesté l’Empereur de tontes les Russies, voulant, cimenter les liens d’amitié qui les unissent, et assurer entre eux le maintien invariable d’un parfait accord, moyennant la présente Convention, ont nommé pour leurs Plénipotentiaires à cet effet, savoir: Le Président des Etats Unis d’Amérique, le Sieur
No establishment to be formed by citizens of the U.S. north of 54 degrees 40 minutes, or by Russia south of the same latitude.
Interior seas to be free to both nations for ten years.
Certain articles always to be excepted from this commerce.
Ratifications to be exchanged in ten months.
Done at St. Petersburg, the April, of the year of Grace one thousand eight hundred and twenty-four.
Fait à St. Petersbourg le 17/5 Avril de l’an de grâce mil huit cent vingt quatre.
Ratified May 27, 1825.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., May 31, 1825.
Object of the treaty.
The United States of America, and the Republic of Colombia, desiring to make lasting and firm the friendship and good understanding which happily prevails between both nations, have resolved to fix, in a manner clear, distinct, and positive, the rules which shall in future be religiously observed between the one and the other, by means of a Treaty or General Convention of Peace, Friendship, Commerce, and Navigation.
For this most desirable object, the President of the United States of America has conferred full powers on
Firm and inviolable peace, &c. to be observed.
U. S. and Colombia engage mutually not to grant favours to other nations, which shall not immediately become common to the other party.
Citizens of the U.S. at liberty to frequent all the coasts and countries of the republic of Colombia, &c.
Citizens of the republic of Colombia to enjoy, in the U. S., the same privileges.
En el nombre de Dios, Autor y Legislador del Universo.
La Republica de Colombia, y los Estados-Unidos de America, deseando hacer durandera y firme la amistad y buena inteligencia que felizmente existe entre ambas Potencias, han resuelto fijar de una manera clara, distinta y positiva las reglas que deben observar religiosamente en lo venidero, por medio de un tratado, ó convencion general de paz, amistad comercio y navegacion.
Con este muy deseable objeto, el Vice-Presidente de la Republica de Colombia encargado del podèr Ejecutivo, ha conferido plenos poderes a
Merchants, commanders of ships, &c., to manage their business as citizens of the most favoured nations.
Citizens of neither of the contracting parties liable to any embargo, &c.
Citizens of either of the contracting parties, seeking refuge in the dominions of the other, to be treated as friends, &c.
All ships, &c. belonging to the citizens of one of the contracting parties, captured by pirates, and found within the dominions of either, to be delivered up to the owners.
Assistance to be rendered by the contracting parties, in case of wrecks, &c. within the dominions of each other.
Citizens of each of the contracting parties shall have power to dispose of their personal goods within the jurisdiction of the other.
Special protection to be given to the persons and property of the citizens of either party, in the territory of the othe
Security of conscience to be enjoyed by citizens of both the contracting parties, in the countries subject to the one and the other.
Citizens of either partymay sail with their ships from any port to the places of those -who now are or hereafter shall be at enmity with either of the contracting parties.
Neutral property found on board enemy’s vessels, shall be held and considered as enemy’s property.
Liberty of navigation and commerce to extend to all kinds of merchandise except the following.
All other merchandise not comprehended in the articles above enumerated, to be held as free.
Articles of contraband found in a vessel bound to an enemy’s port, shall be subject to confiscation.
Vessels sailing for a port or place that is besieged, &c., without notice of the fact, maybe turned away from such port or place.
Regulation of visits at sea.
Agreement entered into, to avoid vexation in the examination of papers relative to the ownership of vessels, &c.
Stipulations relative to the visiting of vessels, shall apply only to those which sail without convoy.
Prize courts alone to take cognizance of prize causes.
No citizen of either of the contracting parties shall accept a commission, &c.
Six months allowed to merchants to remove, in case the two parties should be engaged in war.
Debts of individuals, in any event of war, not to be sequestered.
Same favors to be granted to envoys, &c., as are enjoyed by those of the most favored nations.
The contracting parties agree to admit consuls into all the ports open to foreign commerce, &c.
Consuls, before entering on the exercise of their functions, shall exhibit their commission, &c.
Consuls, and persons attached to their service, shall be exempt from all public service, &c.
Consuls shall have power to require the assistance of the authorities for the arrest, &c. of deserters, &c.
Further agreement of the contracting parties.
Contracting parties agree to the following points.
Nothing in this Treaty contained shall, however, be construed, or operate contrary to former and existing public Treaties with other Sovereigns or States.
To be approved and ratified by the contracting parties, and ratifications exchanged, within eight months.
In faith whereof, We, the Plenipotentiaries of the United States of America, and of the Republic of Colombia, have signed and sealed these presents.
Nada de cuanto se contiene en el presente tratado, se construirá sin embargo, ni obrará, en contra de otros tratados publicos anteriores, y existentes con otros soberanos ó Estados.
El presente tratado de paz, amistad, navegacion, y comercio, será ratificado por el Presidente ó Vice Presidente de la Republica de Colombia, encargado del poder Ejecutivo con consentimiento y aprobacion del Congreso de la misma, y por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de America, con consejo, y consentimiento del Senado de los mismos; y las ratificaciones serán cangeadas en la Ciudad de Washington dentro de ocho meses contados desde este dia ó antes si fuese posible.
En fe de lo cual nosotros los Plenipotenciarios de la Republica de Colombia, y de los Estados Unidos de America hemos firmado y sellado las presentes.
Dadas en la Ciudad de Bogota el dia tres de Octubre del año del Señor mil ocho cientos veinticuatro, decimo cuarto de la independencia de la Republica de Colombia y cuadragesimo nono de la de los Estados-Unidos de America.
Firmado.
Ratified on the 2d Aug. 1826.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., Oct. 28, 1826.
Persons appointed to conclude a treaty.
Peace and friendship.
Agree not to grant any particular favor to other nations, in respect of commerce, &c.
The citizens of each may frequent all the coasts, &c. of the other, &c.
Con este muy deseable objeto, el Poder Executivo de la Federacion de Centro-America, ha conferido plenos poderes à
Further agreement with regard to the produce, &c. of each other.
Regulation of duties.
Further agreement.
Citizens of neither party to be Hable to any embargo, &c.
Protection to be given to citizens of each other, when in distress.
All ships, &c. belonging to either party, captured by pirates, &c. to be delivered up to the owners.
Assistance to be given to each other, in cases of wreck, &c.
Citizens of either party may dispose of their personal goods within the jurisdiction of the other, by sale, &c.
Contracting parties promise to give their special protection to the persons, &c. of citizens of each other.
Security of conscience to be enjoyed by citizens of both parties.
Citizens of both parties to sail with their ships, with all manner of liberty and security.
Proviso.
Further agreement.
Liberty of navigation and commerce to extend to all kinds of merchandise except the following.
All other merchandise not comprehended in the articles above enumerated, to be held as free.
Articles of contraband to be subject to detention and confiscation.
Further agreement.
Regulation of visits at sea.
Course to be pursued to avoid vexation in the examination of papers.
Further agreement.
Prize causes.
Fatality.
Debts.
Official intercourse.
Consuls and vice consuls.
Consuls, &c. to enjoy the rights, &c. belonging to them by their public character.
Persons attached to the service of consuls, &c.
Power of consuls respecting deserters.
Commerce and navigation.
Points agreed on.
Nothing in this Treaty contained shall, however, be construed or operate contrary to former and existing Public Treaties with other Sovereigns or States.
The present Treaty of Peace, Amity, Commerce, and Navigation, shall be approved and ratified by the President of the United States of America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, and by the Government of the Federation of the Centre of America, and the ratifications shall be exchanged in the City of Guatemala, within eight months from the date of the signature hereof, or sooner if possible.
In faith whereof, we, the Plenipotentiaries of the United States of America and of the Federation of the Centre of America, have signed and sealed these presents.
Done in the City of Washington, on the fifth day of December, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-five, in the fiftieth year of the Independence of the United States of America, and the fifth of that of the Federation of the Centre of America, in duplicate.
Nada de cuanto se contiene en el presente tratado, se construirá sin embargo, ni obrará, en contra de otros tratados publicos anteriores, i existentes con otros soberanos ó Estados.
El presente tratado de paz, amistad, comercio, y navegacion, será ratificado por el Gobierno de la Federacion de Centro-America, por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de America, con consejo, i consentimiento del Senado de los mismos; i las ratificaciones seran cangeadas en la Ciudad de Guatemala dentro de ochos meses contados desde este dia, ó antes si fuese posible.
En fe de lo cual nosotros los Plenipotenciarios de la Federacion de Centro-America, y de los Estados-Unidos de America hemos firmado y sellado las presentes.
Dadas en la Ciudad de Washington, el dia cinco de Deciembre del año del Señor mil ocho cientos veinticinco, quinto de la independencia de la Federacion de Centro-America i quinquagesimo de la de los Estados Unidos de America, per duplicado.
Ratified Aug. 10, 1826.
Proclamation of the President of the United States, Oct. 14, 1826.
Peace, &c.
General Convention of Friendship, Commerce and Navigation, between the United States of America and his Majesty the King of Denmark, April 26, 1826.
Convention between the United States of America and his Majesty the King of Denmark, March 28, 1830. Post, 402.
The United States of America and his Majesty the King of Denmark, being desirous to make firm and permanent the peace and friendship which happily prevail between the two nations, and to extend the commercial relations which subsist between their respective territories and People, have agreed to fix, in a manner clear and positive, the rules which shall in future be observed between the one and the other party, by means of a General Convention of Friendship, Commerce, and Navigation. With that object, the President of the United States of America has conferred full powers on Henry Clay, their Secretary of State, and his Majesty the King of Denmark has conferred like powers on Peter Pedersen, his Privy Counsellor of Legation, and Minister resident near the said States, Knight of the Dannebrog, who, after having exchanged their said full powers, found to be in due and proper form, have agreed to the following articles:
Commerce and navigation.
Navigation, equality, and reciprocity.
Produce and manufactures.
Duties.
Same.
Possessions
Taxes.
Consuls and vice-consuls.
Rights, privileges, &c. of the same.
Concerning consuls.
Convention to be in force for ten years.
Convention to be approved of by the President, &c.
In faith whereof, we, the Plenipotentiaries of the United States of America, and of his Danish Majesty, have signed and sealed these presents.
Done in triplicate, at the City of Washington, on the twenty-sixth day of April, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-six, in the fiftieth year of the Independence of the United States of America.
Mr. Clay to Mr. Pedersen. Addendum.
The undersigned, Secretary of State of the United States, by direction April 25, 1826.
The Chevalier
Minister Resident from Denmark.
The Chevalier Peter Pedersen to Mr. Clay.
The undersigned, Minister resident of his Majesty the King of Denmark, April 25, 1826.
To the Hon.
Secretary of State of the United States.
Ratifications exchanged, Feb. 6, 1827.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., March 19, 1827.
The President of the United States of America has appointed
And his Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, the Right Honourable
Who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers, found to be in due and proper form, have agreed upon, and concluded the following Articles :
$1,204,960 to be paid by Great Britain to the U. S., to carry into effect the decision of the Emperor of Russia.
The convention being fulfilled, annulled, except part of the third article.
When and where payable.
The payment of the first half to be made twenty days after official notification shall have been made, by the Government of the United States, to his Britannick Majesty’s Minister in the said United States, of the ratification of the present Convention by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof.
And the payment of the second half to be made on the first day of August, 1827.
The sums to be in full of all claims under the convention.
Papers of the commission.
Ratification of this convention.
In witness whereof, the Plenipotentiaries aforesaid, by virtue of their respective full powers, have signed the same, and have affixed thereunto the seals of their arms.
Done at London, this thirteenth day of November, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-six.
Ratifications exchanged, Jan. 18, 1828.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., Jan. 19, 1828.
Plenipotentiaries.
In the name of the Most Holy and Indivisible Trinity.
Navigation and commerce.
Swedish and Norwegian vessels, &c. to be treated as national vessels, &c.
Reciprocal as to American vessels.
Au nom de la très Sainte et Indivisible Trinité.
Les batimens Suédois et Norvégiens et ceux de Pile de St. Barthélemy qui arriveront sur leur lest ou chargés dans les ports des Etats Unis d’Arnerique, de quelque lieu qu’ils viennent, seront traités à leur entrée, pendant leur séjour et à leur sortie, sur le même pied que les batimens nationaux venant du même lieu, par rapport aux droits de tonnage, de fanaux, de pilotage, et de port, ainsi qu’aux vacations des officiers publics, et à tout autre droit ou charge, de quelque espèce ou dénomination que ce soit, perçus au nom ou au profit du Gouvernement, des administrations locales, ou d’établissemens particuliers quelconques.
Et réciproquement, les batimens des Etats Unis d’Amérique qui arriwront sur leur lest ou chargés dans les ports des Royaumes de Suède et de Norvège, de quelque lieu qu’ils viennent, seront, traités à leur entrée, pendant leur séjour et il leur sortie, sur le même pied que les batimens nationaux venant du même lieu, par rapport aux droits de tonnage, de fanaux, de pilotage et de port, ainsi qu’aux vacations des officiers publics et à tout autre droit ou charge de quelque espèce ou dé-
Imports.
And, reciprocally, all that may be lawfully imported into the Kingdoms of Sweden and Norway, in Swedish and Norwegian vessels, or in those of the Island of St. Bartholomew, may also be thereinto imported in vessels of the United States of America, from whatever place they may come, without paying other or higher duties, or charges, of whatever kind or denomination, levied in the name, or to the profit, of the Government, the local authorities, or of any private establishments whatsoever, than if imported in national vessels.
Exports.
And, reciprocally, all that may be lawfully exported from the kingdoms of Sweden and Norway, in Swedish and Norwegian vessels, or in those of the Island of St. Bartholomew, may also be exported therefrom in vessels of the United States of America, without paying other or higher duties, or charges, of whatever kind or denomination, levied in the name, or to the profit, of the government, the local authorities, or of any private establishments whatsoever, than if exported in national vessels.
Above stipulations applicable to American vessels proceeding to St. Bartholomew.
Not applicable to coastwise navigation.
Tout ce qui pourra légalement être importé dans les Etats Unis d’Amérique, par bâti mens desdits Etats, pourra également y être importé par batimens Suédois et Norvégiens, ou de Pile de St. Barthélemy, de quelque lieu qu’ils viennent, sans payer d’autres ou plus hauts droits ou charges, de quelque espèce ou dénomination que ce soit, perçus au nom, ou au profit du Gouvernement, des administrations locales, ou d’establissemens particuliers quelconques, que si l’importation avoit lieu en batimens nationaux.
Et réciproquement, tout ce qui pourra légalement être importé dans les Royaumes de Suède et de Norvège, par batimens Suédois ou Norvégiens, ou de File de St. Barthélemy, pourra également y être importé par batimens des Etats Unis d’Amérique, de quelque lieu qu’ils viennent, sans payer d’autres ou plus hauts droits ou charges, de quelque espèce ou dénomination que ce soit, perçus au nom, ou au profit du Gouvernement, des administrations locales, ou d’establissemens particuliers quelconques, que si l’importation avoit lieu en bàtimens nationaux.
Tout ce qui pourra légalement être exporté des Etats Unis d’Amérique, par batimens desdits Etats, pourra également en être exporté par batimens Suédois et Norvégiens, ou de l’île de St. Barthélemy, sans payer d’autres ou plus hauts droits ou charges, de quelque espèce ou dénomination que ce soit perçus au nom, ou au profit, du Gouvernement, des administrations locales, ou d’établissemens particuliers quelconques, que si l’exportation avoit eu lieu en batimens nationaux.
Et réciproquement, tout ce qui pourra légalement être exporté des Royaumes de Suède et de Norvège, par batimens Suédois et Norvégiens, ou de l’île de St. Barthélemy, pourra également en être exporté par batimens des Etats Unis d’Amérique, sans payer d’autres ou plus hauts droits ou charges, de quelque espèce ou denomination que ce soit, perçus au nom, ou au profit, du Gouvernement, des administration locales, ou d’établissemens particuliers quelconques, que si l’exportation avait lieu en batimens nationaux.
No preference to be granted in regard to importations.
No tonnage duties to be imposed, except, &c.
No restriction to be imposed, by either party, upon importations of the products of the soil.
And, reciprocally, there shall not be established in the Kingdoms of Sweden and Norway, nor in the Island of St. Bartholomews, on the products of the soil or industry of the United States of America, any prohibition or restriction of importation or exportation, nor any duties of any kind or denomination whatsoever, unless such prohibitions, restrictions, and duties, be likewise established upon articles of like nature, the growth of the Island of St. Bartholomew, or of any other place, in case such importation be made into, or from, the Kingdoms of Sweden and Norway; or of the Kingdoms of Sweden and Norway or of any other place, in case such importation or exportation be made into, or from, the Island of St. Bartholomew.
All privileges of transit, drawback, &c. to be mutual.
Vessels entering a port, and not wishing to unload, may depart without paying any duties, other than, &c.
Il ne pourra pas être établi dans les Etats Unis d’Amérique, sur les productions du sol ou de l’industrie des royaumes de Suède et de Norvège, et de l’île de St. Barthélemy, aucune prohibition ou restriction d’importation ou d’exportation, ni aucuns droits, de quelque espèce ou dénomination que ce soit, qu’autant que ces prohibitions, ces restrictions et ces droits seroient également établis sur les objets de même nature provenant de toute autre contrée.
Et réciproquement, il ne pourra pas être établi dans les royaumes de Suède et de Norvège, ni dans l’île de St. Barthélemy, sur les productions du sol ou de l’industrie des Etats Unis d’Amérique, aucune prohibition ou restriction d’importation ou d’exportation, ni aucuns droits, de quelque espèce ou dénomination que ce soit, qu’autant que ces prohibitions, ces restrictions et ces droits, seroient également établis sur les objets de même nature provenant, dans le cas où l’importation ou l’exportation auroit lieu dans ou hors des royaumes de Suède et de Norvège, de l’île de St. Barthélemy ou de tout autre endroit; et dans le cas où l’importation ou l’exportation aurait lieu dans ou hors l’île de St. Barthélemy, des royaumes de Suède et de Norvège ou de tout autre endroit,
Vessels unloading a part of their cargoes, to pay no duties on the remainder.
Consuls, &c. to be admitted into the ports of’ the contracting parties.
Consuls, &c. to act as arbitrators in certain cases.
Consuls, &c. authorized to require the assistance of the local authorities.
Chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes accorde à l’autre la faculté d’entretenir dans ses ports et places de commerce, des Consuls, Vice Consuls, ou Agens de Commerce, qui jouiront de toute la protection, et recevront toute l’assistance nécessaire pour remplir duement leurs fonctions; mais il est expressément déclaré que dans le cas d’une conduite illégale ou impropre envers les lois ou le gouvernement du pays dans lequels lesdits Consuls, Vice Consuls, ou Agens Commerciaux, résideroient ils pourront être poursuivis et punis conformément aux lois et privés de l’exercice de leurs fonctions par le Gouvernement offensé qui fera connoître à l’autre ses motifs pour avoir agi ainsi, bien entendu cependant que les archives et documens relatifs aux affaires du Consulat seront à l’abri de toute recherche, et devront être soigneusement conservés sous le scellé des Consuls, Vice Consuls, ou Agens Commerciaux, et de l’autorité de l’endroit où ils résideroient.
Les Consuls, Vice Consuls, et Agens Commerciaux, ou ceux qui seroient duement autorisés à les suppléer auront Je droit, comme tels, de servir de juges et d’arbitres dans les differéns qui pourroient s’élever entre les capitaines et les équipages des bàtimens de la nation dont ils soignent les intérêts, sans que les autorités locales puissent y entervenir, à moins que la conduite des équipages ou du capitaine ne troublât l’ordre ou la tranquillité du pays, ou que lesdits Consuls, Vice Consuls, ou Agens Commerciaux ne réquissent leur intervention pour faire éxécuter ou maintenir leurs décisions. Bien entendu que cette espèce de jugement ou d’arbitrage ne sauroit pourtant priver les parties contentantes du droit qu’elles ont, à leur retour de recourir aux autorités judiciares de leur patrie.
victuals formed part of the crews, and on this reclamation being thus substantiated, the surrender shall not be refused.
Deserters to be placed at the disposition of the consuls, &c.
In case of crime on the part of the deserter.
In case of shipwreck, &c.
Quarantine.
Certain articles of the treaty of April 3, 1783, revived.
officiels, que de tels individus ont fait partie desdits équipages, et cette réclamation ainsi prouvée l’extradition ne sera pas refusée.
De tels déserteurs, lorsqu’ils auront été arrêtés, seront mis à la disposition desdits consuls, vice consuls, ou agens commerciaux, et pourront être enfermés dans les prisons publiques, à la réquisition et aux frais de ceux qui les reclament, pour être envoyés aux navires aux quels ils appartenoient, ou à d’autres de la même nation. Mais s’ils ne sont pas renvoyés dans l’espace de deux mois, à compter du jour de leur arrestation, iis seront mis en liberté, et ne seront plus arrêtés pour la même cause.
Il est entendu, toutefois, que si le déserteur se trouvoit avoir commis quelque crime ou délit, il pourra être sursis à son extradition, jusqu’à ce que le tribunal nanti de l’affaire, aura rendu sa sentence, et que celle-ci ait reçu son exécution.
In case of a vessel attempting to enter a blockaded port, &c.
The present treaty shall continue in force for ten years.
To be ratified within nine months.
In faith whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the present treaty, by duplicates, and have affixed thereto the seals of their arms. Done at Stockholm, the fourth of July, in the year of Grace, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-seven.
July 4, 1827.
Separate article.
En foi de quoi les Plénipotentiaires respectifs ont signé le présent traité en duplicata, et y ont apposé le cachet de leurs armes. Fait à Stockholm, le quatre Juillet, l’an de Grace mil huit cent vingt-sept.
renewal forms, at this time, the subject of a negotiation between the Courts of Sweden and Norway and Russia, said stipulations being, in no manner, connected with the existing regulations for foreign commerce in general, the two high contracting parties, anxious to remove from their commercial relations all kinds of ambiguity or motives of discussion, have agreed that the eighth, ninth, and tenth articles of the present treaty shall not be applicable either to the navigation and commerce above mentioned, nor, consequently, to the exceptions in the general taritf of custom house duties, and in the regulations of navigation resulting therefrom, nor to the special advantages which are, or may be granted to the importation of tallow and candles from Russia, founded upon equivalent advantages granted by Russia on certain articles of importation from Sweden and Norway.
The present Separate Article shall have the same force and value as if it were inserted, word for word, in the treaty signed this day, and shall be ratified at the same time.
In faith whereof, we, the undersigned, by virtue of our respective full powers, have signed the present Separate Article, and affixed thereto the seals of our arms.
Done at Stockholm, the fourth of July, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-seven.
Suède et de Norvège et de Russie, sans que lesdites stipulations soient liées aux réglemens existants pour le commerce étranger en général, les deux Hautes Parties Contractantes voulant écarter de leurs relations commerciales toute espèce d’équivoque ou de motif de discussion, sont tombées d’accord que les articles huit, neuf et dix du présent traité, ne seront point applicables ni à la navigation et au commerce susmentionnés, et par conséquent aux exceptions dans les tarifs généraux des douanes, et dans les réglemens de navigation qui en résultent, ni aux avantages spéciaux qui sont ou pourroient être donnés à l’importation du suif et des chandelles de Russie, motivés par des avantages équivalons accordés en Russie à des articles d’importation de Suède et de Norvège.
Le présent Article Séparé aura le même force et valeur que s’il etoit insère mot à mot dans le traité signé aujourd’hui, et sera ratifié en même tems.
En foi de quoi, nous soussignés, en vertu de nos pleins pouvoirs respectifs, avons signé le présent Article Séparé, et y avons apposé le cachet de nos armes.
Fait à Stockholm, le quatre Juillet, mil huit cent vingt sept.
Ratifications exchanged, April 2, 1828.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., May 15, 1828.
Object of the treaty.
Ante, p. 249.
Negotiators.
And His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, the Right Honourable Charles Grant, a member of His said Majesty’s Most Honourable Privy Council, a member of Parliament, and Vice President of the Committee of Privy Council for Affairs of Trade and Foreign Plantations; and Henry Unwin Addington, Esquire,
Who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers, found to be in due and proper form, have agreed upon and concluded the following articles :
Third article of convention of 20th Oct. 1818, (ante, p. 249,) indefinitely extended.
Convention may be annulled.
Certain claims not to be affected by this treaty.
Ratifications to be exchanged in nine months.
In witness whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the same, and have affixed thereto the seals of their arms.
Done at London, the sixth day of August in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-seven.
Ratifications exchanged, April 2, 1828.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., May 15, 1828.
Object of the convention.
The United States of America, and His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, being desirous of continuing in force the existing commercial regulations between the two countries, which are contained in the Convention concluded between them on the 3d of July, 1815, and further renewed by the Fourth Ante, p. 228. Ante, p. 249.
The President of the United States of America, Albert Gallatin, On the part of the U. S.
And His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain On the part of His Majesty.
Who, after having communicated to each other their respective full Articles agreed on.
First.
Second.
Third.
In witness whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the same, and have affixed thereto the seals of their arms.
Done at London, the sixth day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-seven.
Ratifications exchanged, April 2, 1828.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., May 15, 1828.
Ante, p. 220.
Commissioners appointed as provided by the treaty of Ghent.
It is agreed, that the points of difference which have arisen Reference of differences to a friendly power.
The two contracting Powers engage to proceed in concert, to the choice of such friendly Sovereign or State, as soon as the ratifications of this Convention shall have been exchanged, and to use their best endeavours to obtain a decision, if practicable, within two years after the Arbiter shall have signified his consent to act as such.
The reports and documents, thereunto annexed, of the Commissioners Statements of the respective cases to be drawn up.
The said statements, when prepared, shall be mutually communicated to each other by the contracting Parties, that is to say: by the United States to His Britannick Majesty’s Minister or Charge d’Affaires at Washington, and by Great Britain to the Minister or Charge d’Affaires of the United States at London, within fifteen months after the exchange of the ratifications of the present Convention.
After such communication shall have taken place, each Party shall have the power of drawing up a second and definitive statement, if it thinks fit so to do, in reply to the statement of the other Party, so communicated ; which definitive statements shall also be mutually communicated, in the same manner as aforesaid, to each other, by the contracting Parties, within twenty-one months after the exchange of the ratifications of the present Convention.
Each of the contracting Parties shall, within nine months Each of the contracting parties shall communicate to the other, the evidence intended to be offered.
Each of the contracting Parties shall be bound, on the application of the other Party, made within six months after the exchange of the ratifications, of this Convention, to give authentick copies of such individually specified acts of a puhlick nature, relating to the territory in question, intended to be laid as evidence before the Arbiter, as have been issued under the authority, or are in the exclusive possession, of each Party.
No maps, surveys, or topographical evidence of any description, shall be adduced by either Party, beyond that which is hereinafter stipulated, nor shall any fresh evidence of any description, be adduced or adverted to, by either Party, other than that mutually communicated or applied for, as aforesaid.
Each Party shall have full power to incorporate in, or annex to, either its first or second statement, any portion of the reports of the Commissioners, or papers thereunto annexed, and other written documents laid
Maps to be annexed to the statements.
The map called Mitchell’s map, by which the framers of the Treaty of 1783 are acknowledged to have regulated their joint and official proceedings, and the map A, which has been agreed on by the contracting Parties, as a delineation of the water courses, and of the boundary lines in reference to the said water courses, as contended for by each Party respectively, and which has accordingly been signed by the above named Plenipotentiaries, at the same time with this Convention, shall be, annexed to the statements of the contracting Parties, and be the only maps that shall be considered as evidence, mutually acknowledged by the contracting Parties, of the topography of the country.
It shall, however, be lawful for either Party, to annex to its respective first statement, for the purposes of general illustration, any of the maps, surveys, or topographical delineations, which were filed with the Commissioners under the fifth article of the Treaty of Ghent, any engraved map heretofore published, and also a transcript of the above mentioned map A, or of a section thereof, in which transcript each party may lay down the highlands, or other features of the country, as it shall think fit; the water courses and the boundary lines, as claimed by each party, remaining as laid down in the said map A.
But this transcript, as well as all the other maps, surveys, or topographical delineations, other than the map A, and Mitchell’s map, intended to be thus annexed, by either Party, to the respective statements, shall be communicated to the other Party, in the same manner as aforesaid, within nine months after the exchange of the ratifications of this Convention, and shall be subject to such objections and observations, as the other contracting Party may deem it expedient to make thereto, and shall annex to his first statement, either in the margin of such transcript, map or maps, or otherwise.
Statements, _ &c. to be delivered to the arbitrating power within two years.
In case the arbiter should desire further evidence, &c.
In order to facilitate the attainment of a just and sound decision on the part of the Arbiter, it is agreed that, in case the said Arbiter should desire further elucidation or evidence in regard to any specifick point contained in any of the said statements submitted to him, the requisition for such elucidation or evidence shall be simultaneously made to both Parties, who shall thereupon be permitted to bring further evidence, if required, and to make, each, a written reply to the specifick questions submitted by the said Arbiter, but no further; and such evidence and replies shall be immediately communicated by each Party to the other.
And in case the Arbiter should find the topographical evidence, laid as aforesaid before him, insufficient for the purposes of a sound and just decision, he shall have the power of ordering additional surveys to be made of any portions of the disputed boundary line or territory, as he
The decision of the arbiter shall be final.
In witness whereof, we, the respective Plenipotentiaries, have signed the same, and have affixed thereto the seals of our arms.
Done at London, the twenty-ninth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-seven.
Ratifications exchanged, June 2, 1828.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., June 2, 1828.
Object of said treaty.
For the attainment of this most desirable object, the President of the United States of America has conferred full powers on Henry Clay, their Secretary of State; and the Senate of the Republic and Free Hanseatic City of Lubeck, the Senate of the Republic and Free Hanseatic City of Bremen, and the Senate of the Republic and Free Hanseatic City of Hamburg, have conferred full powers on Vincent Rumpff, their Minister Plenipotentiary near the United States of America, who, after having exchanged their said full powers, found in due and proper form, have agreed to the following articles :
Imports.
La République et Ville libre et Anséatique de Lubeck, la République et Ville libre et Anséatique de Bremen, et la République et Ville libre et Anséatique de Hambourg, (chacun de ces Etats pour soi séparément) d’une part; et les Etats Unis d’Amérique, d’autre part; désirant accorder plus de facilités à leurs relations commerciales, et établir les privileges de leur navigation sur les bases de la libéralité la plus étendue; sont convenus d’arrêter d’une maniéré dure, distincte, et positive, par une Convention d’amitié, de commerce, et de navigation, les règles qui doivent être observées entre eux.
Pour atteindre ce but désirable, le Sénat de la République et Ville libre et Anséatique de Lubeck, le Sénat de la République et Ville libre et Anséatique de Bremen, et le Sénat de la République et Ville libre et Anséatique de Hambourg, ont muni de pleins pouvoirs, Vincent Rutnpff, leur Ministre Plénipotentiaire près les Etats Unis d’Amérique; et le Président des Etats Unis d’Amérique a muni de pleins pouvoirs Henri Clay, leur Secrétaire d’Etat; lesquels, après avoir échangé leurs dits pleins pouvoirs, trouvés en bonne et due forme, ont arrêté les articles suivans:
No higher duties to be paid by either of the contracting parties, than are paid by other powers.
No priority or preference to be given by either party.
In consideration of the limited extent of the territories of the republics of Lubeck, &c.
Any vessel belonging to either of the Hanseatic republics, and coming to the U.S., &c.
Further agreement.
Power to dispose of personal goods.
Special protection to persons and property.
No favor to be granted to other nations, which shall not immediately become common.
Convention to be in force for twelve years.
In faith whereof, we, the Plenipotentiaries of the contracting parties, have signed the present Convention; and have, thereto, affixed our seals.
Done, in quadruplicates, at the City of Washington, on the twentieth day of December, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-seven, in the fifty-second year of the Independence of the United States of America.
En foi de quoi les Plénipotentiaires des parties contractantes ont signé la présente Convention, et y ont apposé leurs sceaux.
Fait par quadruplicata, en la Cité de Washington, le vingt Décembre, l’an de Grâce mil huit cent vingt sept, et le cinquante deuxième de l’indépendance des Etats Unis d’Amérique.
Jan. 12, 1828.
Ratifications exchanged, April 5, 1832.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., April 5, 1832.
With this intention, the President of the United States of America has appointed Joel Roberts Poinsett their Plenipotentiary; and the President of the United Mexican States their Excellencies Sebastian Camacho and José Ygnacio Esteva :
And the said Plenipotentiaries having exchanged their full powers, have agreed upon and concluded, the following articles:
El Presidente de los Estados Unidos de Megico á sus Excelencias los Señores Sebastian Camacho, y José Ygnacio Esteva; y el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de America al Señor Joel Roberts Poinsett, su Enviado Extraordinario, y Ministro Plenipotenciario cerca del Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de Megico. Los que despues de haber cambiado sus plenos poderes, y hallados en buena, y debida forma, han convenido y concluido los articulos siguientes:
Boundary the same as fixed by treaty of Washington, Feb. 22, 1817.
Boundary to begin on the gulf of Mexico, and end on the South Sea, in, lat. 42.
Islands in the Sabine, &c. to belong to the United States.
Commissioners to be appointed to run the line.
La linea divisoria entre los dos paises, al occidente del Misisipi arrancará del seno Megicano en la embocadura del rio Sabina en el mar, seguirá al norte, por la orilla occidental de este rio hasta el grado 32 de latitud; desde allí por una linea recta al norte hasta al grado de latitud, en que entra en el Rio Rojo de Natchitoches, Red river; y continuará por el curso del rio Rojo al oeste hasta el grado 100 de longitud occidental de Londres, y 23 de Washington, en que cortará este rio y seguirá, por una linea recta al norte, por el mismo grado hasta el rio Arkansas, cuya orilla meridional seguirá hasta su nacimiento en el grado 42 de latitud septentrional, y desde dicho punto se tirará una linea recta por el mismo paralelo de latitud, hasta el mar del Sur: todo segun el mapa de los Estados Unidos, de Melish, publicado en Filadelfia y perfeccionado en 1818. Pero si el nacimiento del rio Arkansas se hallase al norte, ó sur de dicho grado 42 de latitud, seguirá la linea desde el origen de dicho rio recta al Sur, ó norte, segun fuese necesario, hasta que encuentre el espresado grado 42 de latitud, y desde alli por el mismo paralelo hasta el mar del Sur. Pertenecerán á los Estados Unidos todas las yslas de los rios Sabina, Rojo de Natchitoches, y Arkansas, en la estension de todo el curso descrito; pero el uso de las aguas, y la navigacion del Sabina, hasta el mar, y de los espresados rios Rojo y Arkansas, en toda la estension de sus mencionados limites en sus respectivas orillas será comun á los habitantes de las dos naciones.
Las dos altas partes contratantes convienen en ceder, y renunciar todos sus derechos, reclamaciones y pretenciones sobre los Territories que se describen en esta linea, á saber: los Estados Unidos de America ceden á S. M. C. y renuncian para siempre todos sus derechos, reclamaciones, y pretensiones, á cualesquiera Territories situados al oeste, y al sur de dicha linea; y S. M. C. en igual forma, renuncia, y cede para siempre por sí y á nombre de sus herederos y sucesores, todos los derechos que tiene sobre los Territories al este y al norte de la misma linea arriba descrita.
Ratifications, when to be exchanged.
In witness whereof, we, the respective Plenipotentiaries, have signed the same, and have hereunto affixed our respective seals.
Done at Mexico, this twelfth day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-eight, in the fifty-second year of the Independence of the United States of America, and in the eighth of that of the United Mexican States.
Treaty of Jan. 12, 1828, revived.
Ratifications, when to be exchanged.
The present Additional Article shall have the same force and effect as if it had been inserted word for word in the aforesaid treaty of the 12th of January, of 1828, and shall be approved and ratified in the manner prescribed by the Constitutions of the respective States.
In faith of which, the said Plenipotentiaries have hereunto set their hands and affixed their respective seals. Done in Mexico, the fifth of April, of the year one thousand eight hundred and thirty-one, the fifty-fifth of the Independence of the United States of America, and the eleventh of that of the United Mexican States.
En fe de lo cual, los respectivos Plenipotencia rios han firmado el presente, sellandolo con sus sellos respectivos.
Fecho en Megico, a los doce dias del mes de Enero, del año del Señor mil ochocientos veinte y ocho, octavo de la Independencia de los Estados Unidos de Megico, y 52 de la de los Estados Unidos de America
Habiendose pasado el tiempo señalado para el cambio de las ratificaciones del Tratado de Limites entre los Estados Unidos Mejicanos y los Estados Unidos de America, firmado en Mejico el dia 12 de Enero de 1828, deseosas ambas Republicas de que el referido tratado tenga su mas puntual cumplimiento llenandose todas las formalidades necesarias, y habiendo revestido con sus plenos poderes el Vice-Presidente en ejercicio del poder ejecutivo de los Estados Unidos Mejicanos á los Ecselentisimos Senores Don Lucas Alaman, Secretario de Estado y del Despacho de Relaciones Interioresy Esteriores, y Don Rafael Mangino, Secretario de Estado y del Despacho de Hacienda; y el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de America á Antonio Butler, ciudadano de los mismos Estados y Encargado de Negocios de ellos en Mejico, despues de cambiar sus plenos poderes que se encontraron en buena y debida forma, han convenido y convienen en el articulo seguiente :
Las ratificaciones del Tratado de Limites celebrado el 12 de Enero de 1828, se cambiarán en la ciudad de Washington dentro del termino de un año, contado desde la fecha de este convenio, ó antes si fuere posible.
El presente articulo adicional tendrá la misma fuerza y valor que si se hubiese insertado palabra por palabra, en el tratado mencionado de 12 de Enero de 1828, y será aprovado y ratificado en los terminos que establecen las Constituciones de los respectivos Estados.
En fé de lo cual, los referidos Plenipotenciarios lo hemos firmado y sellado con nuestros sellos respectivos. Fecho en Mejico, á los cinco dias del mes de Abril de mil ochocientos trienta y uno, undecimo de la Independencia de los Estados Unidos Mejicanos, y quincuagesimo quinto de la de los Estados Unidos de America.
Ratifications exchanged, March 14, 1829. Proclamation of the President of the United States, March 14, 1829. Object. Representative of U. S. Of Prussia.
Reciprocal liberty of commerce, &c.
Freedom of navigation, and perfect reciprocity.
All articles of commerce to pay the same duties, in vessels of either nation.
SA Majesté le Roi de Prusse, et les Etats Unis d’Amérique, également animés du désir de maintenir les rapports de bonne intelligence qui ont si heureusement subsisté jusqu’ici entre leurs Etats respectifs, et d’en étendre et consolider les relations commerciales, et convaincus que cet objet ne sauroit être mieux rempli qu’en adoptant le système d’une entière liberté de navigation, et d’une parfaite réciprocité, basé sur des principes d’équité également avantageux aux deux pays, et applicables en temps de paix comme en temps de guerre; sont, en conséquence convenus d’entrer en négociation pour conclure un traité de commerce et de navigation. A cet effet, Sa Majesté le Roi de Prusse a muni de pleins pouvoirs le Sieur Ludwig Niederstetter, Chargé d’Affaires de Sa dite Majesté près les Etats Unis d’Amérique, et le Président des Etats Unis d’Amérique, a muni des mêmes pouvoirs Henri Clay, leur Secrétaire d’Etat; lesquels Plénipotentiaires, après avoir échangé leurs dits pleins pouvoirs, trouvés en bonne et due forme, ont arrêté et signé les articles suivans;
The above provision further explained.
Produce of the parties put on the most favorable footing.
Vessels of the parties put on the same footing, as to exportations.
An exact reciprocity shall be observed in the ports of the kingdom of Prussia, so that all kind of merchandise and articles of commerce, either the produce of the soil or the industry of the said kingdom, or of any other country, which may be lawfully exported from Prussian ports in national vessels, may also be exported therefrom in vessels of the United States of America, without paying other or higher duties or charges of whatever kind or denomination, levied in the name, or to the profit of the Government, the local authorities, or of any private establishments whatsoever, than if the same merchandise or produce had been exported in Prussian vessels.
Coastwise navigation excepted.
Tout espèce de marchandises et objets de commerce provenant du sol ou de l’industrie des Etats Unis, ou de tout autre pays, qui pourront être légalement exportés des ports des dits Etats, sur des bâtimens nationaux, pourront également en être exportés sur des bâtimens Prussiens, sans payer d’autres ni de plus forts droits ou charges, de quelque espèce ou dénomination que ce soit, perçus au nom ou au profit du gouvernement, des autorités locales, ou d’cstablissemens particuliers quelconques, que si ces mêmes marchandises ou denrées avoient été exportées par bâtimens des Etats Unis d’Amérique.
Une parfaite réciprocité sera observée dans les ports du Royaume de Prusse, de sorte que toute espèce de marchandises et objets de commerce, provenant du sol ou de l’industrie du Royaume de Prusse, ou de tout autre pays, qui pourront être légalement exportés des ports du dit Royaume, sur des bâtimens nationaux, pourront également en être exportés sur des bâtimens des Etats Unis d’Amérique, sans payer d’autres ou de plus forts droits ou charges, de quelque espèce ou dénomination que ce soit, perçus au nom ou au profit du gouvernement, des autorités locales, ou d’établissemens particuliers quelconques, que si ces marchandises ou denrées avoient été exportées sur des bâtimens Prussiens.
Neither party to give any preference to goods on account of the importing bottom.
Prospective provision for maintaining the most favored footing.
Consuls, &c.
Jurisdiction of consuls, &c.
Consuls, &c. may require the aid of the local authorities.
Les deux parties contractantes se sont accordé mutuellement la faculté de tenir dans leurs ports respectifs, des Consuls, Vice Consuls, Agens et Commissaires de leur choix, qui jouiront des mêmes privileges et pouvoirs dont jouissent ceux des nations les plus favorisées; mais dans le cas où les dits Consuls veuillent faire le commerce, ils seront soumis aux mêmes lois et usages, auxquels sont soumis les particuliers de leur nation à l’endroit où ils résident.
Les Consuls, Vice-Consuls, et Agens Commerciaux, auront Je droit, comme tels, de servir de juges et d’arbitres dans les différons qui pourroient s’élever entre les capitaines et les équipages des bâtimens de la nation dont ils soignent les intérêts, sans que les autorités locales puissent y intervenir, à moins que la conduite des équipages ou du capitaine ne troublât l’ordre ou la tranquillité du pays; ou que les dits Consuls, Vice-Consuls, ou Agens Commerciaux, ne réquissent leur intervention pour faire exécuter ou maintenir leurs décisions; bien entendu que cette espèce de jugement ou d’arbitrage, ne sauroit, pourtant, priver les parties contendantes du droit qu’elles ont, ù. leur retour de recourir aux autorités judiciaires de leur pays.
Les dits Consuls, Vice-Consuls, ou Agens Commerciaux, seront autorisés à requérir l’assistance des autorités locales, pour la recherche, l’arrestation, la détention, et l’emprisonnement, des déserteurs des navires de guerre et marchands de leur pays; ils s’adresseront, pour cet objet, aux tribunaux, juges, et officiers compétens, et reclameront, par écrit, les déserteurs susmentionnés, en prouvant par la communication des registres des navires, ou rôles de l’équipage ou par d’autres documens officiels, que de tels individus ont fait partie desdits équipages, et cette réclamation ainsi prouvée, l’extradition ne sera point refusée.
De tels déserteurs, lorsqu’ils auront été arrêtés, seront mis il la disposition desdits Consuls, Vice-Consuls ou Agens Commerciaux, et pourront être enfermés dans les prisons publiques, à la réquisition et aux frais de ceux qui les reclament, pour être envoyés aux navires aux-quels ils appartenoient, ou à d’autres de la même nation. Mais s’ils ne sont pas renvoyés dans l’espace de trois mois, ù. compter du jour de leur arrestation, ils seront mis en liberté, et ne seront plus arrêtés pour la même cause. Toutefois, si le déserteur se trouvoit avoir commis quelque crime ou délit, il pourra être sursis à son extradition, jusqu’à ce que le tribunal saisi de l’affaire, aura rendu sa sentence, et que celle-ci ait reîu son exécution.
Certain stipulations in former treaties revived.
Security of neutral navigation to be the subject of future treaty.
Vessels entering blockaded ports.
Provisions as to personal property of citizens, &c.
L’article douze du traité d’amitié et de commerce, conclu entre les parties en 1785; et les articles treize et suivans, jusqu’à l’article vingt-quatre, inclusivement, du traité conclu à Berlin, en 1799, en exceptant le dernier paragraphe de l’article dix-neuf, touchant les traités avec la Grand Bretagne, sont remis en vigueur, et auront la même force et valeur que s’ils faisoient partie du présent Traité: il est entendu, cependant que les stipulations contenues dans les articles ainsi remis en vigueur, seront toujours censées ne rien changer aux Traités et conventions conclus de part et d’autre, avec d’autres Puissances, dans l’intervalle écoulé entre l’expiration dudit Traité de 1799, et Je commencement de la mise en vigueur du présent Traité.
Les Parties Contractantes désirant toujours conformément à l’intention déclarée dans l’Article Douze dudit Traité de 1799, pourvoir, entre Elles, ou conjointement avec d’autres Puissances maritimes, des stipulations ultérieures qui puissent servir à garantir une juste protection et liberté au commerce et à la navigation des neutres, et à aider la cause de la civilisation et de l’humanité, l’engagent ici, comme alors à concerter ensemble sur ce sujet, à quelque époque future et convenable.
Period during which this treaty is to remain in force.
Period for ratification.
In faith whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the above articles, both in the French and English languages; and they have thereto affixed their seals declaring, nevertheless, that the signing in both languages shall not be brought into precedent, nor in any way operate to the prejudice of either party.
Done in triplicate at the City of Washington, on the first day of May, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twentyeight ; and the fifty-second of the Independence of the United States of America.
En foi de quoi les Plénipotentiaires respectifs ont signé les articles ci-dessus, tant en Franîais qu’en Anglais, et y ont apposé leurs sceaux, déclarant, toutefois, que la signature dans ces deux langues, ne doit pas, par la suite, être citée comme example, ni en aucune maniéré, porter préjudice aux parties contractantes.
Fait par triplicata en la cité de Washington, le premier Mai, l’an de Grâce mil huit cent vingt-huit, et le cinquante deuxieme de l’indépendance des Etats Unis d’Amérique.
Ratifications exchanged, Jan. 14, 1829.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., Jan. 14, 1829.
Object of additional article.
Consuls, &c. authorized to arrest deserters, &c.
A la Convention d’amitié, de commerce, et de navigation, conclue à Washington le vingt Décembre, 1827, entre les Républiques Anséatiques de Lubeck, Bremen, et Hambourg, et les Etats Unis d’Amérique.
Les Consuls et Vice-Consuls pourront faire arrêter les matelots faisant partie des équipages des bâtimens de leurs pays respectifs, qui auraient déserté desdits bâtimens, pour les renvoyer et faire transporter hors du pays. Auquel effet lesdits Consuls et Vice-Consuls s’addresseront aux
Consuls and Vice-Consuls shall address themselves to the courts, judges, and officers competent, and shall demand the said deserters, in writing, proving by an exhibition of the registers of the said vessels, or ship’s roll, or other official document, that those men were part of said crews; and on this demand being so proved, (saving, however, where the contrary is proved,) the delivery shall not be refused; and there shall be Assistance to be afforded to consuls, &c.
If deserter have committed any offence, his surrender to be delayed.
Present article to have the same force as if forming part of convention of 1827. Ratifications to be exchanged within nine months.
In faith whereof, we, the undersigned, by virtue of our respective full powers, have signed the present additional article, and have thereto affixed our seals.
Done in quadruplicate at the City of Washington, on the fourth day of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-eight.
tribunaux, juges et officiers compétens, et leur feront, par écrit, la demande desdits déserteurs, en justifiant, par l’exhibition des registres du bâtiment, ou rôle d’équipage, ou autres docutnens officiels, que ces hommes faisaient partie desdits équipages. Et sur cette demande, ainsi justifiée, sauf, toutefois la preuve contraire, l’extradition ne pourra être refusée; et il sera donné toute aide et assistance aux dits Consuls et Vice-Consuls, pour la recherche, saisie et arrestation des susdits déserteurs, lesquels seront même détenus et gardés dans les prisons du pays, à leur réquisition et ù leurs frais, jusqu’ à ce qu’ils aient trouvé occasion de les renvoyer. Mais s’ils n’étaient renvoyés dans le délai de deux mois, à compter du jour de leur arrêt, ils seront élargis, et ne pourront plus être arrêtés pour la même cause.
Il est entendu, toutefois, que si le déserteur se trouvait avoir commis quelque crime ou délit, il pourra être sursis à son extradition, jusqu’ ù. ce que le tribunal nanti de l’affaire aura rendu sa sentence, et que celle-ci ait reîu son exécution.
Le présent article additional aura la même force et valeur que s’il était inséré mot à mot dans la Convention, signée à Washington le vingt Décembre, mil huit cent vingt-sept, et étant approuvé et ratifié par les Sénats des Républiques Anséatiques de Lubeck, Bremen, et Hambourg; et par le Président des Etats Unis, par et avec l’avis et le consentement du Sénat desdits Etats, les ratifications en seront échangées à Washington, dans l’espace de neuf mois, à dater de ce jour, ou plutôt, si faire se peut.
En foi de quoi, nous, soussignés, en vertu de nos pleins pouvoirs respectifs, avons signé le présent article additionel, et y avons apposé nos sceaux.
Fait par quadruplicata, en la Cité de Washington, le quatre Juin, l’an de Grâce mil huit cent vingt-huit.
Ratifications exchanged, March 18, 1829.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., March 18, 1829.
In the name of the Most Holy and Indivisible Trinity:
Object.
The United States of America and His Majesty the Emperor of Brazil, desiring to establish a firm and permanent peace and friendship between both Nations, have resolved to fix, in a manner clear, distinct, and positive, the rules which shall in future be religiously observed be-tween the one and the other, by means of a Treaty, or General Convention of Peace, Friendship, Commerce, and Navigation.
For this most desirable object, the President of the United States has Representative of U. S. Of Brazil.
Peace.
The parties put on the footing of the most favored nation.
The relations between Brazil and Portugal excepted.
Free intercourse.
Coasting trade excepted.
Vessels of both countries on the same footing, as to the importation of foreign goods into either country.
Same as to exportation.
What vessels to be considered Brazilian.
Duties on imports and exports.
All merchants, &c. placed on the most favored fooling.
To be secure from detention without indemnification.
Vessels In distress, &c. to be received and protected.
Property captured by pirates, &c. to be restored.
Assistance in case of shipwreck, &c.
Provision as to personal property of citizens of the parties.
Real property.
Special protection to persons and property.
Security of conscience, &c.
Free ships to make free goods.
Contraband goods excepted.
Free ships to make free persons, except, &c.
Proviso.
Qualification of the principle.
Contraband goods, what.
All other merchandise free.
Blockade, what.
Contraband goods subject to confiscation.
Vessel not to be detained, unless, &c.
Notice of blockade to be given, &c.
Free egress allowed in certain cases.
Examination of vessels, how to be made.
Vessels to be provided with certain papers.
Vessels under convoy.
Prize courts only to take cognizance of prizes.
Proceedings.
Letters of marque, &c. not to be accepted, &c.
Provisions in case of war between the parties, &c.
No properly to be confiscated.
Immunities of public agents.
Of consuls, &c.
Exequaturs.
Privileges of consuls, &c.
Deserters from vessels.
Consular convention to be established.
Treaty to be in force twelve years, &c.
Offences of citizens, &c. not to affect the relations of the parties.
Proceedings on infraction of this treaty.
Treaty, how to operate.
Ratifications to be exchanged within nine months.
The present treaty of peace, amity, commerce and navigation, shall be approved and ratified by the President of the United States by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, and by the Emperor of Brazil, and the ratifications shall be exchanged within eight months from the date of the signature hereof, or sooner if possible.
In faith whereof we the Plenipotentiaries of the United States of America and of his Majesty the Emperor of Brazil have signed and sealed these presents.
Done in the City of Rio de Janeiro, this twelfth day of the ‘month of December in the year of our Lord Jesus Christ one thousand eight hundred and twenty-eight.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., declaring that ratifications had been exchanged, Feb. 10, 1831.
Motives to the treaty.
Free trade established.
Tonnage duties, &c.
Duties on imports.
Preceding stipulations mutually applicable.
Parties placed, as to duties, on the footing of the most layered nation.
Duties, bounties, and drawbacks on exports.
All kind of merchandize and articles of commerce, either the produce of the soil or of the industry of the United States of America, or of any other country, which may be lawfully exported, or re-exported from the ports of the said United States, in national vessels, may also be exported, or re-exported therefrom in Austrian vessels, without paying other, or higher duties or charges of whatever kind or denomination, levied in the name or to the profit of the Government, the local authorities, or of any private establishments whatsoever, than if the same merchandise or produce had been exported or re-exported, in vessels of the United States of America.
An exact reciprocity shall be observed in the ports of the dominions of Austria, so that all kinds of merchandise and articles of commerce either the produce of the soil or of the industry of the said dominions of Austria, or of any other country, which may be lawfully exported or re-exported, from Austrian ports, in national vessels, may also be ex ported or re-exported therefrom, in vessels of the United States of America, without paying other or higher duties or charges, of whatever kind or denomination, levied in the name or to the profit of the Government, the local authorities, or of any private establishments whatsoever, than if the same merchandise or produce had been exported, or re-exported, in Austrian vessels.
And the same bounties and drawbacks shall be allowed, whether such exportation or re-exportation be made in vessels of the one party, or of the other.
Coastwise navigation.
Vessels of the parties to be equally favored.
Future favors.
Consuls, &c.
Property of individuals.
Duration of the treaty.
Ratifications.
In faith whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed and sealed this treaty, both in the English and German languages, declaring, however, that, it having been originally composed in the former, the English version is to decide the interpretation, should any difference in regard to it unfortunately arise.
Done in triplicate, at Washington, this twenty-seventh day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-nine.
Ratifications exchanged, June 5, 1830.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., June 5, 1830.
Renunciation by Denmark of indemnity.
Agreement to indemnify U. S.
Payment of said indemnity.
The payment of the above sum of six hundred and fifty thousand Spanish milled dollars, shall be made, in the times and manner following: On the 31st March, 1831, two hundred and sixteen thousand six hundred and sixty-six dollars and two-thirds of a dollar.
On the 30th September, 1831, two hundred and sixteen thousand six hundred and sixty-six dollars and two-thirds of a dollar.
On the 30th September, 1832, two hundred and sixteen' thousand six hundred and sixty-six dollars and two-thirds of a dollar.
To the second payment shall be added the interest for that, and for
L’acquittement de la somme de six cent cinquante mille piastres se fera de la manière et aux termes suivans:
Le 31 Mars, 1831, deux cent seize mille six cent soixante-six et deux-tiers de piastres.
Le 30 Septembre, 1831, deux cent seize mille six cent soixante-six et deux-tiers de piastres.
Le 30 Septembre, 1832, deux cent seize mille six cent soixante-six et deux-tiers de piastres.
Au second terme de payement, seront ajoutés les intérêts pour cette
the last payment, at four per centum per annum, to be computed from the first payment, on the 31st March, 1831.
To the third payment shall also be added the interest for that payment, at four per centum per annum, to be computed from the second payment, on the 30th September, 1831.
The above sums, thus specified in Spanish milled dollars, shall be paid in bills of exchange, at fifteen days sight, at Hamburg; for the payment of which the Danish Government shall be responsible.
At the time when the first payment shall be made, on the 31st March 1831, two obligations, corresponding to the two last payments to be effected for the capital and the interest thereof, shall be issued by the Direction for the public debt and the sinking fund of Denmark, to the order of the Department of Foreign Affairs of Denmark, and assigned to the Government of the United States. By the said obligations, His Majesty the King of Denmark shall acknowledge himself debtor, for the sums not yet paid to the Government of the United States of America, and the same shall be delivered to such person or persons, as may be authorized to receive the same by the said Government; and when the said obligations are to be discharged, according to the tenor thereof, by the Danish Government, the person or persons authorized by the Government of the United States, to receive the stipulated payments, shall deliver up the said obligations with receipts for the amount thereof, from the said Government.
A board of commissioners lo be appointed to ascertain the validity, &c. of claims.
To ascertain the full amount, and validity of the claims, mentioned in article I, a Board of Commissioners, consisting of three citizens of the United States, shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, who shall meet at Washington, and within the space of two years from the time of their first meeting shall receive, examine and decide upon, the amount and validity of all such claims, according to the merits of the several cases, and to justice, equity and the law of nations.
The Commissioners shall take an oath or affirmation, to be entered in me journal of their proceedings, for the faithful and diligent discharge of their duties.
In case of the death, sickness or necessary absence of any Commissioner, his place may be supplied by the appointment of another Commissioner, in the manner before mentioned, or during the recess of the Senate, by the President of the United States. The Commissioners shall be authorized to hear and examine, on oath or affirmation, every question relating to such claims, and to receive all suitable authentic testimony concerning the same.
In order to facilitate the proceedings of this Board, His Majesty the King of Denmark engages, when thereunto required, to cause to be delivered to any person or persons, who shall be duly authorized for that purpose, by the Government of the United States, in addition to the papers already delivered, all the acts, documents, ships’ papers and prize proceedings, which may still remain in the archives of the High Court of Admiralty, or the Prize Tribunals of Denmark, relating to the seizure, detention, condemnation or confiscation, of the vessels, cargoes or property whatsoever, belonging to the citizens of the United States of America before the said tribunals.
The Commissioners shall award, and cause to be distributed among the several parties, whose claims shall be allowed by the Board, the sum mentioned in article I and II, in a ratable proportion to the amount of the respective claims thus allowed.
somme, et pour celle à payer au dernier terme, de quatre pour cent par an, à compter depuis le terme du premier payement du 31 Mars, 1831.
Au troisième terme seront également ajoutés les intérêts pour cette dernière somme de quatre pour cent par an, à compter du second terme du 30 Septembre, 1831.
Les sommes ci-dessus spécifiées en piastres seront acquittées par des lettres de change, à quinze jours de vue, payables à Hambourg, pour le payement des quelles, le Gouvernement Danois restera résponsable.
En même tems que le payement du premier terme du 31 Mars, 1831, aura lieu, deux obligations, qui corrésponderont aux deux derniers terms ci-dessus indiqués, pour le capital et les intérêts, seront émises par la Direction de la dette d’Etat et du fond d’amortissement du Dannemarc, à l’ordre du Département des affaires étrangères du Dannemarc, et transportées au Gouvernement des Etats Unis. En vertu de ces obligations, Sa Majesté le Roi de Dannemarc, se reconnoîtra, comme débiteur des sommes point encore payées au Gouvernement des Etats Unis d’Amérique, et elles seront délivrées à celui ou à ceux qui seront dúment autorisés à cet effet, par le dit Gouvernement. Quand l’acquittement de ces obligations s’effectuera dans les termes qu’elles sont remboursables de la part du Gouvernement Danois, la personne ou les personnes dúment autorisées par le Gouvernement des Etats Unis pour recevoir le payement stipulé, remettront en même temps, ces obligations munies des quittances du dit Gouvernement.
Pour déterminer le montant précis et la validité des réclamations des citoyens des Etats Unis, mentionnées dans l’article I, une Commission composée de trois citoyens des Etats Unis, sera nommée par le Président, par et avec, l’avis et le consentement du Sénat; ces Commissaires s’assembleront à Washington, et avant que deux ans, à compter du jour de leur première séance, se seront écoulés, ils doivent avoir reçu toutes ces réclamations, et avoir examiné et décidé leur montant et leur validité, d’après les circonstances spéciales de chaque cas, la justice, l’équité et le droit des gens.
Les Commissaires prêteront serment, ou donneront des affirmations à insérer dans le journal de leurs procédés, qu’ ils rempliront fidèlement et assidúment leurs devoirs.
En cas de décès, de maladie ou d’absence indispensable d’un des Commissaires, sa place sera remplie par la nomination d’un autre Commissaire de la manière sus-mentionée, ou durant les vacances du Sénat, par le Président des Etats Unis.
Les Commissaires seront autorisés à se faire rendre compte, et à examiner chaque question rélative à ces réclamations, et à se faire donner sous serment ou affirmation, tous les témoignages convenables et authentiques qui les concernent.
A fin de faciliter les travaux de cette commission, Sa Majesté le Roi de Dannemarc, s’engage lorsque la réquisition en sera faite, outre les documens déjà remis à faire délivrer à celui ou à ceux, qui seront dúment autorisés à cet effet, par le Gouvernement des Etats Unis, tous les actes, documens, papiers de bord, et pièces de procès qui pourroient encore se trouver dans les archives de la Haute Cour d’Amirauté, ou des tribunaux de prises du Dannemarc, relativement à la saisie, détention, condamnation ou confiscation des navires, cargaisons ou propriétés quelconques, des citoyens des Etats Unis d’Amérique, par devant ces tribunaux.
La dite Commission adjugera et fera distribuer entre les differentes parties dont elle admettra les réclamations, les sommes mentionnées dans l’article I et II, dans la proportion et pro rata à leurs réclamations respectives, qui auront été ainsi admises.
No further claims shall be presented by U. S.
The present convention only applicable to the cases therein mentioned.
To be ratified within ten months.
In faith thereof, and in virtue of our respective full powers, we have signed the present Convention, and have thereunto set the seals of our arms.
Done at Copenhagen, this 28th day of March, 1830.
En foi de quoi, et en vertu de nos pleins pouvoirs respectifs, nous avons signé la présente Convention et y fait apposer les sceaux de nos armes.
Fait à Copenhague, ce 28me jour de Mars, 1830.
Ratified Feb. 2, 1831.
Proclamation of the President of the United States, Feb. 4, 1832.
Motives to treaty.
The object of this firm instrument, and the motive of this writing well drawn up, is, that—
No treaty or diplomatic and official convention, having, heretofore, existed, between the Sublime Porte, of perpetual duration, and the United States of America; at this time, in consideration of the desire formerly expressed, and of repeated propositions which have lately been renewed by that power, and in consequence of the wish entertained by the Sublime Porte to testify to the United States of America, its sentiments of friendship,—We, the Undersigned, Commissioners, invested with the high office of Chief of the Chancery of State of the Sublime Porte, existing forever, having been permitted by His very Noble Imperial Majesty to negotiate and conclude a treaty, and having thereupon conferred with our friend, the honorable Charles Rhind, who has come to this Imperial Residence, furnished with full powers to negotiate, settle, and conclude, the articles of a treaty, separately and jointly with the other two Commissioners, Commodore Biddle and David Offley, now at Smyrna, have arranged, agreed upon and concluded, the following articles:
Merchants of the parties put, as to duties, on the fooling of the most favored nation.
Consuls.
Employment of brokers.
Visit of American vessels.
Settlement of disputes between Ottoman subjects, &c.
Jurisdiction over American citizens.
U. S. flag to be respected; not to be lent to others, &c.
Vessels of war shall exhibit towards each other, &c.
Passage of the Dardanelles.
Ships not to be impressed.
Wrecks.
Exchange of ratifications.
Given the fourteenth day of the moon Zilcaade, and in the year of the Hegira, 1245, corresponding with the seventh day of May, of the year one thousand eight hundred and thirty of the Christian Æra.
Ratifications exchanged, April 5, 1832.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., April 5, 1832.
Peace and friendship.
Footing of most favored nations secured to the parties.
Entry into ports.
The citizens of the two countries respectively shall have liberty, freely and securely to come with their vessels and cargoes to all such places, ports, and rivers of the United States of America and of the United Mexican States, to which other foreigners are permitted to come; to enter into the same, and to remain and reside in any part of the said territories respectively; also, to hire and occupy houses and warehouses for the purposes of their commerce, and to trade therein, in all sorts of produce, manufactures, and merchandize; and, generally, the merchants and traders of each nation shall enjoy the most complete protection and security for their commerce.
And they shall not pay higher or other duties, imposts, or fees whatsoever, than those which the most favored nations are or may be obliged to pay; and shall enjoy all the rights, privileges, and exemptions, with respect to navigation and commerce, which the citizens of the most favored nation do or may enjoy; but subject always to the laws, usages, and statutes of the two countries respectively.
Los Estados Unidos de America y los Estados Unidos Mexicanos deseosos de afirmar sobre bases solidas las relaciones de amistad y comercio que felizmente ecsisten entre ambas Republie as, han resuelto fijar de una manera clara y positiva las reglas que han de observarse en lo succesivo religiosamente entre ambas, por medio de un tratado de Amistad, Comercio, y Navegacion. Para cuyo importante objeto, el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de America ha conferido plenos poderes al ciudadano de los mismos Estados Antonio Butler, Encargado de Negocios cerca de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos; y el Vice-Presidente de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos en ejercicio del poder Ejecutivo al Ecselentisimo Señor Don Lucas Alaman, Secretario de Estado y del Despacho de Relaciones Esteriores é Interiores, y al ecselentisimo Señor Don Rafael Mangino, Secretario de Estado y del Despacho de Hacienda; los cuales, despues de haber cambiado sus plenos poderes, han convenido en los articules siguientes:
Los ciudadanos de los dos paises respectivamente, tendrán libertad, franquicia y seguridad para ir con sus buques y cargamentos á todas las plazas, puertos, y rios de los Estados Unidos de America y de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos, á los que á otros estrangeros es permitido ir, entrar y permanecer en cualquiera parte de los dichos territorios respectivamente; asi como arrendar y ocupar casas y almacenes para los fines de su comercio, y comerciar en ellos eu toda clase de productos, manufacturas y mercancias; y en general, los comerciantes y négociantes de cada nacion, gozarán la mas compléta proteccion y seguridad para su comercio.
Y no pagarán otros ni mas altos derechos impuestos ó emolumentos, cualquiera que scan, que los que esten ó estuvieren obligadas á pagar las naciones mas favorecidas; y gozarán todos los derechos, privilegios, y ecseuciones, con respecto á la navegacion y comercio, que los ciudadanos de la nacion mas favorecida gozen ó gozaren; pero sugetos siempre á las leyes, usos y estatutos de las dos naciones respectivamente.
Coasting trade excepted.
The liberty to enter and discharge the vessels of both nations of which this article treats, shall not be understood to authorize the coasting trade, which is permitted to National vessels only.
Duties on productions of the parties.
No higher or other duties shall be imposed on the importation into the United Mexican States of any article, the produce, growth, or manufacture of the United States of America, than those which the same or like articles, the produce, growth, or manufacture of any other foreign country do now or may hereafter pay; nor shall articles, the produce, growth, or manufacture of the United Mexican States, be subject on their introduction into the United States of America, to higher or other duties than those which the same or like articles of any other foreign country do now or may hereafter pay.
Export duties and prohibitions.
Higher duties shall not be imposed in the respective States on the exportation of any article to the States of the other contracting Party, than those which are now or may hereafter be paid on the exportation of the like articles to any other foreign country; nor shall any prohibition be established on the exportation or importation of any article, the produce, growth, or manufacture of the United States of America, or of the United Mexican States respectively, in either of them, which shall not in like manner be established with respect to other foreign countries.
Tonnage duties, &c. the same in vessels of either party.
Import duties.
Export duties, bounties, and drawbacks.
Merchants, &c. put on the same footing in the ports of either party.
La libertad de entrar y descargar los buques de ambas naciones de que habla este articulo, no se entenderá que autoriza el comercio de escala y cabotaje permitido solameute á los buques Nacionales.
No se impondrán otros ni mayores derechos á la importacion en los Estados Unidos de America de articulo alguno de producto natural, ó manufactura, de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos, que los que pagan, ó en adelante pagaren, los mismos ó semejantes articulos de producto natural ó manufactura de cualquiera otro pais estrangero. Los articulos de producto natural ó manufactura de los Estados Unidos de America, no estarán sugetos en su introduccion en ios Estados Unidos Mexicanos, á otros ni mas altos derechos que aquellos que los mismos ó semejantes articulos de cualquiera otro pais estrangero paguen ahora ó puedan pagar en adelante.
No se impondrán mayores derechos en los Estados respectives, á la esportacion de articulo alguno á los Estados de la otra Parte contratante que los que ahora ó despues sean pagados en la esportacion de los mismos articulos áalgun otro pais estrangero; ni ninguna prohibicion serti establecida en la esportacion ó importacion de cualquier articulo, producto natural ó manufactura de los Estados Unidos de America ó los Estados Unidos Mexicanos respectivamente, en alguno de ellos, que del mismo modo no se establesca igualmente con respecta á otros paises estrangeros.
absolute freedom shall be allowed in all cases to the buyer and seller to bargain and fix the prices of any goods, wares, or merchandise imported into, or exported from, the United Mexican States, as they may think proper; observing the laws, usages, and customs of the country. The citizens of Mexico shall enjoy the same privileges in the States and Territories of the United States of America, being subject to the same conditions.
Embargo, detention; compensation for.
Citizens exempted from service, &c.
Citizens seeking refuge in the harbors, &c.
Delivery of vessels, &c. captured by pirates.
Shipwrecks, &c.
Succession to personal estate, and disposal thereof.
absoluta en todos los casos al comprador ó vendedor para ajustar y fijar el precio de cualesquiera efectos, articulos ó mercancias importadas ó esportadas de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos, como lo crean conveniente; observando las leyes, usos y costumbres establecidas eu el pais. Los ciudadanos de Mexico gozarán los mismos privilegies en los Estados y Territorios de los Estados Unidos de America, quedando sugetos á las mismas condiciones.
hereafter be paid by the citizens of the Power in whose territories they may reside.
Persons end property to be protected.
Security as to religion in Mexico.
The citizens of the United States of America, residing in the United Mexican States, shall enjoy in their houses, persons, and properties, the protection of the Government, with the most perfect security and liberty of conscience: they shall not be disturbed or molested, in any manner, on account of their religion, so long as they respect the Constitution, the laws, and established usages of the country where they reside; and they shall also enjoy the privilege of burying the dead in places which now are, or may hereafter be assigned for that purpose; nor shall the funerals or sepulchres of the dead be disturbed in any manner, nor under any pretext.
In the United States.
The citizens of the United Mexican States shall enjoy, throughout all the States and Territories of the United States of America, the same protection; and shall be allowed the free exercise of their religion, in public or in private, either within their own houses, or in the chapels or places of worship set apart for that purpose.
Security to vessels sailing to and from an enemy’s port.
Free ship, free goods.
Free ship, free persons.
Limitation of the principle.
Los ciudadanos de los Estados Unidos de America residentes en los Estados Unidos Mexicanos, gozarán en sus casas, personas y propiedades, de la proteccion del Gobiernoy continuando en la posesion en que están; no serán alterados, inquietados ni molestados, de ninguna manera por motives de su religion, con tal que respeten la de la nacion en que residan, y la Constitucion, ley es, usos y costumbres de esta; asi mismo continuarán en la facultad de que gozan para enterrar en los lugares señalados ó que en adelante se senalareu á este objeto, á los ciudadanos de los Estados Unidos de America que mueran en los Estados Unidos Mexicanos; y los funerales y sepulcros de los muertos no serán turbados de modo alguno, ni por ningun pretesto.
Los ciudadanos de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos gozarán en todos los Estados y Territorios de los Estados Unidos de America, de la misma proteccion; y podrán ejercer libremente su religion en público ó enprivado dentro de sus casas ó en los templos y lugares destinados al culto.
two contracting parties shall be at war with a third party, and the other neutral, the flag of the neutral shall cover the property of enemies whose Governments acknowledge this principle, and not of others.
Where neutral flag prelects enemy’s property, &c.
Contraband goods excepted and defined.
Blockade, what.
Contraband liable to confiscation.
Vessel not to be detained, unless, &c.
Notice of blockade.
same is besieged, blockaded, or invested, it is agreed that every vessel so situated may be turned away from such port or place, but shall not be detained; nor shall any part of her cargo, if not contraband, be confiscated, unless, after warning of such blockade or investment from the commanding officer of the blockading force, she should again attempt to enter the aforesaid port; but she shall be permitted to go to Free egress allowed in certain cases.
Examination of vessels at sea.
One of the parties being engaged in war, vessels of the other to be provided with sea letters, &c.
If not so provided, to be adjudged lawful prize.
Vessels under convoy.
Prize courts.
halla sitiado, bloqueado ó atacado, se conviene en que á ningun buque que se halle en estas circunstancias se le permitirá entrar en el; pero no será detenido, ni será confiscada parte alguna de su cargamento, sino hubiere en el alguno de los efectos de contrabando; á menos que despues de ser prevenido del sitio ó bloqueo por el oficial comandante de las fuerzas bloqueadoras emprendiese de nuevo entrar en dicho puerto; pero se permitirá ir á cualquiera otro puerto ó lugar que crea conveniente. Ni á buque alguno de las partes contratantes que hubiere entrado en tal puerto antes de ser bloqueado, sitiado ó atacado por alguna de ellas, se le impedirá salir del puerto con su cargamento, y si se hallare en el despues de la rendicion, ni el buque ni el cargamento serán confiscados sino debueltos á sus dueños.
tribunal of either party shall pronounce judgment against any vessel, or goods, or property claimed by the citizens of the other party, the sentence or decree shall mention the reason or motives on which the same shall have been founded; and an authenticated copy of the sentence or decree, in conformity with the laws and usages of the country, and of all the proceedings of the case, shall, if demanded, be delivered to the commander or agent of said vessel, without any delay, he paying the legal fees for the same.
In the event of war between the parties.
Ministers and public agents—their immunities, &c.
Consuls, &c.
Their authority and privileges.
Deserters from vessels.
estos tribunales de alguna de las partes pronunciasen sentencia contra algun buque, efectos ó propiedad que sea reclamada por ciudadanos de la otra en la sentencia se hara mencion de las razones ó motives en que la haya fundado y se dará si la pidiere, una copia autentica de ella en conformidad con los usos y leyes del pais y de todos los procederes del caso al comandante ó agente del buque interesado sin demora alguna, pagando este las costas establecidas por la ley.
Arrest and detention of deserters.
Consular convention.
Interior commerce: routes and escorts.
Indian hostilities to be prevented.
Prisoners made by Indians to be liberated, dec.
Treaty to be ill force eight years, &c.
Harmony of partiesnot to be interrupted by acts of individuals.
Demand of satisfaction to precede hostilities.
Saving of Treaties with other powers.
The present treaty of amity, commerce, and navigation, shall be approved and ratified by the President of the United States of America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, and by the Vice-President of the United Mexican States, with the consent and approbation of the Congress thereof; and the ratifications shall be exchanged in the city of Washington, within the term of one year, to be counted from the date of the signature hereof; or sooner, if possible.
El presente tratado de amistad, comercio y navegacion será aprobado y ratificado por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de America con la anuencia y consentimiento de su Senado, y por el Vice Presidente de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos, previo el consentimiento y aprobacion del Congreso; y las ratificaciones serán cangeadas en la ciudad de Washington en el termino de un año contado desde la fecha en que fueren firmados, ó antes si fuere posible
In witness whereof, We, the Plenipotentiaries of the United States of America and of the United Mexican States, have signed and sealed these presents. Done in the city of Mexico, on the fifth day of April, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-one, in the fifty-fifth year of the Independence of the United States of America, and in the eleventh of that of the United Mexican States.
Fifth and sixth articles suspended.
The present additional article shall have the same force and value as as if it had been inserted, word for, word, in the treaty signed this day. It shall be ratified, and the ratification exchanged at the same time.
In witness whereof, We, the respective Plenipotentiaries, have signed and sealed the same.
Done at Mexico, on the fifth day of April, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-one.
En fé de lo cual, los respectivos Plenipotenciarios lo hemos firmado y sellado con nuestros sellos respectivos. Fecho en Mexico á los cinco dias de Abril del año del Señor de mil ochocientos treinta y uno, undecimo de la independencia de los Estados Unidos Mejicanos y quinquagesimo quinto de la de los Estados Unidos de America.
El presente articulo adicional tendrá la misina fuerza y valor que si se hubiera insertado palabra por palabra en el tratado de este dia. Sera ratificado y la ratificacion cambiada al mismo tiempo.
En fé de lo cual, los respectivos Plenipotenciarios lo hemos firmado y sellado con nuestros sellos respectivos.
Fecho en Mexico á cinco de Abril de mil ochocientos treinta y uno.
Ratifications exchanged, Feb. 2, 1832.
Proclamation of the President of the U.S., July 13, 1832.
Indemnity to American citizens.
Payments.
The sum of twenty-five millions of francs, above stipulated, shall be paid at Paris, in six annual instalments, of four millions one hundred and sixty-six thousand six hundred and sixty-six francs sixty-six centimes each, into the hands of such person or persons as shall be authorised by the Government of the United States to receive it.
The first installment shall be paid at the expiration of one year next following the exchange of the ratifications of this convention, and the others at successive intervals of a year, one after another, till the whole shall be paid.
To the amount of each of the said instalments shall be added interest at four per cent, thereupon, as upon the other instalments then remaining unpaid; the said interest to be computed from the day of the exchange of the ratifications of the present convention.
Indemnity to French Government.
Payments.
La somme de vingt cinq millions de francs, stipulée ci-dessus, sera payée à Paris, en six termes annuels, de quatre millions cent soixante six mille six cent soixante six francs soixante six centimes, entre les mains de la personne ou des personnes que le Gouvernement des Etats Unis aura autorisées à la recevoir.
Le premier paiement aura lieu à l’expiration de l’année qui suivra l’échange des ratifications de la présente convention, et les autres paiemens s’effectueront successivement d’année en année jusqu’à parfait acquittement de la somme entière.
Au montant de chacun des paiemens annuels ainsi réglés, seront ajoutés les intérêts à quatre pour cent, tant du terme échu que des termes à échoir; ces intérêts seront calculés à partir du jour des ratifications de la présente convention.
hundred and fifty thousand francs; and the payment of each of the said instalments shall be effected by a reservation of so much out of the annual sums which the French Government is bound, by the second article above, to pay to the Government of the United States.
To the amount of each of these instalments shall be added interest at four per cent, upon the instalment then paid, as well as upon those still due; which payments of interest shall be effected by means of a reservation, similar to that already indicated for the payment of the principal. The said interest shall be computed from the day of the exchange of the ratifications of the present convention.
Other claims.
Reciprocal engagement to communicate documents, &c.
French wines.
The wines of France, from and after the exchange of the ratifications of the present convention, shall be admitted to consumption in the States of the Union at duties which shall not exceed the following rates, by the gallon, (such as it is used at present for wines in the United States,) to wit, six cents for red wines in casks; ten cents for white wines in casks; and twenty-two cents for wines of all sorts in bottles. The proportion existing between the duties on French wines thus reduced, and the general rates of the tariff which went into operation the first of January, 1829, shall be maintained, in case the Government of the United States should think proper to diminish those general rates in a new tariff.
In consideration of this stipulation, which shall be binding on the United States for ten years, the French Government abandons the reclamations Eighth article Louisiana cession treaty. which it had formed in relation to the 8th article of the treaty of cession of Louisiana. It engages, moreover, to establish on the long staple cottons of the United States, which, after the exchange of the ratifications of the present convention, shall be brought directly thence to France by the vessels of the United States, or by French vessels, the same duties as on short staple cottons.
Exchange of ratifications.
In faith of which, the respective plenipotentiaries have signed these articles, and thereto set their seals.
Done at Paris, the fourth day of the month of July, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-one.
francs, et le paiement de chacun de ces termes aura lieu au moyen d’une retenue de pareille somme que le Gouvernement Français exercera sur les versemens annuels qu’il s’est engagé par l’article 2 ci-dessus à effectuer entre les mains du Gouvernement des Etats Unis.
Au montant de chacun de ces termes seront ajoutés les intérêts à quatre pour cent tant du terme échu que des termes à échoir au moyen d’une retenue analogue à celle qui vient d’être indiquée pour le paiement du capital. Ces intérêts seront calculés à partir du jour des ratifications de la présente convention.
A partir de l’échange des ratifications de la présente convention les vins de France seront admis á la consommation dans les Etats de l’Union, à des droits qui ne pourront pas excéder par gallon, (tel qu’il est actuellement usité pour les vins aux Etats Unis,) savoir, six cents pour les vins rouges en futailles: dix cents pour les vins blancs en futailles; et vingt deux cents pour les vins de toutes sortes en bouteilles. Le rapport dans lequel les droits ainsi réduits sur les vins de France se trouvent avec les taxations générales du tarif mis en vigueur le 1er Janvier 1829, sera maintenu dans le cas où le Gouvernement des Etats Unis jugerait à propos de diminuer dans un nouveau tarif ces taxations générales.
Au moyen de cette stipulation qui demeurera obligatoire pour les Etats Unis pendant dix années, te Gouvernement Français abandonne les réclamations qu’il avait élevées relativement à l’exécution de l’article 8 du traité de cession de la Louisiane. Il s’engage en outre à établir sur les cotons longue soie des Etats Unis, qui à compter de l’échange des ratifications de la présente convention seront directement apportées de ce pays en France par navires des Etats Unis ou par navires Français, les mêmes droits que sur les cotons courte soie.
En foi de quoi, les plénipotentiaires respectifs l’ont signée et y ont apposé leurs cachets.
Fait à Paris, le quatrième jour du mois de Juillet, de l’année mil huit cent trente et un.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., April 39, 1834.
Ratifications exchanged at Washington, April, 29, 1834.
The United States of America, and the republic of Chile, desiring to make firm and lasting the friendship and good understanding which happily prevails between both nations, have resolved to fix, in a manner clear, distinct, and positive, the rules which shall in future be religiously. observed between the one and the other, by means of a treaty or general convention of peace and friendship, commerce and navigation.
For this most desirable object, the President of the United States of America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, has appointed, and conferred full powers on John Hamm, a citizen of said States, and their Chargé d’Affaires near the said republic; and his excellency the President of the republic of Chile has appointed Senor Don Andres Bello, a citizen of the said republic.
And the said plenipotentiaries, after having mutually produced and exchanged copies of their full powers, in due and proper form, have agreed upon and concluded the following articles, videlicet:
Peace and friendship.
Favors granted to other nations shall become common.
Exceptions.
Navigation and commerce.
The citizens of the United States of America may frequent all the coasts and countries of the republic of Chile, and reside and trade there, in all sorts of produce, manufactures, and merchandize, and shall pay no other or greater duties, charges, or fees, whatsoever, than the most favoured nation is or shall be obliged to pay; and they shall enjoy all the rights, privileges, and exemptions in navigation and commerce, which the most favored nation does or shall enjoy, submitting themselves, nevertheless, to the laws, decrees, and usages there established, and to which are submitted the citizens and subjects of the most favored nations.
In like manner the citizens of the republic of Chile may frequent all the coasts and countries of the United States of America, and resideCoasting trade excepted.
Merchants and others free to manage their own business.
Indemnification for embargo or detention.
Asylum secured.
Vessels, &c. captured by pirates, to be restored.
Protection in case of wreck.
Personal and real estate.
Protection to residents.
Security of conscience, &c.
Free ships to make free goods.
Proviso.
Neutral property on board enemy’s vessels liable to condemnation.
Exception.
Contraband articles.
All other articles free, except to blockaded ports.
Contraband articles not to condemn those not so.
Notice of blockade.
Regulation of visits at sea.
Sea letters or passports in case of war.
Vessels under convoy.
Prize courts.
No citizen of either party to enter the service of an enemy of the other.
In case of war between the parties.
Private and public debts sacred.
Public agents on the footing of those of the most favored nation.
Consuls, &c. to be admitted.
Consuls, &c. must exhibit their commissions.
Immunities of consuls, &c.
Deserters must be sent back within two months.
Consular convention to be formed.
Treaty to remain in force twelve years.
Individuals personally responsible for infringements.
Manner of procedure in case of infringement.
Existing treaties not to be affected.
The present treaty of peace, amity, commerce and navigation, shall To be ratified within nine months.
In faith whereof, we, the underwritten plenipotentiaries of the United States of America, and of the Republic of Chile, have signed, by virtue of our powers, the present treaty of peace, amity, commerce, and navigation, and have hereunto affixed our seals, respectively.
Done and concluded, in triplicate, in the city of Santiago, this sixteenth day of the month of May—in the year of our Lord Jesus Christ one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two; and in the fifty-sixth year of the independence of the United States of America, and the twenty-third of that of the Republic of Chile.
Ratified June 8, 1833.
Proclamation of the President of the United States, Aug. 27, 3833.
Agreement to pay U. S. for spoliations on American property.
To be paid in nine equal instalments.
Sua Maestà il Re del Regno delle Due Sicilie, Sua Eccelenza D. Antonio Maria Statella Principe di Cassaro, Marchese di Spaccaforno, Conte Statella, &c. &c.: ed il Governo degli Stati Uniti di America il Signor Giovanni Nelson, Suo Incaricato di Affari presso questa Real Corte; i quali dopo il cambio delle respettive loro Plenipotenze, e queste trovate in buona e debita forma hanno convenuto dei seguenti Articoli:
Ratifications to be exchanged within eight months.
In faith whereof the parties above named have respectively subscribed these articles, and thereto affixed their seals. Done at Naples on the 14th day of October one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two.
Dec. 6/18, 1832.
Ratifications exchanged, May 11, 1833.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., May 11, 1833.
In the name of the most Holy and Indivisible Trinity:
The United States of America, and his Majesty the Emperor of all the Russias, equally animated with the desire of maintaining the relations of good understanding, which have hitherto so happily subsisted between their respective States, and of extending and consolidating the commercial intercourse between them, have agreed to enter into negotiations for the conclusion of a treaty of navigation and commerce: For which purpose the President of the United States has conferred full powers on James Buchanan, their Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary near his Imperial Majesty; and his Majesty the Emperor of all the Russias has conferred like powers on the Sieur Charles Robert Count de Nesselrode, his Vice Chancellor, Knight of the Orders of Russia, and of many others, &c.: and the said Plenipotentiaries having exchanged their full powers, found in good and due form, have concluded and signed the following articles:—
Liberty of commerce and navigation.
Tonnage duties reciprocally on the footing of the most favored nation.
En fede di che, le Parti di sopra accennate, hanno rispettivamente firmato questi Articoli, e vi hanno apposto i loro suggelli,
Data in Napoli a di 14 di Ottobre mille ottocento trente due.
Au nom de la trés sainte et indivisible Trinité:
Les Etats Unis d’Amérique et Sa Majesté L’Empereur de toutes les Russies, également animés du désir de maintenir les rapports de bonne intelligence qui ont si heureusement subsisté jusqu’ici entre leurs Etats respectifs, et d’en étendre et consolider les relations commerciales, sont convenus d’entrer en négociation pour conclure un traité de commerce et de navigation: A cet effet, le Président des Etats Unis a muni de ses pleinspouvoirs le Sieur James Buchanan, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire des Etats Unis près Sa Majesté Impériale; et Sa Majesté L’Empereur de toutes les Russies a muni des mêmes pouvoirs, le Sieur Charles Robert Comte de Nesselrode, son Vice Chancelier, Chevalier des Ordres de Russie et de plusieurs autres, &c.: lesquels Plénipotentiaires, après avoir échangé leurs Pleinspouvoirs, trouvés en bonne et due forme, ont arrêté et signé les articles suivans:—
Merchandise imported in the vessels of either party, not to be subject to increased duties.
The same rule to obtain, whether arriving from their own or from foreign ports.
Merchandise which may be exported in national vessels, may be so in those of either party.
No higher duties shall be imposed than on the same articles from other countries.
All prohibitions shall be general.
Coasting trade excepted.
Consuls, &c. Their authority and privileges.
The two Contracting Parties shall have the liberty of having in their respective ports, Consuls, Vice Consuls, agents and commissaries, of their own appointment, who shall enjoy the same privileges and powers, as those of the most favored nations; but if any such Consul shall exercise commerce, they shall be submitted to the same laws and usages to which the private individuals of their nation are submitted, in the same place.
Consuls, &c. to judge and arbitrate in certain cases:
The Consuls, Vice Consuls, and commercial Agents, shall have the right, as such, to sit as judges and arbitrators in such differences as may arise between the captains and crews of the vessels belonging to the nation whose interests are committed to their charge, without the interference of the local authorities, unless the conduct of the crews, or of the captain, should disturb the order or the tranquillity of the country, or the said Consuls, Vice Consuls, or Commercial Agents should require their assistance to cause their decisions to be carried into effect or supported. It is, however, understood, that this species of judgment or arbitration shall not deprive the contending parties of the right they have to resort, on their return, to the judicial authority of their country.
Consuls, &c. may require the assistance of the local authorities to arrest deserters.
The said Consuls, Vice Consuls and Commercial Agents, are authorized to require the assistance of the local authorities, for the search, arrest, detention and imprisonment of the deserters from the ships of war and merchant vessels of their country. For this purpose they shall apply to the competent tribunals, judges and officers, and shall, in writing, demand said deserters, proving by the exhibition of the registers of the vessels, the rolls of the crews, or by other official documents, that such individuals formed part of the crews; and this reclamation being thus substantiated, the surrender shall not be refused.
Deserters to be sent hack within four months.
Such deserters, when arrested, shall be placed at the disposal of the said Consuls, Vice Consuls, or Commercial Agents, and may be confined in the public prisons, at the request and cost of those who shall claim them, in order to be detained until the time when they shall be restored to the vessels to which they belonged, or sent back to their own country by a vessel of the same nation or any other vessel whatsoever. But if not sent back within four months, from the day of their arrest, they shall be set at liberty, and shall not be again arrested for the same cause.
However, if the deserter should be found to have committed any crime or offence, his surrender may be delayed until the tribunal before which his case shall be depending, shall have pronounced its sentence, and such sentence-shall have been carried into effect.
Succession to personal estate, and disposal thereof.
Les deux Parties Contractantes auront la faculté, d’avoir dans leurs ports respectifs des Consuls, Vice Consuls, Agens et Commissaires de leur choix, qui jouiront des mêmes privilèges et pouvoirs dont jouissent ceux des nations les plus favorisées; mais dans le cas où les dits Consuls veulent faire le commerce, ils seront soumis aux mêmes lois et usages, auxquels sont soumis les particuliers de leur nation à l’endroit où ils resident.
Les Consuls, Vice Consuls et Agens Commerciaux auront le droit, comme tels, de servir de juges et d’arbitres dans les différends qui pour raient s’élever entre les capitaines et les équipages des bátimens de la nation, dont ils soignent les intérêts sans que les autorités locales puissent y intervenir, à moins que la conduite des équipages, ou du capitaine ne troublát l’ordre ou la tranquillité du pays, ou que les dits Consuls, Vice Consuls ou Agens Commerciaux, ne réquissent leur intervention pour faire exécuter ou maintenir leurs décisions; bien entendu que cette espèce de jugement ou d’arbitrage ne saurait pourtant priver les parties contendantes du droit qu’elles ont à leurs retour, de recourir aux autorités judiciaires de leur pays.
Les dits Consuls, Vice Consuls ou Agens Commerciaux sont autorisés à réquérir l’assistance des autorités locales pour la recherche, l’arrestation, la détention et l’ imprisonnement des déserteurs, des navires de guerre et marchands de leur pays, ils s’adresseront pour cet objet aux tribunaux, juges et officiers compétens, et réclameront par écrit, les déserteurs susmentionnés, prouvant par la communication des régistres de navires, ou rôles de l’équipage, ou par d’autres documens officiels, que de tels individus, ont fait partie des dits équipages, et cette réclamation ainsi prouvée, l’extradition ne sera point refusée.
De tels déserteurs, lorsqu’ils auront été arrêtés, seront mis à la dis position des dits Consuls, Vice Consuls ou Agens Commerciaux, et pourront être enfermés dans les prisons publiques, à la réquisition et aux frais de ceux qui les réclamant, pour être détenus jusqu’au moment, où ils seront rendus aux navires, auxquels ils appartenaient, ou renvoyés dans leur patrie par un bátiment de la même nation ou un autre bátiment quelconque. Mais s’ils ne sont pas renvoyés dans l’éspace de quatre mois, à compter du jour de leur arrestation, ils seront mis en liberté et ne seront plus arretés pour la même cause.
Toutefois, si le déserteur se trouvait avoir commis quelque crime ou délit, il pourra être sursis à son extradition jusqu’à ce que le tribunal nanti de l’affaire, aura fendu sa sentence, et que celle-ci ait reçu son exécution.
Favors granted to other nations shall become common.
Treaty to extend to Poland, and to continue in force until 1st January 1839.
Ratifications to be exchanged within twelve months.
In faith whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the present treaty, in duplicate, and affixed thereto the seal of their arras. Done at St. Petersburg the sixth eighteenth December, in the year of Grace one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two.
Certain special stipulations not to be invoked.
En foi de quoi, les Plénipotentiaires respectifs ont signé le présent traité en duplicata, et y ont apposé le cachet de leurs armes. Fait à Saint Petersbourg le six dixhult Décembre l’an de grace mil-huit centtrente-deux.
The present separate article shall have the same force and value as if it were inserted, word for word, in the treaty signed this day, and shall be ratified at the same time.
In faith whereof, we, the undersigned, by virtue of our respective full powers, have signed the present separate article, and affixed thereto the seals of our arms.
Done at Saint Petersburg, the sixth eighteenth December, in the year of Grace one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two.
Le présent article séparé aura la même force et valeur que s’il était inséré mot à mot dans le traité signé aujourd’hui, et sera ratifié en même temps.
En foi de quoi, nous, soussignés, en vertu de nos pleinspouvoirs respectifs, avons signé le présent article séparé, et y avons apposé le cachet de nos armes.
Fait à Saint Pétersbourg le six dixhuit Décembre, l’an de Grace mil-huit-cent-trente-deux.
Proclamation of the President of the U.S., June 24, 1837.
Ratifications exchanged at Bankok, April 14, 1836.
His Majesty the Sovereign and Magnificent King, in the City of Sia-Yut'hia, has appointed the Chau Phaya-Phra-klang, one of the first Ministers of State, to treat with Edmund Roberts, Minister of the United States of America, who has been sent by the Government thereof, on its behalf, to form a treaty of sincere friendship and entire good faith between the two nations. For this purpose, the Siamese and the citizens of Ute United States of America shall, with sincerity, hold commercial intercourse in the ports of their respective nations as long as Heaven and Earth shall endure.
Treaty concluded March 20, 1833.
This treaty is concluded on Wednesday, the last of the fourth month of the year 1194, called Pi-marông-chat-tava-sôk, (or the year of the Dragon,) corresponding to the twentieth day of March, in the year of our Lord 1833. One original is written in Siamese, the other in English; but as the Siamese are ignorant of English, and the Americans of Siamese, a Portuguese and a Chinese translation are annexed, to serve as testimony to the contents of the treaty. The writing is of the same tenor and date in all the languages aforesaid; It is signed, on the one part, with the name of the Chau P’haya P’hra-klang, and sealed with the seal of the lotus flower, of glass; on the other part, it is signed with the name of Edmund Roberts, and sealed with a seal containing an eagle and stars.
Siam will ratify the treaty if the U. S. do.
One copy will be kept in Siam, and another will be taken by Edmund Roberts to the United States. If the Government of the United States shall ratify the said treaty, and attach the seal of the Government, then Siam will also ratify it on its part, and attach the seal of its Government.
Perpetual peace.
Citizens of U. S. at liberty to enter the ports of Siam with their cargoes, &c.
Proviso.
Duties payable by vessels of the U. S.
No duties payable by vessels entering to refit, &c.
Diminution of duties.
Assistance in case of wreck.
Settlement of debts contracted in Siam.
Merchants of U. S. to rent the king’s factories, &c.
Citizens of the U. S. taken by pirates to be set at liberty, &c.
Merchants of U. S. to respect the laws, &c.
Appointment of consuls.
Now know ye, that I, Edmund Roberts, envoy as aforesaid, do conclude the foregoing treaty of amity and commerce, and every article Final ratification reserved to the President, &c.
Done at the royal city of Sia-Yut’hia, (commonly called Bankok,) on the twentieth day of March, in, the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-three, and of the independence of the United States of America the fifty-seventh.
Proclamation of the President of the U.S., April 29, 1834.
Foregoing treaty to be carried into effect, although, &c.
Stipulation of the 2d article, how to be understood.
Explanatory provisions relating to the 10th article.
Slaves not to be comprehended in the 29th article.
Ratifications to be exchanged within eight months.
This additional and explanatory convention, upon its being duly ratified by the President of the United States of America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, and by the President of the Republick of Chile, with the consent and approbation of the Congress of the same, and the respective ratifications mutually exchanged, shall be added to, and make a part of, the treaty of peace, amity, commerce and navigation, between the United States of America and the Republick of Chile, signed on the said 10th day of May, 1832, having the same force and effect as if it had been inserted word for word in the aforesaid treaty.
In faith whereof, we, the undersigned plenipotentiaries of the United States of America and the Republick of Chile, have signed by virtue of our powers, the aforesaid additional and explanatory convention, and have caused to be affixed our hands and seals, respectively.
Done in the city of Santiago this 1st day of September 1833;—and in the 58th year of the independence of the United States of America, and the 24th of the Republick of Chile.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., June 24, 1837.
Perpetual peace.
Citizens of U. S. may enter all the ports of the Sultan with their cargoes, &c.
Duties payable by vessels of the U. S.
Americans to pay no other duties, &c.
Assistance to shipwrecked vessels of U.S.
American merchants residing in ports of the Sultan, not to be taxed.
Citizens of U. S. taken by pirates to be set at liberty, &c.
Vessels of the Sultan to pay no higher duties in U. S., &c.
President of U. S. may appoint consuls, &c. Their duties, &c.
Concluded, signed, and sealed at the Royal Palace, in the city of Muscat, in the kingdom of Aman, the twenty-first day of September, in the year one thousand eight hundred and thirty-three of the Christian era, and the fifty-seventh year of the Independence of the United States of America, corresponding to the sixth day of the moon, called lamada Alawel, in the year of the Allhajra (Hegira) one thousand two hundred and forty-nine.
Now, know ye, that I, Edmund Roberts, special agent as aforesaid, do conclude the foregoing treaty of amity and commerce, and every article and clause therein contained, reserving the same nevertheless for Final ratification reserved for President U. S.
Done at the Royal Palace, in the City of Muscat, in the Kingdom of Aman, on the twenty-first day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-three, and of the Independence of the United States of America the fifty-seventh, corresponding to the sixth day of the moon, called lamada Alawel, in the year of Allhajra (Hegira) one thousand two hundred and forty-nine.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., Nov. 1, 1834.
Ratifications exchanged at Madrid, Aug. 14, 1834.
Agreement by Spain to indemnify U. S.
The interest to be paid in Paris half-yearly.
All claims cancelled prior to the date of this convention.
List of claims to be delivered to the Minister of Spain.
Ratifications to be exchanged in six months.
In witness whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed these articles, and affixed thereto their seals.
Done in Triplicate at Madrid, this seventeenth day of February, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-four.
In witness whereof we, the undersigned Plenipotentiaries of Her Catholic Majesty the Queen of Spain and of the United States of America, have signed this model, and have affixed thereunto our seals.
Done at Madrid, this day of
En fe de lo cual, los respectivos plenipotenciarios lo han firmado, y sellado con el sello de sus armas.
Fecho por triplicado en Madrid, a diez y siete de Febrero de mil ochocientos treinta y cuatro.
En fé de lo cual, Nos los abajo firmados Plenipotenciarios de S. M. Catolica la Reyna de España, y de los Estados Unidos de America, hemos firmado la presente formula, y hemos puesto en ella, el séllo de nuestras armas.
Fecho en Madrid a de de
Ratified April 20, 1836.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., April 21, 1836.
Ante, p. 372.
Commission, era and surveyors to be appointed to run the boundary line.
Within the space of one year, to be estimated from the date of the exchange of the ratifications of this said additional article, there shall be appointed by the Government of the United States of America and of the Mexican United States, each a commissioner and surveyor, for the purpose of fixing with more precision the dividing line, and for establishing the land marks of boundary and limits between the two nations, with the exactness stipulated by the third article of the Treaty of Limits, concluded and signed in Mexico on the 12th day of January, 1828, and the ratifications of which were exchanged in Washington city on the 5th day of April, 1832. And the present additional article shall have the same force and effect as if it had been inserted word for word in the above mentioned treaty of the 12th of January, 1828, and shall be ap proved and ratified in the manner prescribed by the constitutions of the respective States.
Se prorroga por el espacio de un año contado desde la fecha del cange de las ratificaciones del presente articulo adicional, el termino que para el nombramiento de los comisarios y geometras encargados por los Gobiernos de Megico y de Washington de fijar con mas precision la linea divisoria y establecer los mojones que señalen con ecsactitud los limites de ambas naciones, estableció el articulo 3° del Tratado de Limites concluido y firmado en Megico a los 12 dias del Mes de Enero de 1828, y cuyas ratificaciones fueron cangeadas en la Ciudad de Washington los 5 dias del Mes de Abril de 1832. El presente 2° articulo adicional tendra la misma fuerza y valor que si hubiese insertado palabra por palabra en el Tratado mencionado de 12 de Enero de 1828, y será aprobado y ratificado en los terminos que establecen las Constituciones de los respectivos Estados.
In faith of which the said Plenipotentiaries have hereunto set their hands and affixed their respective seals.
Done in the city of Mexico on the 3d day of April, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-five, in the fifty-ninth year of the Independence of the United States of America, and of the fifteenth of that of the United Mexican States.
En fée de lo cual los referidos Plenipotenciarios lo hemos firmado y sellado con nuestros sellos respectives. Fecho en Megico á los tres dias del Mes de Abril de mil ocho cientos treinta y cinco, decimo quinto de la Independencia de los Estados Unidos Megicanos y quincuagesimo noveno de la de los Estados Unidos de America.
Ratifications exchanged, May 31, 1836.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., June 20, 1836.
Negotiators.
Peace and friendship.
Favors of commerce to be common to both parties.
Mutual benefits in trade and residence to be enjoyed.
Equalization of duties on vessels and their cargoes.
Characteristics of a Venezuelan vessel.
Importations and exportations to be on a reciprocal footing.
Citizens of both nations to be on a footing of equality, &c.
No embargo without allowing indemnification.
Citizens to be treated as friends in cases of compulsory resort, &c.
Captures by pirates.
Protection in case of wreck.
Power to dispose of property within the jurisdiction of the contracting parties.
Protection to persons and property.
Liberty of conscience, and rites of worship, &c. secured.
Both parties at liberty to trade with those at enmity with either, &c.
Free ships to make free goods.
Los ciudadanos de la Republica de Venezuela residentes en los territorios de los Estados Unidos, gozarán una perfects é ilimitada libertad de conciencia, sin ser molestados, inquiet ados ni perturbados por su creencia religiosa. Ni serán molestados, inquietados ó perturbados en el ejercicio de su religion en casas privadas, en las capillas ó lugares de adoracion designados al efecto, con el decoro debido á la divinidad, y respeto á las ley es, usos y costumbres del pais. Tambien tendrán libertad para enterrar los ciudadanos de Venezuela que mueran en los territorios de los Estados Unidos, en los lugares convenientes y adecuados, designados y establecidos por ellos con acuerdode las autoridades locales, ó en los lugares de sepultura que elijan los amigos de los muertos; y los funerales y sepulcros no serán trastornados de modo alguno ni por ningun motivo.
De la misma manera los ciudadanos de los Estados Unidos gozarán endos territorios de la Republica de Venezuela perfecta é ilimitada libertad de conciencia, y ejercerán su religion publica ó privadamente en sus mismas habitaciones, ó en las capillas y lugares de adoracion designados al efecto, de conformidad con las leyes, usos y costumbres de la Republica de Venezuela.
Free ships to make free persons.
Proviso.
Enemy’s property, to be protected by a neutral flag, must be shipped, when.
Contraband specified.
Goods not contraband.
Contraband only, liable to confiscation.
Notice of blockade.
Vessels entering before blockade, may quit unmolested.
Examination of vessels at sea.
One of the parties being engaged in war, vessels of the other to be provided with sea letters, &c.
Visiting regulations to apply only to vessels without convoy.
Prize courts only to try prize causes.
The neutral party not to accept a commission to cruise against the other.
In case of war between the parties.
No sequestration of money in bank, &c.
Official intercourse.
Each party lo have consuls, &c. in each other’s ports.
Consuls, &c. must exhibit their commissions.
Immunities of consuls, &c.
May require the aid of the civil authorities to arrest deserters.
Deserters must be sent back within two months.
Consular convention to be formed.
The following points agreed to.
Treaty to remain in force twelve years.
Individuals personally responsible for infringements.
War not to be declared until remonstrance is made, and satisfaction refused.
Existing treaties not to be affected.
To be ratified within eight months.
The present treaty of peace, amity, commerce, and navigation, shall be approved and ratified by the President of the United States of America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, and by the President of the Republic of Venezuela, with the consent and ap probation of the Congress of the same; and the ratifications shall be exchanged in the city of Caracas, within eight months, to be counted from the date of the signature hereof, or sooner if possible.
In faith whereof, we, the plenipotentiaries of the United States of America and of the Republic of Venezuela, have signed and sealed these presents.
Done in the city of Caracas, on the twentieth day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-six, and in the sixtieth year of the Independence of the United States of America, and the twenty-sixth of that of the Republic of Venezuela.
El présente Tratado de Paz, Amistad, Comercio, y navigacion sera ratificado por el Présidente ó Vice Présidente de la Republica de Venezuela, encargado del Poder Executivo, con consentimiento y aprobacion del Congreso de la misma, y por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de America, con consejo y aprobacion del Sen ado de los mismos; y las ratificaciones serán cangeadas en la ciudad de Caracas dentro de ocho meses contados desde este dia, ó antes si fuere posible.
En fé de lo cual, nosotros los plenipotenciarios de la Republica de Venezuela y de los Estados Unidos de America, hemos firmado y sell ado las presentes.
Dadas en la ciudad de Caracas, el dia veinte de Enero, del año del Señor, mil ochocientos treinta y seis, Vigesimosexto de la independencia de Venezuela, y sexâgesimo de la de los Estados Unidos de America.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., Jan. 30, 1837.
In the name of God, the merciful and element!
This is the copy of the Treaty of Peace which we have made with the Americana and written in this book; affixing thereto our blessed seal, that, with the help of God, it may remain firm forever.
Written at Meccanez, the city of Olives, on the 3d day of the month Jumad el lahhar, in the year of the Hegira 1252. • (Corresponding to Sept. 16. A. D. 1836.)
Mutual agreement of the parties to the treaty.
Neither party to lake commissions from an enemy.
Persons, &c. of one party, captured in an enemy’s vessel, to be released.
Vessels to have passports.
Visit of vessels at sea.
American citizens and effects to be restored.
Vessels in port to be supplied.
No duty in case of vessels putting in to repair.
Stranded vessels to be protected.
Vessels engaged within gunshot of forts to be protected.
Enemy’s vessels not allowed to follow for 24 hours.
Ships of war not to be examined in port.
Salutes to be returned.
American commerce on the most favored footing.
Employment of interpreters, &c.
Exchange of prisoners.
No compulsion in buying or selling.
No examination of goods on board, except, &c.
No detention of vessels.
Disputes between Americans, &c. to be decided by the consul, &c.
Killing, &c. punishable by the law of the country.
Persons dying intestate; care of their effects.
Residence of consul. [It is generally at Tangier.]
No appeal to arms until refusal of friendly arrangement.
In case of war, nine months allowed to settle affair a, &c.
Treaty to last fifty years, &c.
Be it known. Whereas the undersigned, James R. Leib, a citizen of the United States of North America, and now their resident consul at Tangier, having been duly appointed commissioner, by letters patent, under the signature of the President and seal of the United States of North America, bearing date, at the city of Washington, the 4th day of July A. D. 1835, for negotiating and concluding a treaty of peace and friendship between the United States of North America and the Empire of Morocco; I, therefore, James R. Leib, Commissioner as aforesaid, do conclude the foregoing treaty and every article and clause therein contained; reserving the same, nevertheless, for the final ratification Final ratification reserved for President U. S.
In testimony whereof, I have hereunto affixed my signature, and the seal of this consulate, on the 1st day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-six, and of the Independence of the United States the sixty-first.
Ratifications exchanged. May 28, 1838.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., Oct. 3, 1838. Peace and friendship.
For this desirable purpose, the President of the United States of Negotiators. Full powers exchanged.
Firm and inviolable peace.
Favors granted to other nations shall become common.
Citizens placed on the footing of the most favored nation, with regard to commerce and navigation.
Coasting trade excepted.
Merchants and others free to manage their own business. Citizens of neither liable to any embargo, &c.
Protection to citizens of either party seeking refuge in the dominions of the other.
Vessels, &c. captured by pirates, to be restored.
Assistance in case of wreck.
The citizens of each of the contracting parties shall have power to Power to dispose of personal effects. Real estate.
Protection to persons and property.
No rights of citizens to be withdrawn, until, &c.
Liberty of conscience secured.
Rites of burial.
Citizens of both parties at liberty to trade with the enemies of either, &c. Free ships to make free goods, contraband of war excepted. All persons on board a free ship to he free, except, &c. Proviso.
Qualification of the principio as to neutral properly.
This liberty of navigation and commerce shall extend to all kinds of Liberty of commerce and navigation to extend to all goods except contraband. Contraband specified.
All other merchandise and things not comprehended in the articles All kinds of merchandise, except contraband, free.
The articles of contraband, of those before enumerated and classified, Contraband goods only, liable to confiscation. Vessels not to be detained, unless, &c.
And whereas it frequently happens that vessels sail for a port or place Notice of blockade. Free egress allowed in certain cases. Vessels not to be permitted to depart with a cargo taken on board during the blockade.
Regulation of visits at sea.
In case of war, vessels to be provided with sea-letters. If not so provided, may be adjudged lawful prize.
And it is further agreed, that the stipulations above expressed, relative Vessels under convoy not subject to examination.
It is moreover agreed, that, in all cases, the established courts for Prize courts only to lake cognizance of prizes.
Whenever one of the contracting parties shall be engaged in war with Citizens of neither party to engage in privateering against the other.
If, at any time, a rupture should take place between the two contracting In the event of war between the parlies, citizens may remain, &c. If suspected of malpractices, and ordered to depart, time allowed, &c. Exceptions.
Neither the debts due from individuals of the one nation, to the individuals Property of cilizens not to be sequestered
Immunities of public agents.
Consuls admitted into all porta open to foreign commerce, except &c.
Consuls to exhibit their commissions, &c.
Privileges of consuls, &c. Consular archives to be inviolable.
Consuls, &c. may require the assistance of the local authorities to arrest deserters. Deserters, how to be disposed of.
For the purpose of more effectually protecting their commerce and Consular convention to be formed.
The United States of America, and the Peru-Bolivian Confederation, Points agreed to.
Duration of the treaty.
Citizens personally respon Bible for violations of this treaty.
War not to be declared until redress has been demanded, &c.
Nothing in this treaty contained shall, however, be construed Other treaties not to be affected by this.
Ratifications to be exchanged within eighteen months.
In faith whereof, we, the plenipotentiaries of the United States of America, and the Peru-Bolivian Confederation, have signed and sealed these presents.
Done in the city of Lima, on the thirtieth day of November, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-six.
Ratifications exchanged.
June 13, 1838. 25 Proclamation of the President of the U. S., Aug. 30, 1838. Desire to maintain good understanding, &c. Negotiators.
The citizens and subjects of each of the two high contracting parties, Ports, &c. of each party, open to the other. Citizens of each party at liberty to reside in the territories of the other.
Tonnage duties, &c.
Les citoyens et sujets de chacune des deux hautes parties contractantes, pourront avec toute sureté pour leurs personnes, vaisseaux et cargaisons, aborder librement dans les ports, places, et rivières, des territoires de l’autre, partout où le commerce étranger est permis, ils pourront s’y arrêter et résider dans quelque partie que ce soit, des dits territoires; y louer et occuper des maisons et des magazins pour leur commerce, et jouiront généralement de la plus entière sécurité et protection pour les affaires de leur négoce, à charge de se soumettre aux lois et ordonnances des pays respectifs.
Les batimens Grecs qui arriveront sur leur lest, ou chargés dans les ports des Etats Unis d’Amérique, de quelque lieu qu’ils viennent, seront traités à leur entrée, pendant leur séjour, et à leur sortie, sur le même pied que les batimens nationaux venant de même lieu, par rapport aux droits de tonnage, de fanaux, de pilotage et de port, ainsi qu’aux vacations des officiers publics, et à tout autre droit ou charge, de quelque espèce ou dénomination que ce soit, perçus au nom ou au profit du Gouvernement, des administrations locales, ou d’establissements particuliers quelconques.
Et réciproquement les batimens des Etats Unis d’Amerique qui arriveront sur leur lest ou chargés dans les ports du Royaume de la Grèce, de quelque lieu qu’ils viennent, seront traités à leur entrée, pendant leur séjour, et à leur sortie, sur le même pied que les batimens nationaux venant du même lieu, par rapport aux droits de tonnage, de fanaux, de pilotage, et de port, ainsi qu’aux vacations des officiers publics, et à
duties or charges, of whatever kind or denomination, levied in the name, or to the profit of the Government, the local authorities, or of any private establishments whatsoever.
Vessels of U. S. may import into Greece whatever Greek vessels may, &c.
Reciprocal as to Greek vessels.
Vessels of U. S. may export from Greece whatever Greek vessels may, &c.
Reciprocal as to Greek vessels in U. S.
Coasting trade excepted.
Neither party to grant any preference in ire purchases, &c.
No other or higher duties to be imposed, except, &c.
tout autre droit ou charge de quelque espèce ou denomination que ce soit, perçus au nom, ou au profit du Gouvernement, des administrations locales, ou d’etablissemens particuliers quelconques.
Tout ce qui pourra légalement être importe dans les Etats Unis d’Amérique, par batimens des dits Etats pourra également y etre importé par batimens Grecs, de quelque lieu qu’ils viennent, sans payer d’autres ou plus hauts droits ou charges de quelque espèce ou dénomination que ce soit, perçus au nom, ou au profit du Gouvernement, des administrations locales, ou d’établissemens particuliers quelconques, que si l’importation avait lieu en batimens nationaux.
Et réciproquement tout ce qui pourra légalement être importé dans le Royaume de la Grèce par batimens Grecs, pourra légalement y être importé par batimens des Etats Unis d’Amérique de quelque lieu qu’ils viennent, sans payer d’autres ou plus hauts droits ou charges, de quelque espèce ou dénomination que ce soit, perçus au nom ou au profit du Gouvernement, des administrations locales, ou d’établissemens particuliers quelconques, que si l’importation avait lieu en batimens nationaux.
Tout ce qui pourra légalement être exporté des Etats Unis d’Amérique par batimens des dits Etats, pourra également en être exporté par batimens Grecs, sans payer d’autres ou plus haut droits ou charge de quelque espèce ou dénomination que ce soit perçus au nom ou au profit du Gouvernment, des administrations locales, ou d’établissemens particuliers quelconques, que si l’exportation avait lieu en batimens nationaux.
Et réciproquement, tout ce qui pourra légalement être exporté du Royaume de la Grèce par batimens Grecs, pourra également en être exporté par batimens des Etats Unis d’Amérique, sans payer d’autres ou plus hauts droits ou charges de quelque espèce ou dénomination que ce soit, perçus ou nom ou au profit du Gouvernement; des administrations locales, ou d’etablissments particuliers quelconques, que si l’exportation avait lieu en batimens nationaux.
Il est expressément entendu que les articles précédens, deux, trois et quatre, ne sont point applicables à la navigation de côte, ou de cabotage d’un port des Etats Unis d’Amérique à un autre port des dits Etats, ni à la navigation d’un port du Royaume de la Grèce à un autre port du même Royaume, navigation que chacune des deux hautes parties contractantes se réserve.
Chacune des deux hautes parties contractantes s’engage à ne donner dans ses achats, ou dans ceux qui seraient faits par des compagnies ou des agens agissant en son nom, ou sous son autorité aucune préférence aux importations faites parses batimens, ou par ceux d’une nation tierce, sur celle faites dans les batimens de l’autre partie contractante.
Les deux hautes parties contractantes s’engagent à ne pas établir sur la navigation entre leurs territoires respectifs, par les batimens de l’une ou de l’autre des droits de tonnage ou autres de quelque espèce ou dénomination que ce soit, plus hauts ou autres que ceux qui seront établis sur toute autre navigation, excepté celle qu’elles se sont respectivement reservée par l’article cinque du présent traité.
No prohibition, &c. to be established in U. S. on the products of Greece, unless, &c.
Same as to Greece.
All privileges of transit, &c. to become common.
Vessels entering the ports of either party, but not wishing to unload, may depart. Custom-house regulations, &c. to which they must conform.
Vessels unloading part of their cargo, may depart without paying duties on the remainder.
Duties chargeable on the vessels, where to be paid.
Il ne pourra pas être établi dans les Etats Unis d’Amerique, sur les productions du sol ou de l’industrie de la Grèce, aucune prohibition ou restriction d’importation ou d’exportation, ni aucuns droits de quelque espèce ou dénomination que ce soit, qu’autant que ces prohibitions, ces restrictions, et ces droits seraient également établis sur les objets de même nature provenant de toute autre contrée.
Et réciproquement, il ne pourra pas être établi dans le Royaume de la Grèce, sur les productions du sol ou de l’industrie des Etats Unis d’Amerique aucune prohibition ou restriction d’importation ou d’exportation, ni aucuns droits, de quelque espèce ou dénomination que ce soit, qu’autant que ces prohibitions, ces restrictions et ces droits, seraient également établis sur les objets de même nature, provenant de toute autre contrée.
Toute faculté d’entrepôt et toute primes et remboursemens de droits qui seraient accordés dans les territoires d’une des hautes parties contractantes, à l’importation ou à l’exportation de quelque objet que ce soit, seront également accordés aux objets de même nature, produits du sol ou de l’industrie de l’autre partie contractante, et aux importations et exportations faites*dans ses batimens.
Les citoyens ou sujets de l’une des hautes parties contractantes arrivant avec leurs batimens á l’une des côtes appartenants à l’autre, mais ne voulant pas entrer dans le port, ou, après y être entrés, ne voulant décharger aucune partie de leur cargaison, auront la liberté de partir et de poursuivre leur voyage, sans payer d’autres droits, impôts ou charges quelconques, pour le batiment ou la cargaison que les droits de pilotage, de quayage, et d’entretien de fanaux quand ces droits sont perçus sur les batimens nationaux dans les mêmes cas. Bien entendu, cependant qu’ils se conformeront toujours aux réglemens et ordonnances concernant la navigation et les places ou ports dans les quels ils pourront aborder, qui sont, ou seront en vigueur pour les batimens nationaux, et qu’il sera permis aux officiers des douanes de les visiter, de rester à bord, et de prendre telles précautions qui pourraient être necessaires pour prévenir toute commerce illicite, pendant que les batimens resteront dans l’enceinte de leur jurisdiction.
Il est aussi convenu que les batimens de l’une des hautes parties contractantes, étant entrés dans les ports de l’autre pourront se borner à ne décharger qu’une partie de leur cargaison, selon que le capitaine ou proprietaire le désirera, et qu’ils pourront s’en aller librement avec le reste, sans payer de droits, impôts ou charges quelconques, que pour la partie qui aura été raise il terre, et qui sera marquée et biffeé sur le manifeste, qui contiendra l’énumération des effets dont le batiment était chargé, lequel manifeste devra être présenté en entier à la douane du lieu, où le batiment aura abordé. Il ne sera rien payé pour la partie de la cargaison que le batiment remportera et avec laquelle il pourra continuer sa route pour un ou plusieurs autres ports du même pays, et y disposer du reste de sa cargaison, si elle est composée d’objets dont l’importation est permise, en payant les droits qui y sont applicables, ou bien il pourra s’en aller dans tout autre pays. Il est cependant entendu que les droits, impôts ou charges quelconques, qui sont ou seront payables pour les batimens mêmes, doivent être acquittés au premier port où ils rompraient le chargement ou en déchargeraient une partie, mais
shall break bulk, or unlade part of their cargoes; but that no duties, imposts, or charges of the same description snail be demanded anew in the ports of the same country, which such vessels might afterwards wish to enter, unless national vessels be in similar cases, subject to some ulterior duties.
Consuls, &c. Their authority and privileges. Archives, &c. of consulates exempt from search.
Consuls, &c. to judge and arbitrate in certain cases.
Consuls, &c. may require the assistance of the local authorities for the arrest of deserters. Deserters, when arrested, how to be disposed of.
If a deserter should be guilty of any crime, &c.
qu’aucuns droits, impôts, ou charges pareils, ne seront démandés de nouveau, dans les ports du même pays, ou les dits batimens pourraient vouloir entrer, après, à moins que les batimens nationaux ne soient sujets à quelques droits ultérieurs dans le même cas.
Chacune des hautes parties contractantes, accorde à l’autre la faculté d’entretenir dans ses ports et places de commerce, des Consuls, Vice Consuls, ou Agens de commerce, qui jouiront de toute la protection, et reçevront toute l’assistance necessaire pour remplir duement leur fonctions; mais il est expressément déclaré que dans le cas d’une conduite illégale ou impropre envers les lois ou le Gouvernement du pays dans lequel les dits Consuls, Vice Consuls, ou Agens de commerce résideraient, ils pourront être poursuivis et punis conformément aux lois, et privés de l’exercise de leurs fonctions, par le Gouvernement offensé, qui fera connoitre à l’autre ses motifs pour avoir agi ainsi, bien entendu, cependant, que les archives et documens relatifs aux affaires du consulat seront à l’abri de toute recherche, et devront être soigneusement conservés sous le scellé des Consuls, Vice Consuls, ou Agens commerciaux, et de l’autorité de l’endroit ou ils résideraient.
Les Consuls, Vice Consuls, et Agens commerciaux, ou ceux qui seraient duement autorisés à les suppléer, auront le droit comme tels de servir de juges et d’arbitres dans les differens qui pourraient s’élever entre les capitaines et les équipages des batimens de la nation dont ils soignent les intérêts, sans que les autorités locales puissent y entrevenir, à moins que la conduite des équipages ou du capitaine ne troublat l’ordre ou la tranquilité du pays, ou que les dits Consuls, Vice Consuls ou Agens commerciaux ne requissent leur intervention pour faire exécuter ou maintenir leurs décisions. Bien entendu que cette espèce de jugement ou d’arbitrage ne saurait pourtant priver les parties contondants du droit qu’elles ont à leur retour de recourir aux autorités judiciaires de leur patrie.
Les dits Consuls, Vice Consuls, ou Agens commerciaux seront autorisés à réquérir l’assistance des autorités locales pour l’arrestation, la détention, et l’emprisonnement de déserteurs des navires de guerre et marchands de leur pays, et ils s’adresseront pour cet objet aux tribunaux, juges, et officiers compétens et réclameront par écrit les déserteurs sus mentionnés, en prouvant par la communication des registres des navires, ou rôles de l’equipage, ou par d’autres documens officiels que de tels individus ont fait partie des dits équipages, et cette reclamation ainsi prouvée, l’extradition ne sera point refusée.
De tels déserteurs, lorsqu’ils auront été arrêtés, seront mis à la disposition des dits Consuls, Vice Consuls, ou Agens commerciaux, et pourront être enfermés dans les prisons publiques à la réquisition et aux frais de ceux que les reclament, pour être envoyés aux navires aux quels ils appartenaient ou à d’autres de la même nation. Mais s’ils ne sont pas renvoyés dans l’espace de deux mois, à compter du jour de leur arrestation, ils seront mis en liberté, et ne seront plus arrêtés pour la même cause.
Il est entendu toute fois que si le déserteur se trouvoit avoir commis quelque crime ou délit, il pourra être sursis à son extradition jusqu’à ce que le tribunal nanti de l’affaire, aura rendu sa sentence, et que celle-ci ait reçu son exécution.
Assistance to shipwrecked vessels, &c.
Quarantine.
Merchant vessels attempting to enter a blockaded port, &c.
Duration of the treaty.
Dans le cas où quelque batiment de l’une des hautes parties contractantes aura échoué, fait naufrage ou souffert quelque autre dommage sur les côtes de la domination de l’autre, il sera donné tout aide et assistance aux personnes naufragées ou qui se trouveraient en danger, et il leur sera accordé des passeports pour retourner dans leur patrie. Les batimens et les marchandises naufragés, ou leurs produits s’ils ont été vendus, seront restituées à leurs propriétaires ou ayant cause, s’ils sont réclamés dans l’an et jour, en payant les frais de sauvetage que payeroierit les batimens nationaux dans les mêmes cas, et les compagnies de sauvetage ne pourront faire accepter leurs services, que dans les mêmes cas, et après les mêmes délais qui seraient accordés aux capitaines et aux équipages nationaux. Les Gouvernmens respectifs veilleront d’ailleurs à ce que ces compagnies ne se permettent point de vexations ou d’actes arbitraires.
Il est convenu que les batimens qui arriveront directement des Etats Unis d’Amérique, à un port de la domination de Sa Majesté le Roi de la Grece, ou du Royaume de la Grèce à un port des Etats Unis d’Amérique, et qui seroient pourvus d’un certificat de santé donné par l’officier compétent à cet égard du port d’où les batimens sont sortis, et assurant qu’aucune maladie maligne ou contagieuse n’existait dans ce port, ne seront soumis à aucune autre quarantaine que celle qui sera nécessaire pour la visite de l’officier de santé du port où les batimens seroient arrivés, après la quelle il sera permis à ces batimens d’entrer immédiatement et de décharger leurs cargaisons; bien entendu, toute fois, qu’il n’y ait eu personne à leur bord qui ait été attaqué pendant le voyage d’une maladie maligne, ou contagieuse; que les batimens n’aient point communiqué dans leur traversée avec un batiment qui serait lui même dans le cas de subir une quarantaine, et que la contrée d’où ils viendraient ne fut pas a cette époque si généralement infectée ou suspectée qu’on ait rendu avant leur arrivée, une ordonnance d’après la quelle tous les batimens venant de cette contrée seraient régardés comme suspects, et, en conséquence, assujettis à une quarantaine.
Vû l’éloignement des pays respectifs des deux hautes parties contractantes, et l’incertitude qui en resuite sur les divers événemens qui peuvent avoir lieu, il est convenu qu’un batiment marchand appartenant il l’une d’elles qui se trouverait destiné pour un port supposé bloqué au moment du départ de ce batiment, ne sera cependant pas capturé ou condamné pour avoir essaye une prémière fois d’entrer dans le dit port, à moins qu’il ne puisse être prouvé que le dit batiment avait pu et du apprendre en route que l’Etat de blocus de la place en question durait encore; mais les batimens qui après avoir été renvoyés une fois essayeraient, pendant le même voyage d’entrer une seconde fois dans le même port bloqué, durant la continuation de ce blocus se trouveront alors sujet à être détenus et condamnés.
Le présent traité sera en vigueur pendant dix années à partir du jour de l’échange des ratifications; et si avant l’expiration des neufs premières années l’une ou l’autre des Hautes Parties Contractantes n’avait pas annoncée à l’autre, par une notification officielle, son intention d’en
arrest the operation of said treaty, it shall remain binding for one year beyond that time, and so on, until the expiration of the twelve months which will follow a similar notification, whatever the time at which it may take place.
Ratifications to be exchanged in 12 months.
In faith whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries of the high con-tracting parties, have signed the present treaty, both in English and French, and have affixed thereto their seals.
Done in duplicate at London, the of December, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-seven.
faire cesser l’effet, ce traité restera obligatoire une année au dela, et ainsi de suite jusqu’à l’expiration des douze mois, qui suivront une semblable notification à quelqu’époque qu’elle ait lieu.
Le présent traité sera ratifié par le Président des Etats Unis d’Amérique, par et avec l’avis et le consentement du Sénat, et par sa Majesté le Roi de la Grèce, et les ratifications en seront échangées à Londres dans l’espace de douze mois, ou ploutôt, si faire se peut.
En foi de quoi les Plénipotentiaires respectifs des deux hautes parties contractantes ont signé le présent traité en Anglais et Français, et y ont apposé leurs scéaux.
Fait en duplicate à Londres le de Décembre, l’an de Grâce mil huit cent trente sept.
Ratifications exchanged, July 6, 1838.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., July 6, 1838.
Texas agrees to indemnify U. S.
Payment of said indemnity.
Ratifications to be exchanged within three months.
In faith whereof, the parties above named have respectively subscribed these articles, and thereto affixed their seals.
Done at the city of Houston, on the eleventh day of the month of April, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-eight.
Ratifications exchanged, Oct. 12, 1838.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., Oct. 13, 1838.
Commissioner and surveyor to be appointed, to run i he boundary line.
Each party to exercise jurisdiction until the line is marked.
Ratifications to be exchanged within six months.
In witness whereof, we, the respective plenipotentiaries have signed the same, and have hereunto affixed our respective seals. Done at Washington, this twenty-fifth day of April, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-eight, in the sixty-second year of the independence of the United States of America, and in the third of that of the Republic of Texas.
Ratificaliona exchanged, March 18, 1839.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., March 18, 1839.
Reciprocal liberty of commerce and navigation.
Vessels of either party, arriving in the ports of the other, put on the footing of national vessels.
Importations by American vessels into Sardinia. Importations by Sardinian vessels into U.S.
Il y aura entre les territoires des hautes parties contractantes, liberté et réciprocité de commerce et de navigation. Les habitans de leurs Etats respectifs pourront entrer librement dans les ports des territoires de chacune d’elles, partout où le commerce étranger est permis. Ils pourront séjourner ou résider librement dans quelque partie que ce soit des dits territoires, pour y vaquer à leurs affaires, et ils jouiront à cet effet de la même sécurité et protection que les habitans du pays dans lequel ils resident, à la condition toutefois de se soumettre aux loix et aux ràglemens qui y sont en vigueur.
Les bâtimens Sardes arrivant chargés ou sur lest dans les ports des Etats Unis d’Amérique, et réciproquement les bâtimens des Etats Unis d’Amérique arrivant chargés ou sur lest dans les ports de sa Majesté le Roi de Sardaigne, seront traités à leur entrée, pendant leur séjour et à leur sortie, sur le meme pied que les bâtimens nationaux venant des mêmes parages, par rapport aux droits de tonnage, de fanaux, de pilotage, de péage, aux droits de port, vacations d’officiers publics, ainsi qu’à toutes les taxes et charges de quelque espàce ou dénomination que se soit, perçues au nom ou au profit du Gouvernement des autorités locales, ou d’établissemens particuliers quelconques.
Toute espàce de marchandises et objets de commerce provenant du sol ou de l’industrie des Etats Unis d’Amérique, ou de tout autre pays, qui pourront légalement être importés dans les ports des Etats de sa Majesté le Roi de Sardaigne par des bâtimens Sardes, pourront également y être importés par des bâtimens des Etats Unis sans être tenus à payer d’autres ou de plus forts droits de quelque espàce ou dénomination que ce soit, perçus au nom ou au profit du Gouvernement, des autorités locales, ou d’établissemens particuliers quelconques, que ceux que ces mêmes marchandises ou produits payeraient dans le même cas s’ils étaient importés sur des bâtimens Sardes. Et réciproquement, toute espàce de marchandises et objets de commerce provenant du soi ou de l’industrie du royaume de Sardaigne ou de tout autre pays, qui pourront être légalement importés dans les Etats Unis d’Amérique par des bâti-
paying other or higher duties or charges of whatever kind or denomination levied in the name or to the.profit of the Government, the local authorities, or of any private establishment whatsoever, than if the same merchandise or produce had been imported in vessels of United States of America.
Preceding stipulations, how applicable.
Sardinian ves-sels may export from the U.S., &c. U. S. vessels may export from Sardinia, &c.
No other or higher duties to be imposed on importations, &c.
Coasting trade excepted.
No preference of importations to be given by either party.
mens de ces mêmes Etats, pourront également y être importés par des batimens Sardes, sans payer d’autres ou de plus forts droits de quelque espèce ou dénomination que ce soit, perçus au nom ou au profit du Gouvernement, des autorités locales, ou d’un établissement particulier quelconque, que ceux que ces mêmes marchandises ou produits payeraient dans le même cas s’ils étaient importés sur des batimens des Etats Unis d’Amérique.
Afin de prévenir toute espèce de mésentendu, il est convenu que les dispositions contenues dans les articles 2 et 3 sont applicables dans toute leur étendue aux batimens Sardes et à leurs cargaisons, arrivant dans les ports des Etats Unis d’Amérique, et réciproquement aux batimens des dits Etats et à leurs cargaisons arrivant dans les ports de sa Majesté le Roi de Sardaigne, soit que ces bâtimens viennent directement des ports du pays auquel ils appartiennent, soit de ceux de tout autre pays étranger.
Toute espèce de marchandises et objets de commerce qui pourront être légalement exportés des ports des Etats Unis d’Amérique sur des batimens nationaux, pourront en être également exportés sur des batimens Sardes, sans payer d’autres ou de plus forts droits ou charges, de quelque espèce ou dénomination que ce soit, perçus au nom ou au profit du Gouvernement, des autorités locales, ou d’un établissement particulier quelconque que ceux qui seraient payés pour les mêmes marchandises et objets de commerce qui auraient été exportes sur des bàtirnens des Etats Unis d’Amérique; et réciproquement toute espèce de marchandises ou objets de commerce qui pourront être légalement exportés des ports de sa Majesté le Roi de Sardaigne sur des batimens nationaux pourront également en être exportés sur des batimens des Etats Unis d’Amérique, sans payer d’autres ou de plus forts droits ou charges, de quelque espèce ou dénomination que ce soit, perçus au nom ou au profit du Gouvernement, des autorités locales, ou d’établissemens particuliers quelconques, que ceux qui seraient payés pour les mêmes marchandises ou objets de commerce, s’ils avaient été exportés sur des batimens Sardes.
Il ne sera imposé d’autres ou de plus forts droits sur l’importation dans les Etats Unis d’Amérique de tout article provenant du sol ou de l’industrie du royaume de Sardaigne, et il ne sera imposé d’autres ou de plus forts droits sur l’importation dans le royaume de Sardaigne de tout article provenant du sol ou de l’industrie des Etats Unis, que ceux qui sont ou seront imposés sur de semblables articles provenant du sol ou de l’industrie de tout autre pays étranger. De même on ne mettra aucune entrave ou prohibition quelconque à l’importation ou à l’exportation de tout article provenant du sol ou de l’industrie des Etats Unis d’Amérique ou du royaume de Sardaigne, à l’entrée ou à la sortie des ports de chaques pays, qui ne soit pas également applicable à toute autre nation.
Il est expressément entendu que les articles, précédens ne sont point applicables à la navigation de côte ou cabotage de chacun des deux pays que l’une et l’autre des deux nations se reservent exclusivement.
Aucune priorité ou préférence quelconque ne sera accordée directement ou indirectement par l’une ou l’autre des parties contractantes, ni par aucune compagnie, corporation ou agent agissant en son nom ou
any article of commerce lawfully imported on account of, or in reference to the character of the vessel, whether it be of the one party or the other, in which such article was imported, it being the true intent and meaning of the contracting parties, that no distinction or difference whatever shall be made in this respect.
Favors granted by either party to other nations, to become common.
Vessels, &c. to be on the same footing as those of the most favored nations.
Assistance in case of shipwreck, &c.
Vessels forced into port, &c., exempt from port charges, provided, &c.
Vessels attempting to enter a blockaded port, &c.
par son autorité, pour l’achat d’aucun objet de commerce, légalement importé par considération ou préférence pour la nationalité, du bâtiment qui aurait importé les dits objets, soit qu’il appartienne à l’une ou à l’autre des parties dans les ports de laquelle ces objets de commerce auront été importés, l’intention et la volonté précise des hautes parties contractantes, étant qu’aucune différence ou distinction quelconque n’ait lieu à cet égard.
Si par la suite l’une des parties contractantes accordait quelque faveur spéciale à d’autres nations en fait de commerce ou de navigation, cette faveur deviendra immédiatement commune à l’autre partie qui en jouira sans charge d’aucune espèce, si elle a été accordée gratuitement à l’autre nation, ou en accordant la même compensation ou une autre équivalente, si la concession a été conditionelle.
Les bâtimens de l’tfne des deux parties contractantes abordant à quelque côte de Indépendance de l’autre, mais n’ayant pas l’intention d’entrer au port, ou y étant entrés ne voulant pas y décharger tout ou une partie de leur cargaison, jouiront des mêmes privilèges et seront traités à cet égard de la même manière que les bâtimens des nations les plus favorisées.
S’il arrivait qu’un vaisseau appartenant à l’une des deux parties contractantes ou bien à ses citoyens ou sujets, fit naufrage, sombrât, ou souffrit quelqu’autre dommage sur les côtes ou dans les Etats soumis à l’autre partie, il sera accordé à ces navires et à toutes les personnes qui seront à bord le même secours et la même protection dont jouissent ordinairement les bâtimens de la nation où le naufrage a eu lieu; et ces vaisseaux naufragés les marchandises ou autres effets qu’ils contiendront, ou leur produit, si ces objets avaient été déjà vendus, seront restitués à leurs propriétaires ou à leurs ayant droit, en payant un droit de sau-vetage égal à celui qui serait payé dans le même cas, par un vaisseau national.
Tout bâtiment de commerce Sarde entrant en relâche forcée dans un port des Etats Unis d’Amérique; et réciproquement tout bâtiment de commerce des dits Etats entrant en relâche forcée dans un port de sa Majesté le Roi de Sardaigne, y sera exempt de tout droit de port et de navigation, perçu ou à percevoir au profit de l’Etat, si les causes qui ont nécessité la relâche sont réelles et évidentes, pourvu qu’ils ne se livrent dans le port de relâche à aucune opération de commerce en chargeant où déchargeant des marchandises; bien entendu toutefois que les déchargemens et rechargemens motivés par l’obligation de réparer le bâtiment ne seront point considérés comme opérations de commerce donnant ouverture au payement des droits, et pourvu que le bâtiment ne prolonge pas son séjour dans le port au delà du tems nécessaire d’après les causes qui auront donné lieu à la relâche.
Vu l’éloignement des pays respectifs des deux hautes parties contractantes et l’incertitude qui en résulte sur les divers évènemens qui peuvent avoir lieu; il est convenu qu’un bâtiment marchand appartenant à l’une d’elles qui se trouverait destiné pour un port supposé bloque au moment du départ de ce bâtiment, ne sera cependant pas capturé ou condamné pour avoir essayé une première fois d’entrer dans le dit port à moins qu’il ne puisse être prouvé que le dit bâtiment avait pu et dû apprendre en route que l’état du blocus de la place en question du-
question still continued. But all vessels which after having been warned off once, shall, during the same voyage, attempt a second time to enter the same blockaded port during the continuance of the said blockade, shall then subject themselves to be detained and condemned.
Articles of commerce allowed to pass from Genoa through the Sardinian territories, &c. Notice of any transit duty to he given. Articles imported directly from U. S. to be considered as the produce thereof.
Each party to have consuls, &c. in each Other’s ports. Of consuls engaging in commerce.
In case of citizens of one party being appointed consuls by the other.
The said consuls, vice-consuls and commercial agents are authorized to require the assistance of the local authorities for the search, arrest.
rait encore. Mais les bâtimens qui, après avoir été renvoyés une première fois, essayeraient pendant le meme voyage d’entrer une seconde fois dans le même port bloqué durant la continuation de ce blocus, se trouveront alors sujets à être détenus et condamnés.
Les articles de commerce, produits du sol ou des manufactures des Etats Unis d’Amérique, et des pêches de ce pays, excepté le sel, la poudre à canon et le tabac fabriqué, pourront librement passer du port-franc de Gênes à travers le territoire de sa Majesté Sarde à un point quelconque de la frontière intérieure du dit territoire; et vice versa tous les articles de commerce venant par un point quelconque de la frontière intérieure Sarde, qui seront destinés pour les Etats Unis, pourront traverser les Etats de sa Majesté le Roi de Sardaigne jusqu’au port-franc de Gênes sans être tenus de payer aucune espèce de droit perçus au nom ou au profit du Gouvernement, des autorités locales ou d’un etablissement particulier quelconque excepté ceux nécessaires pour couvrir les frais qu’exigent les précautions et les mesures contre la fraude et la contrebande, et qui ne seraient pas également applicables au transit des mêmes articles importés par les bâtimens de l’une ou l’autres des hautes parties contractantes. Mais si par des circonstances et des motifs particuliers il était jugé convenable ou nécessaire de rétablir des droits de transit sur les articles susmentionnés dirigés par un point de la frontière Sarde, le Gouvernement de S. M. le Roi de Sardaigne s’en reserve le plein droit, s’engageant toutefois à notifier cette détermination au Gouvernement des Etats Unis six mois avant son exécution. Il est aussi convenu que tous les articles de commerce importés directement des Etats Unis d’Amérique seront reçus et considérés comme des produits des dits Etats et en cette qualité, auront également droit au libre transit à travers les Etats de sa Majesté le Roi de Sardaigne, sauf les exceptions mentionnés dans le présent article.
Les deux hautes parties contractantes s’accordent mutuellement le droit d’envoyer dans les ports et villes commerçantes de leurs Etats respectifs des consuls, vice-consuls et agens commerciaux nommés par elles qui jouiront des mêmes privilèges, pouvoirs et exemptions dont jouissent ceux des nations les plus favorisées; mais dans le cas où quelques uns de ces consuls voudraient exercer le commerce, ils seront tenus de se soumettre aux mêmes loix et usages aux quels sont soumis dans le même lieu par rapport à leurs transactions commerciales, les particuliers de leur nation, et les sujets des états les plus favorisés.
Il est spécialement entendu que lorsqu’une partie contractante choisira pour son agent consulaire pour résider dans un port ou une ville commerçante de l’autre partie un sujet ou citoyen de celle-ci, ce consul ou agent continuera à être considéré malgré sa qualité de consul étranger, comme sujet ou citoyen de la nation ù laquelle il appartient et qu’il sera par conséquent soumis aux loix et règlemens qui régissent les nationaux dans le lieu de sa résidence, sans que cette obligation puisse cependant gêner en rien l’exercice de ses fonctions consulaires, ni porter atteinte à l’inviolabilité des archives consulaires.
Les dits consuls, vice-consuls et agens commerciaux seront autorisés à requérir l’assistance des autorités locales pour la recherche, l’arresta-
Consuls, &c. may require the aid of the civil authorities to arrest deserters. Deserters must be sent back within three months.
Power to dispose of personal goods, &c. In case of real estate, alien heirs allowed time to dispose of the same.
Duration of the treaty.
tion, la détention et l’emprisonnement des déserteurs des bâtimens de guerre et marchands de leur pays. Ils s’adresseront à cet effet aux tribunaux, juges, et officiers compctens, et réclameront par écrit les déserteurs susmentionnés en prouvant par la communication des registres des bâtimens ou rôles des equipages, ou par d’autres documens officiels que ces individus ont fait partie des dits équipages. Cette reclamation qinsi prouvée l’extradition ne sera point refusée. Ces déserteurs lorsqu’ils auront été arrêtés seront mis à la disposition des dits consuls, vice-consuls ou agens commerciaux et pourront être enfermés dans les prisons publiques à la requisition et aux frais de ceux qui les reclament pour être retenus jusqu’au moment ou ils pourront être rendus aux batimens aux quels ils appartiennent, ou pour être renvoyés dans leur pays sur des batimens nationaux ou autres. Mais s’ils ne sont pas renvoyés dans l’espace de trois mois, à compter du jour de leur arrestation, ils seront mis en liberté et ne pourront plus être arrêtés pour la même cause. Toutefois si le déserteur se trouvait avoir commis quelque crime ou délit, il pourra être sursis à son extradition jusqu’à ce que le tribunal saisi de l’affaire ait rendu sa sentence, et que celle-ci ait reçu son exécution.
Les sujets ou citoyens de chacune des parties contractantes pourront librement disposer par testament, donation, ou autrement, des biens personnels qu’ils posséderont dans les états de l’autre, et leurs heritiers qui seront sujets ou citoyens de l’autre nation pourront succéder à leurs biens personnels soit en vertu d’un testament soit ab intcstato et en prendre possession, soit en personne soit par d’autres agissant en leur nom: ils pourront en outre en disposer à leur gré en ne payant à cet effet que les mêmes impositions, taxes ou droits aux quels sont assujettis dans des cas semblables les habitans du pays où se trouvent les dits biens. En cas d’absence des heritiers, on donnera pour la conservation des dits biens les mêmes dispositions qu’on prendrait en pareil cas pour les propriétés des natifs du pays jusqu’à ce que le propriétaire ait fait les arrangemens nécessaires pour recueillir l’héritage. S’il s’élevait des contestations entre différens prétendans quant aux droits que chacun d’eux soutiendrait avoir sur la succession elles seront décidées en dernier ressort par les juges et selon les loix du pays où ces biens seront situés. Et si par la mort d’une personne possédant des biens fonds sur le territoire d’une des deux parties contractantes, ces biens fonds venaient à passer par la dernière volonté de leur possesseur à un citoyen ou sujet de l’autre partie qui par sa qualité d’étranger serait inhabile à les posséder, on lui accordera un délai convenable pour les vendre, pour en retirer et emporter le produit sans obstacles d’aucune sorte et sans qu’on lui impose au profit du Gouvernement respectif aucune taxe, imposition ou droit plus forts que ceux aux quels seraient soumis en pareils cas les habitans du pays où ces biens sont situés.
Le présent traité sera en vigueur pendant dix années à compter du jour de l’échange des ratifications et si un an avant ce terme l’une des parties contractantes n’avait pas annoncé à l’autre par une notification officielle, son intention d’en faire cesser l’effet le dit traité restera obligatoire pendant douze mois au delà de ce terme et ainsi de suite jusqu’à l’expiration des douze mois qui suivront une semblable déclaration quelle que soit l’époque à laquelle elle aurait eu lieu.
Ratifications to be exchanged within ten months.
In faith whereof the plenipotentiaries of the contracting parties have signed the present treaty and thereto affixed their respective seals.
Done at Genoa this 26th of November 1838.
U.S. at liberty to establish differential duties, in case, &c.
Effect of this article.
In faith whereof, we the undersigned, by virtue of our full powers, have signed the present separate article and thereto affixed our respective seals.
Done at Genoa the 26th November 1838.
Le présent traité sera approuvé et ratifié par le President des Etats Unis d’Amérique-, par et avec l’avis et le consentement du Sénat des dits Etats, et par sa Majesté le Roi de Sardaigne, et les ratifications en seront échangées à Washington dans dix mois de la date de la signature ou plutôt si faire se peut.
En foi de quoi les plénipotentiaires respectifs ont signé le présent traité et y ont apposé leurs cachets respectifs.
Fait à Gènes le 26 Novembre, 1838.
Sa Majesté Sarde jugeant convenable par des motifs particuliers de continuer à perçevoir pour à présent des droits différentiels au détriment des pavillons étrangers sur les bleds, l’huile d’olive et le vin importé directement de la mer Noire, des ports de la Mer Adriatique et de ceux de la Méditerannée jusqu’au Cap Trafalgar nonobstant les articles 2, 3, et 4 du présent traité, il est spécialement entendu et établi entre les hautes parties contractantes que les Etats Unis auront pleine et entière liberté d’établir des droits différentiels équivalens sur les mêmes articles importés des mêmes pays au détriment du pavillon Sarde dans le cas où la perception des droits différentiels continuerait ù être exercée au détriment du pavillon des Etats Unis d’Amérique par sa Majesté le Roi de Sardaigne au delli de l’espace de quatre ans à compter du jour de l’échange des ratifications du présent traité et article séparé. Mais ces droits différentiels équivalens de quelque espèce qu’ils soyent sur les dits articles de commerce, cesseront d’être perçus du moment où le Gouvernement des Etats Unis aurj été informé d’office de la cessation des droits différentiels de la part de sa Majesté Sarde.
Le présent article séparé aura la même force et valeur que s’il avait été inséré mot à mot dans le traité signé ajourd’hui et sera ratifié en même tems.
En foi de quoi nous soussignés en vertu de nos pleinspouvoirs avons signé le présent article séparé et y avons apposé nos cachets respectifs.
Fait à Gênes le 26me Novembre, 1838.
Ratifications exchanged, May 23, 1839. Proclamation of the President of the U. S., May 34, 1839.
The President of the United States has appointed John Forsyth, Secretary of State of the said United States; and his Majesty the King of the Netherlands, Jonkheer Evert Marius Adrian Martini, member of the body of nobles of the province of North Brabant, knight of the order of the Netherland Lion, and his Chargé d’ Affaires near the United States, who having exchanged their respective full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed to the following articles:
Duties on imports and exports. Bounties, &c. granted by either party in favor of its own vessels, to be granted to the other.
Tonnage duties, &c.
Privileges of consuls, &c.
Zyne Majesteit de Koning der Nederlanden heeft benoemd: Jonkheer Evert Marius Adriaan Martini, lid van de ridderschap van de provincie Noord Braband, ridder der orde van den Nederland sc hen leeuw, en Iloogstdeszelfs Zaakgelastigde by de Vereenigde Staten; en de President der Vereenigde Staten: John Forsyth, Secretaris van Staat van gezegde Vereenigde Staten; dewelke na hunne wederzydsche volmagten te hebben uitgewisseld, die in goede en behoorlyke orde bevonden zyn, over de volgende artikelen zyn overeengekomen:
Goederen en koopwaren onverschihig weike derzelver herkomst zy, ingevoerd of uitgevoerd wordende, in of uit de havens der Nederlanden in Europa van of naar de havens der Vereenigde Staten, in Nederlandsche schepen zullen geene hoogere of andere regten betalen, dan zullen worden geheven op gelyke goederen en koopwaren ingevoerd of uitgevoerd in nationale schepen. En wederkeerig zullen goederen en koopwaren, onvershillig weike derzelver herkomst zy, ingevoerd of uitgevoerd wordende, in of uit de havens der Vereenigde Staten van of naar de havens der Nederlanden in Europa, in de schepen dier Staten geene hoogere of andere regten betalen, dan zullen worden geheven op gdyke goederen en koopwaren ingevoerd of uitgevoerd in nationale schepen. De pretnien, teruggave van regten of andere begunstigingen van dien aard, in de Staten van eene der contracterende partyen aan den inof uitvoer met nationale schepen toegekend, zullen insgelyks bewilligd worden, wanneer de regtstreeksche in of uitvoer tusschen de havens der twee landen zal geschieden met schepen van den anderen Staat, met dien verstande, dat zoowel in dit, als in het vorige geval, de goederen werkelyk zullen moeten zyn ingeladen in de havens, van waar die schepen respectivelyk zyn uitgeklaard.
Geene der partyen zal op de schepen der andere, hetzy dezelve ladingen tusschen de havens der Nederlanden in Europa en die der Vereenigde Staten overbrengen, of wel in ballast aankomen van eenig ander land, eenige regten heffen voor tonnen—haven—baken—berg—of reddingloon, (salvage,)—loods—quarantine—of havengelden van weike soort of benaming ook, weike in gelyke gevallen niet zullen worden gelegd op nationale schepen.
Verder is tusschen de beide contracteerende partyen overeengekomen, dat de Nederlandsche Consuls en Vice Consuls in de havens der Vereenigde Staten, en wederkeerig de Consuls en Vice Consuls dier Staten in de Nederlandsche havens in Europa, voortdurend al zoodanige voorregten, bescherming en bystand zullen genieten, als gebruikelyk zyn, en vereischt worden tot de behoorlyke waarneming hunner ambtspligten, ook met betrekking tot de deserteurs van de schepen hunner landen, zoowel oorlogschepen als koopvaarders.
What shall be considered national vessels.
Assistance to shipwrecked vessels, &c.
Duration of the treaty.
Ratifications to be exchanged within six months.
In witness whereof, the respective plenipotentiaries have signed the same, and have affixed thereto the seals of their arms.
Done in duplicate, at the City of Washington, this nineteenth day of January in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-nine.
Proclamation of the President of the U.S., April 8, 1840.
De contracteerende partyenkomen overeen, om als schepen der Nederlanden en der Vereenigde Staten te beschouwen en te behandelen al dezulke, welke, door de bevoegde autoriteit voorzien van een paspoort of zeebrief, onder de in der tyd bestaande wetten en verordeningen als nationale schepen zullen worden erkend door het land, tot hetwelk zy respectivelyk behooren.
In geval van schipbreuk of zeeschade zal elke party aan de schepen van de andere, hetzy dezelve oorlogschepen of koopvaaders zyn, dezelfde hulp en bystand verleencn, welke in gelyke gevallen aan hare eigene schepen zouden worden verstrekt.
Het tegenwoordige traktaat zal van kracht zyn voor den tyd van tien jaren, te beginnen zes weken na de uitwisseling der ratificatien; en verder tot aan het einde van twaalf maanden, na dat eene der contracteerende partyen aan de andere kennis zal gegeven hebben van haar voornemen om hetzelve te doen ophouden; behoudende elk der contracteerende partyen zich het regt voor, om zoodanige kennisgeving aan de andere te doen na het einde van het voornoemde tydperk van tien jaren: en is men hierby onderling bvereengekomen dat, ingeval van zoodanige kennisgeving, dit traktaat en al dezelfs bepalingen gezamenlyk, na verloop der gestelde twaalf maanden, zullen ophouden en eindigen.
Het tegenwoordige traktaat zal bekrachtigd worden, en de bekrachtigingen zullen worden uitgewisseld te Washington, binnen zes maanden na de dagteekening, of zoo mogelyk vroeger.
Ter oorkonde waarvan de wederzydsche gevolmagtigden deze hebben geteekend, en met het zegel hunner wapenen voorzien.
Gedaan in duplikaat, te Washington, den negentiensten dag van January, in het jaar onzes Heeren een duizend acht honderd negen en dertig.
Certain claims to be referred to a board of four commissioners. Manner of their appointment.
The board to have two secretaries, &c.
Meeting of the board.
Documents to be delivered to the board.
gestad el Rey de Prúsia que consintiese en nombrar un arbitradór que actuáse en el caso prevenido en dicha convencion;
Y por cuanto las partes interesadas en ella continuan igualmente deseosas de terminai las discusiones que han tenido, con respecte á las espresadas reclamaciones por daiios causados a, las personas y propiedades de ciudadanos de los Estados Unidos per autoridades Mexicánas, de una manera igualmente ventajosa á los ciudadanos de los Estados Unidos que liau sufrido dichos danos, y mas conveniente para Mexico que la estipulada en la mencionada convencion: ha conferido el Presidente de la República Mexicana plenos poderes, á este efecto, á Francisco Pizarro Martinez, Enviado Estraordinario y Ministro Plenipotenciario de la misma Republica cerca de los Estados Unidos; y el Presidente de estes ha nombrado y autorizado plenamente, con el propio fin, al honorable Señor Juan Forsyth, Secretario de Estado de dichos Estados Unidos; quienes han ajustado y convenido en los articulos siuientes;
Todas las reclamaciones de ciudadanos de los Estados Unidos contra el Gobierno Mexicano, á cerca de las cuales se haya representado solicitando la interposicion del de los Estados Unidos, y hayan side exhibidas al Departamento de Estado ó al agente diplomatico de los mencionados Estados Unidos en Mexico hasta que esta convencion sea firmada, se pasarán á cuatro comisionados, que formarán una junta, y serán nombrados de la manera siguiente: á saber, dos de ellos to serán por el Presidente de la República Mexicána, y los otros dos por el de los Estados Unidos, con consentimiento y aprobacion del Sen ado de los mismos. Los dichos comisionados nombrados segun se ha espresado, prestarán juramento de ecsáminar y fallár imparcialmente sobre dichas reclamaciones, con arregto á las pruebas que se les presentáren por parte de la República Mexicána y de los Estados Unidos.
La mencionada junta tendrá dos secretarios, versados en los idiomas Castelláno é Ynglés; uno de los cuales será nombrado por el Presidente de la República Mexicána, y otro por el de los Estados Unidos, con consentimiento y aprobacion del Senado de los mismos; y dichos secretarios prestarán juramento de cumplir fielmente los deberes de su destino.
Se reunirá la mencionada comision en la ciudad de Washington, dentro del termine de tres meses, contados desde el cánge de las ratificaciones de este convenio, y á los diez y ocho meses, despues del dia en que se reunire terminarán sus funciones. Ynmediatamente despues de que las ratificaciones de esta convencion hayan sido cangeadas, anunciará el Secretaria de Estado de los Estados Unidos, en dos de los periodicos de Washington, y otros que le parezea conveniente, la epoca en que dicha comision se reunirá.
Todo documente que en la actualidad se halle, ó que en lo succesivo viniere ú poder del Departamento de Estado de los Estados Unidos, durante la ecsistencia de la comision establecida por este convénio, y sea relative á las mencionadas reclamaciones, se entregará á la comision. El Gobierno Mexicano subministrará cuantos documentes y aclaraciones estén á su alcance, para el ajuste de las espresadas reclamaciones, segun los principios de justicia, el derécho de gentes, y las estipulaciones del tratádo de amistad y comercio entre Mexico y los Estados Unidos de 5
Mexico of the 5th of April, 1831; the said documents to be specified when demanded at the instance of the said commissioners.
The commissioners to decide on the justice of said claims, &c.
Mexico at liberty to issue treasury notes for the amount found due.
In case of the commissioners differing in relation to the claims, &c.
The King of Prussia to be invited to appoint an umpire, in case, &c.
de Abril de 1831; y se especificará cuales sean dichos documentes, al tiempo de pedirlos, à instancia de los mencionados comisionados.
Los dichos comisionados fallarán, por medio de una relacion autorizada con sus firmas y sellos respectives, sobre la justicia de las mencionadas reclamaciones, y el importe á que puede ascender la compensacion de que resulte deudor, en cada caso, el Gobierno Mexicano.
Se ha convenido igualmente, que si al Gobierno Mexicano no to fuere cómodo satisfacer al contado el importe de que resultáre deudor, podrá inmediatamente despues de pronunciados Jos fallos en los diversos casos, emitir libranzas recibidéras en las aduanas maritimas de la República en pagamento de cualesquiera derechos que en ellas se adeudáren ó se impusieren á los efectos, tanto á su importacion, como á su esportacion. Dichas libranzas estarán sujetas á un interés anual de ocho por ciento, desde la fecha en que se dén los decretos sobre las reclamaciones en cuya satisfaction hayan sido emitidas dichas libranzas, hasta la en que se perciban en las espresadas aduanas. Pero como la presentacion y recibo de dichas libranzas en las mencionadas aduanas en grandes sumas podria no convenir al Gobierno Mexicáno, se ha acordado, ademas, que en tal caso la obligacion de recibirlas dicho Gobierno, en pagamento de derechos, segun se ha espresado arriba, pueda limitarse á una mitad del importe á que asciendan dichos derechos.
Se ha convenido ademas que, en caso de no estar conformes los comisionados con respecte á las precitadas reclamaciones, estiendan junta ó separadamente, una relacion circunstanciada de los puntos en que sean de opinion contraria, y de las razones sobre que funden sus respectivos juicios. Y se ha acordado que dicha relacion ó relaciones, acompañadas de copias auténticas de todos los documentos en que se apoyen, se refieran á la decision de Su Magestad el Rey de Prúsia. Pero como los documentes relatives á las precitadas reclamaciones son tan voluminosos que no puede esperarse que Su Magestad Prusiana quiera ó pueda ecsaminarlos por si, se ha convenido en que nombre una persona que como árbitre le represente; que la persona nombrada del modo que va espresado se trasladará á Washington; que los gastos de su viage á esta ciudad, y de ella al punto de su residencia en Prúsia, serán costeádos una mitad por la República Mexicána y otra por los Estados Unidos; y que recibirá, como honorarios por sus servicios, una suma igual á la mitad de la que el Gobierno Mexicano señaláse á uno de los comisionados que ha de nombrar, con otra mitad de la que por los suyos señaláren los Estados Unidos á uno de los comisionados que por su parte han de nombrarse: cuyos honorarios serán satisfechos una mitad por la Republica Mexicána y la otra por los Estados Unidos.
Ynmediatamente despues que los plenipotentiaries de las partes contratantes hayan firmado esta convencion, dirigirán de mancomun, (para to cual estan ambos competentemente autorizados,) por conducto del señor enviado de los Estados Unidos á Berlin, á su escelencia el Ministre de Relaciones Estrangeras de Su Magestad el Rey de Prusia, una nota invitando á dicho monarca para nombrar una persona que como arbitro to represente de la manera arriba mencionada, en caso de que esta convencion sea ratificada respectivamente por los Gobiernos de Mexico y los Estados Unidos.
In case of the King of Prussia declining, &c.
Decision of the umpire to be final.
Treasury notes to be issued.
Mexico exonerated from certain claims.
Compensation of commissioners, &c.
Ratifications to be exchanged within twelve months.
In faith whereof, we, the plenipotentiaries of the United States of America and of the Mexican Republic, have signed and sealed these presents.
Done in the city of Washington, on the eleventh day of April, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-nine, in the sixty-third year of the independence of the United States of America and the nineteenth of that of the Mexican Republic.
Se ha convenido ademas que, si Su Magestad Prusiana rehusáre hacer el nombramiento de que habla el articule anterior, procederán al momento que to sepan las partes contratantes á invitar á Su Magestad Britanica, y si tambien ella se rehusaré, á Su Magestad el Rey de Holanda, á fin que nombre un arbitrador que le represente segun queda pactado.
Las partes contratantes se obligan ademas á considerar como final y decisive el fallo del mencionado arbitrador, en todas las materias que se hayan sujetado á su ecsámen.
Se emitirán libranzas, en los termines arriba espresados, por el importe del dinero que el arbitrador encuentre que sea deudor á ciudadanos de los Estados el Gobierno Mexicano.
Y los Estados Unidos convienen en descargar para siempre al Gobierno Mexicáno de toda responsabilidad ulterior, por reclamaciones que sean rechazadas, bien por la junta ó por el mencionado arbitrador, ó que admitidas por cualquiera de ellos, haya dicho Gobierno provisto á su compensacion en los termines antes espresados.
Se ha convenido en que cada Gobierno señále á los comisionados y secretaries que ha de nombrar los honorarios respectives; y que los gastos contingentes de la junta sean costeados, una mitad por la Republics Mexicans, y otra por los Estados Unidos.
La presente convencion será, ratificada, y las ratificaciones serán cangeadas en Washington dentro de doce meses de este dia, ó antes si fuere posible.
En fé de to cual noso tros los plenipotenciarios de la República Mexicana y de los Estados Unidos de America, hemos firmado y sellado las presentes.
Fecho en la ciudad de Washington, á los once dias de Abril del año del Señor mil ochocientos treinta y nueve, decimo nono de la yndependencia de la República Mexicana, y el sexagesimo tercio de la de los Estados Unidos de America.
Ratifications exchanged at Quito, April 9, 1842.—Proclamation of the President, Sept. 23, 1842.
To be a perfect, firm, and inviolable peace, and sincere friendship.
Favors granted by either, to other nations, to be common to the other.
Mutual benefits in trade and residence to be equally enjoyed. Except as to the coasting trade. And the privileges granted to vessels built in the dockyard at Guayaquil.
Equalization of duties on vessels and their cargoes.
Habrá una paz perfecta, firme é inviolable y amistad sincera, entre la República del Ecuador y los Estados Unidos de America, en toda la estension de sus posesiones y territories, y entre sus pueblos y ciudadanos respectivamente, sin distincion de personas ni lugares.
La República del Ecuador y los Estados Unidos de America, dese-audo vivir en paz y en armonia con las demas naciones de la tierra, por medio de una politica franca é igualmente amistosa con todas, se obligan mutuamente á no conceder favores particulares á otras naciones, con respecte á comercio y navegacion, que uo se hagan inmediatamente comunes á una ú otra, quien gozara de los mismos, libremente, ó prestando la misma compensacion, si la concesion fuere condicional.
Las dos altas partes contratantes, deseando tambien establecer el comercio y navegacion de sus respectives paises, sobre las liberales bases de perfecta igualdad y reciprocidad, convienen, mutuamente en que los ciudadanos de cada una podrán frecuentar todas las costas y paises de la otra y resider y traficar en ellos con toda clase de producciones, manufacturas y tnercaderias, y gozarán de todos los derechos, privilegios y exenciones, con respecte á navegacion y comercio, de que gozan ó gozaren los ciudadanos naturales, sometiendose á las leyes, decretos y usos establecidos, á que estan sujetos dichos ciudadanos, Pero debe entenderse que este articulo no comprende el comercio de cabotage de cada uno de los paises, cuya regulacion queda reservada á las partes respectivamente, segun sus leyes propias y peculiares, Y debe entenderse ademas, que este articule estará sugeto á la modificacion siguiente; que por cuanto, una ley del Ecuador, fecha de Marzo 21 de 1837, dispone, que los buques construidos en el astillero de Guayaquil, serán libres de derechos de varias clases, los buques de los Estados Unidos no podrán pretender esta misma libertad; pero la gozarán, si se concediese á los buques de la España, de Mejico y de las demas Republicas Hispano Americanas.
Ygualmente convienen en que cualquiera clase de producciones, manufacturas ó mercaderias, de cualquier pais estranjero que puedan ser en cualquier tiempo legalmente introducidas en la República del Ecuador
also imported in the vessels of the Republic of Ecuador; and that no higher or other duties upon the tonnage of the vessel and her cargo, shall be levied and collected, whether the importation be made in the vessels of the one country or of the other: and in like manner, that whatever kind of produce, manufactures or merchandise of any foreign country, can be, from time to time, lawfully imported into the Republic of Ecuador in its own vessels, may be also imported in vessels of the United States; and that no higher or other duties upon the tonnage of the vessel and her cargo, shall be levied or collected, whether the importation be made in vessels of the one country or of the other. Vessels of both nations on the name footing as to exportations, drawbacks thereon, &c.
What shall be considered Ecuadorian vessels.
Importations and exportations to be on a reciprocal footing. No partial prohibitions to be established.
Citizens of either, free to manage their own business in the country of the other; to be treated as citizens thereof, or as those of the most favored nation—subject to taxes, &c.
No embargo, &c. without indemnification.
en sus propios buques, paedan tambien ser introducidas en los buques de los Estados Unidos, y que no se impondrán ó cobrarán otros ó mas altos derechos de tonelada, ó por el cargamento, ya sea que la importacion se haga en buques de la una ó de la otra. De la misma manera cualquiera clase de producciones, manufacturas ó mercaderias de cualquier pais estrangero, que puedan ser en cualquier tiempo tegalmente introducidas en los Estados Unidos en sus propios buques, podrán, tambien ser introducidas en los buques de la República del Ecuador; y no se impondrán ó cobrarán otros ó mas altos derechos de tonelada ó por el cargamento, ya sea que la importacion se haga en buques de la una ó de la otra. Y convienen que todo to que pueda ser legalmente esportado ó re-esportado de uno de los dos paises en sus propios buques para un pais estrangero, pueda de la misma manera ser esportado ó re-esportado en los buques del otro. Y los mismos derechos, premios ó descuentos se concederán y cobrarán, sea que la esportacion ó re-esportacion se haga en los buques de la República del Ecuador ó en los de los Estados Unidos.
Para cabal inteligencia del articuto precedente, y en consideracion al estado de la marina comercial de la República del Ecuador, se ha estipulado y convenido que todo buque perteneciente exclusivamente á ciudadano ó ciudadanos de dicha República, y cuyo capitan sea tambien ciudadano de ella, aunque su construccion y tripulacion sean estrangeras, será considerado para todos los effectos de este tratado, como buque Ecuadoriano.
No se impondrán otros ó mas altos derechos á la importacion en la República del Ecuador de cualquier articulo, producciou ó manufactura de los Estados Unidos, ni se impondrán otros ó mas altos derechos á la importacion de cualquier articulo, produccion ó manufactara de la República del Ecuador, en los Estados Unidos, que los que se paguen ó pagaren por iguales articules, produccion ó manufactura de cualquier pais estrangero; ni se impondrán otros ó mas altos derechos ó impuestos en cualquiera de los dos paises, á la esportacion de cualesquiera articulos para la República del Ecuador, o para los Estados. Unidos respectivamente, que los que se paguen ó pagaren á la esportacion de iguales articulos para cualquier otro pais estrangero; ni se probibirá la importacion ó esportacion en los territories ó de los territories de la República del Ecuador y de los Estados Unidos, de cualesquiera articulos, produccion ó manufactura de la una ó de la otra, á menos que esta prohibicion sea igualmente estensiva á todas las otras naciones.
Se con viene ademas, que será enteramente libre y permitido á los comerciantes, comandantes de buques, y otros ciudadanos de ambos paises, el manejar sus negocies por si mismos, en todos los puertos y lugares sujetos á la jurisdiccion de uno ú otro, asi respecte de las consignaciones y ventas por mayor y mener de sus efectos y mercaderias, como de la carga y descarga y despacho de sus buques, debiendo en todos estes casos, ser tratados como ciudadanos del pais en que residan, ó al menos puestos sobre un pie igual con los subditos ó ciudadanos de las naciones mas favorecidas. Estarán sugetos, sin embargo, á los impuestos y contribuciones generales, establecidas por ley, ó que por ella, se establecieren.
Los ciudadanos de una ú otra parte no podrán ser embargados ni detenidos con sus embarcaciones, tripulacioues, mercaderias y effectos
or effects for any military expedition, nor for any public or private purpose whatever, without allowing to those interested a sufficient indemnification.
Vessels seeking refuge from stress of weather, &c., to be protected, &c.
Captures by pirates to be restored.
Assistance to be given in cases of wrecks, &c.
Citizens either party may dispose of their personal goods within the jurisdiction of the other. In case of real estate, alien heirs allowed three years to dispose of their property.
Protection to persons and property.
comerciales, de su pertenencia, para alguna expedicion militar, usos públicos ó particulares, cualesquiera que seau, sin conceder á los interesados una suficiente indemnizacion.
Siempre que los ciudadanos de alguna de las partes contratantes se vieren precisados a buscar refugio ó asilo en los rios, bahias, puertos ó dominios de la otra con sus buques, ya sean mercantes ó de guerra, ptiblicos ó particulares, por mal tiempo, persecucion de piratas ó enemigos, serán recibidos y tratados con humanidad, dandoles todo favor y proteccion para reparar sus buques, procurar viveres, y ponerse en situacion de continuar su viage, sin obstacuto ó estorbe de ningun genero.
Todos los buques, mercaderias y efectos pertenecientes á los ciudadanos de una de las partes contratantes, que sean apresados por piratas, bien sea dentro de los limites de su jurisdiccion ó en alta mar, y fueren llevados ó hallados en los rios, radas, bahias, puertos, ó dominios de la otra, serán entregados á sus dueños, probando estos, en la forma propia y debida, sus derechos ante los tribunales competentes; bien entendido que el reclamo ha de hacerse dentro del termino de on ano, por las mismas partes, sus apoderados ó agentes de los respectivos Gobiernos.
Cuando algun buque perteneciente á los ciudadanos de alguna de las partes contratantes, naufrague, encalle ó sufra alguna averia en las costas ó dentro de los dominios de la otra, se les dará toda ayuda y proteccion, del mismo modo que es uso y costumbre con los buques de la nacion en donde suceda la averia; per mi tien doles descargar el dicho buque, si fuere necesario, de sus mercaderias y efectos, sin cobrar por esto, ningun derecho, impuesto ó contribucion, á menos que se destin en al consumo.
Los ciudadanos de cada una de las partes contratantes tendrán pleno poder para disponer de sus bienes person ales dentro de la jurisdiccion de la otra, por venta, donacion, testamento, ó de otro modo; y sus representantes, siendo ciudadanos de la otra parte, sucederán á sus dichos bienes person ales, ya sea por testamento ó ab intestato, y podrán tomar posesion de ellos, ya sea por si mismos ó por otros que obren por ellos, y disponer de los mismos segun su voluntad, pagando aquellas cargas solamente que los habitantes del pais en donde estan los referidos bienes, estuvieren sujetos á pagar en iguales casos. Y si en el caso de bienes raices los dichos herederos fuesen impedidos de entrar en la posesion de la herencia por razon de su caracter de estrangeros, se les dará el termino de tres años para disponer de ella como juzguen conveniente, y para estraer su producto sin molestia, ni otros impuestos que los establecidos por las leyes del pais.
Ambas partes contratantes se comprometen y obligan formalmente á dar su proteccion especial á las personas y propiedades de los ciudadanos de cada una reciprocamente, transeuntes ó habitantes, de todas ocupaciones, en los territories sujetos á la jurisdiccion de una y otra, dejandoles abiertos y libres los tribunales de justicia para sus recursos judiciales, en los mismos termines que son de uso y costumbre para los naturales ó ciudadanos del pais en que residan; para to cual, podrán emplear en defenza de sus derechos, aquellos abogados,
taries, agents and factors as they judge proper, in all their trials at law; and such citizens or agents shall have free opportunity to be present at the decisions and sentences of the tribunals, in all cases which may concern them; and likewise at the taking of all examinations and evidence which may be exhibited on the said trials.
Liberty of conscience , and the rites of burial, secured.
Both parties at liberty to trade with those at enmity with either, &c. Free ships to make tree goods—contraband excepted. All persons on board, except those in the actual service of an enemy, to be free. Flag covering the property to be applied to those powers only, who acknowledge the principle.
Enemy’s property, to be protected by a neutral flag, must be shipped within six months after the declaration of war, &c.
procuradores, escribanos, agentes ó factores, que juzguen convenient, en todos sus asuntos y litijios; y dichos ciudadanos ó agentes tendrán la libre face It ad de estar presentes en las decisiones y sentencias de los tribunales, en todos los eases que conciernan á aquellos, como igualmente al tomar todos los examenes y declaraciones que se ofrescan en los dichos litijios.
Se conviene igualmente, en que los ciudadanos de ambas partes contratantes, gozen la mas perfecta y entera seguridad de conciencia en los paises sugetos á la jurisdiccion de una ú otra, sin quedar, por ello, espuestos á ser inquietados ó molestados, en razon de su creencia religiosa, mientras que respeten las leyes y usos establecidos. Ademas de esto, podrán sepultarse los cadáveres de los ciudadanos de una de las partes contratantes, que fallecieren en los territorios de la otra, en los cemeterios acostumbrados, ó en otros lugares decentes y adecuados; los cuales serán protegidos, contra toda violacion ó trastorno.
Sera licito á los ciudadanos de la Republica del Ecuador, y de los Estados Unidos de America, navegar con sus buques, con toda seguridad y libertad, de cualquier puerto á las plazas ó lugares de los que son ó fueren en adelante enemigos de cualquiera de las dos partes contratantes, sin hacerse distinccion de quienes son los duenos de las mercancias cargadas en ellos. Sera igualmente licito á los referidos ciudadanos, navegar, con sus buques y mercaderias mencionadas, y traficar con la misma libertad y seguridad, de los lugares, puertos y ensenadas de los enemigos de ambas partes, ó de alguna de ellas, sin ninguna oposicion ó disturbio cualquiera, no soto directamente de los lugares del enemigo arriba mencionados á lugares neutres, sino tambien de un lugar perteneciente a un enemigo, á otro enetnigo, ya sea que esten bajo la jurisdiccion de una potencia, o bajo la de diversas. Y queda aqui estipulado, que los buques libres dan tambien libertad á las mercaderias, y que se ha de considerar libre y esento, todo to que se hallare á bordo de los buques pertenecientes á los ciudadanos de cualquiera de las partes contratantes, aun que toda la carga ó parte de ella pertenezca á enemigos de una ú otra, esceptuando siempre articulos de contrabando de guerra. Se conviene tambien del mismo modo, en que la misma libertad se estienda á las personas que se encuentren á bordo de buques libres, con el fin de que aunque dichas personas sean enemigos de ambas partes ó de alguna de ellas, no deban ser estraidos de los buques libres á menos que sean oficiales ó sold ados en actual servicio de los enemigos: á condicion no obstante, y se conviene aqui en esto, que las estipulaciones contenidas en el presente articulo, declarando que el pabellon cubre la propiedad, se entenderán aplicables solamente á aqtiellas potencias que reconocen este principio; pero si alguna de las dos partes contratantes, estuviere en guerra con una tercera, y la otra permaneciese neutral, la bandera de la neutral cubrirá la propiedad de los enemigos cuyos Gobiernos reconocen este principio, y no de otros.
Se conviene igualmente que en caso de que la bandera neutral de una de las partes contratantes, proteja las propriedades de los enemigos de la otra, en virtud de to estipulado arriba, debera siempre entenderse, que las propiedades neutrales encontradas á bordo de taies buques enemigos, han de tenerse y considerarse como propiedades enemigas, y como taies estarán sujetas á detencion y confiscacion; esceptuando solamente aquellas propiedades que hubiesen sido puestas á bordo de taies buques antes de la declaracion de la guerra, y aun des-
ing parties agree, that six months having elapsed after the declaration, their citizens shall not plead ignorance thereof. On the contrary, if the flag of the neutral does not protect the enemy’s property, in that case, the goods and merchandises of the neutral, embarked in such enemy’s ship, shall be free.
Contraband specified.
Goods not contraband.
Definition of a blockade.
Contraband only liable to confiscation. Vessels delivering up contraband not to be detained.
In cases of blockade, vessels to be notified but not detained, &c.
pues, si hubiesen sido embarcadas en dichos buques sin tener noticia da la guerra: y se conviene que pasados seis meses despues de la declaracion, los ciudadanos de una y otra parte no podran alegar que la ignoraban. Por el contrario, si la bandera neutral no protegiese las propiedades enemigas, enfonces serán libres los efectos y mercaderias de la parte neutral embarcadas en buques enernigos.
Esta libertad de navegacion y comercio se estenderá á todo genero de mercaderias, esceptuando aquellas solamente que se distinguen con el nombre de contrabando; y bajo este nombre de contrabando ó efectos prohibidos, se comprenderán.
Todas las demas mercaderias y efectos no comprendidos en los articulos de contrabando esplicitamente enumerados y clasificados en el articuto anterior, serán tenidos y reputados por libres, y de licito y libre comercio, de modo que ellos puedan ser transportados y llevados de la manera mas libre por los ciudadanos de ambas partes contratantes, aun á los lugares pertenecientes á un enemigo de una ú otra, esceptuando solamente aquellos lugares o plazas que estan al mismo tiempo sitiadas ó bloqueadas, y para evitar toda duda en el particular, se declaran sitiadas ó bloqueadas aquellas plazas que en la actualidad estuviesen atacadas por una fuerza de un beligerante capaz de impedir la entrada del neutral.
Los articulos de contrabando antes enumerados y clasificados, que se italien en un buque destinado á puerto enemigo, estarán sujetos á detencion y confiscacion, dejando libre el resto del cargamento y el buque para que los dueños puedan disponer de ellos como to crean conveniente. Ningun buque de cualquiera de las dos naciones, sera detenido por tener á bordo articulos de contrabando, siempre que el maestre, capitan ó sobrecargo de dicho buque, quiera entregar los articulos de contrabando al apresador, á raenos que la cantidad de estos articulos sea tan grande y de tanto volúmen que no puedan scr recibidos á bordo del buque apresador sin grandes inconvenientes; pero en este, como en todos los otros casos de justa detencion, el buque detenido sera enviado al puerto mas inmediato, comodo y seguro, para ser juzgado y sentenciado conforme á las leyes.
Y por cuanto frecuentemcnte sucede que los buques navegan para un puerto ó lugar perteneciente á un enemigo, sin saber que aquel esté sitiado, bloqueado ó investido, se conviene en que todo buque en estas circunstancias se pueda hacer volver de dicho puerto ó lugar, pero no sera detenido ni confiscado parte alguna de su cargamento, no siendo contrabando; á menos que despues de la intimacion de semejante bloqueo ó ataque por cualquier comandante de un buque de las fuerzas bloqueadoras, intentase otra vez entrát; pero le sera permitido ir á cualquier otro puerto ó lugar que juzgue conveniente. Ni nin-
Vessels entering before blockade, may quit unmolested; And not to be disturbed when found therein.
During a visit at sea, armed vessels to remain out of cannot shot—examination, how to be mode, &c.
In case of war, sea-letters, certificates of cargo, &c. to be furnished, showing to whom the property belongs.
Visiting regulations apply only to vessels without convoy.
Prize causes to be tried in the established courts only.
gun bnque de una de las partes que hay a entrado en semejante puerto ó lugar, antes que estuviese sitiado, bloqueado ó investido por la otra, sera impedido de dejar el tai lugar con su cargamento, ni si fuere hallado alii despues de la rendicion y entrega de semejante lugar, estará el tai buque ó su cargamento sujeto á confiscacion, sino que serán restituidos á sus duenos.
Para evitar todo genero de desorden en la visita y ecsámen de los buques y cargatnentos de ambas partes contratantes en alta mai, han convenido mutuamente, que siempre que un buque de guerra publico ó particular se encontrase con un neutral de la otra parte contratante, el primero permanecerá fuera de tiro de cañon, y podrá mandai su bote con dos ó tres hombres sol ameute, para ejecutar el dicho ecsámen de los papeles concernientes á la propiedad y carga del buque, sin ocasionar la menor estorsion, violencia ó mal tratamiento, por to que los comandantes de dichos buques armados serán responsables con sus personas y bienes; á cuyo efecto los comandantes de buques armados, por cuenta de particulares, estarán obligados antes de entregarseles sus comisiones ó patentes, á dar fianza suficiente para responder de los perjuicios que causen. Y se ha convenido espresamente, que en ningun caso se ecsigirá á la parte neutral que vaya á bordo del buque ecsaminador con el fin de ecisibir sus papeles, ó para cualquier otro objeto, sea el que fuere.
Para evitar toda clase de vejamen y abuso en el ecsámen de los papeles relatives á la propiedad de los buques pertenecientes á los ciudadanos de las dos partes contratantes, han convenido y convienen que en caso de que una de ellas estuviere en guerra, los buques y bajeles pertenecientes á los ciudadanos de la otra, serán provistos con letras de mar ó pasaportes, espresando el nombre, propiedad y tamano del buque, como tambien el nombre y lugar de la residencia del maestre ó comandante, á fin de que se vea que el buque real y verdaderamente pertenece á los ciudadanos de una de las partes; y han convenido igualmente, que estaudo cargados los expresados buques, ademas de las letras de mar ó pasaportes, estarán tambien provistos de certificados, que contengan los por menores del cargamento y el lugar de donde salió el buque, para que asi pueda saberse si hay á su bordo algunos efectos prohibidos ó de contrabando, cuyos certificados serán hechos por los oficiales del lugar de la procedencia del buque en la forma acostumbrada; sin tales requisites el dicho buque puede ser detenido, para ser juzgado por el tribunal competente, y puede ser declarado buena presa á menos que prueben que la falta emana de accidente y satisfagan ó suplan el defecto con testimonios enteramente equivalentes.
Se ha convenido ademas, que las cstipulaciones anteriores relativas al ecsámen y visita de buques, se aplicarán solamente á los que navegan sin convoy, y cuando los dichos buques estuviesen bajo de convoy, sera bastante la declaracion verbal del comandante del convoy, bajo su palabra de honor, de que los buques que estan bajo su proteccion pertenecen á la nacion cuya bandera llevan; y cuando se dirijen á un puerto enemigo, que dichos buques no tienen á su bordo articulos de contrabando de guerra.
Se ha convenido ademas, que en todos los casos que ocurran, soto los tribunales establecidos para causas de presas en el pais á que las presas sean conducidas tomarán conocimiento de ellas. Y siempre que
of either party, shall pronounce judgment against any vessel, or goods, or property claimed by the citizens of the other party, the sentence or decree shall mention the reasons or motives, on which the same shall Decree of condemnation to set forth the reasons thereof.
Citizens of neither party to engage in the service of an enemy of the other.
In case of war, merchants allowed time to arrange their business, and transport their effects, &c. Citizens of other occupations to be protected.
No confiscations in case of war.
Ministers and other public agents to enjoy the same favors as those of the most favored nation.
Consuls and vice-consuls admitted into ports open to foreign commerce.
semejante tribunal de cualquiera de las partes, pronunciase sentencia contra algun buque, ó efectos ó propiedad reclamada por los ciudadanos de la otra parte, la sentencia ó decreto hará mencion de las razones ó motivos en que aquella se haya fundado, y se entregará sin demora alguna al comandante ó agente de dicho buque, si to solicitase, un testimonio autentico de la sentencia ó decreto, ó de todo el proceso, pagando por él los derechos legales.
Siempre que una de las partes contratantes estuviere empeñada en guerra con otro estado, ningun ciudadano de la otra parte contratante aceptará una comision ó letra de marca para el objeto de ayudar ó cooperát hostilmente con el dicho etietnigo contra la dicha parte que esté asi en guerra, bajo la pena de ser tratado como pirata.
Si por alguna fatalidad que no puede esperarse, y que Dios no permita, las dos partes contratantes se viesen emperiadas en guerra una con otra, han convenido y convienen de ahora para entonces, que se concederá el termino de seis meses á los comerciantes residentes en las costas y en los puertos de entrambas, y el termino de un año á los que habitan en el interior, para arreglar sus negocies y transportát sus efectos á donde quieran, dandoles el salvo conducto necesario para ello, que les sirva de suficiente proteccion hasta que lleguen al puerto que designen. Los ciudadanos de otras ocupaciones que se Italien establecidos en los territorios y dominios de la República del Ecuador, ó de los Estados Unidos, serán respetados y mantenidos en el pleno gozo de su libertad personal y propiedad, á men os que su conducta particular les haga perder esta proteccion, que en consideracion á la humanidad, las partes contratantes se comprometan á prestarles.
Ni las deudas contraidas por los individuos de una nacion con los individuos de la otra, ni las acciones ó dineros que puedan tener en los fondos publicos ó en los bancos publicos ó privados, serán jamas secuestrados ó confiscados en ningun caso de guerra ó de diferencia nacional.
Deseando ambas partes contratantes evitar toda diferencia relativa á etiqueta en sus comuuiciones y correspondencias diplomaticas, han convenido asi mismo, y convienen en conceder á sus enviados y ministres y otros agentes diplomaticos, los mismos favores, inmunidades y esenciones de que gozan ó gozaren en to venidero los de las naciones mas favorecidas; bien entendido, que cualquier favor, inmunidad ó privelegio que la Republica del Ecuador ó los Estados Unidos de America tengan por conveniente dispensar á los enviados, ministres y agentes diplomaticos de otras potencias, se haga por el mismo hecho estensivo á los de una y otra de las partes contratantes.
Para hacer mas efectiva la proteccion que la República del Ecuador y los Estados Unidos darán en adelante á la navegacion y comercio de los ciudadanos de una y otra, se convienen en recibir y admitir consules y vice-consules en todos los puertos abiertos al comercio estrangero, quienes gozarán en ellos de todos los derechos, prerogativas é inmunidades de los consules y vice-consules de la nacion mas favorecida; quedando no estante en libertad cada parte contratante, para esceptuar aquellos puertos y lugares en que la admision y residencia de semejantes consules y vice-consules no parezea conveniente.
Consuls to exhibit their commissions and obtain exequaturs before they shall be considered as such.
Consuls, &c., exempt from certain taxes. Their archives and papers inviolable.
Consuls may require the assistance of the authorities in securing deserters. Mode of proceeding. Deserters, how to be disposed of.
For the purpose of more effectually protecting their commerce and A consular convention to be formed.
Construction to be put upon the words, “most favored nation.” Proviso.
Para que los consules y vice-consules de las dos partes contratantes puedan gozar de los derechos, prerogativas é inmunidades que les correspond an por su caracter publico, antes de entrar en el ejercicio de sus funciones, presentarán su comision ó patente, en la forma debida, al Gobierno con quien esten acreditatos, y habiendo obtenido el exequatur, serán tenidos y consideraros como taies, por todas las autoridades, magistrados y habitantes del distrito consular en que residan.
Se ha convenido igualmente que los consules, sus secretaries, oficiales y personas agregadas al servicio de los consulados, (no siendo estas personas ciudadanos del pais en que el consul reside,) estarán escentos de toda clase de pechos, impuestos y contribuciones, esceptuando aquellos que esten obligados á pagar por razon ce comercio ó propiedad, y á los cuales estan sujetos los ciudadanos y habitantes naturales y estrangeros del pais en que residen, quedando en todo to demas, sujetos á las leyes de los respectivos estados. Los archivos y papeles de los consulados serán respetados inviolablemente, y bajo ningun pretesto los ocupará magistrado alguno, ni tendrá con ellos ninguna intervencion.
Los dichos consules tendrán poder de requérir el ausilio de las autoridades locales para la prision, detencion y custodia de los desertores de los buques publicos y particulares, de su pais, y para este objeto se dirijirán á los tribunales, jueces y oficiales competentes, y pedirán los dichos desertores por escrito, probando por una presentacion de los registres de los buques, roi de equipage ú otros documentes publiées, que aquellos hombres, eran parte de las dichas tripulaciones, y á esta demanda asi probada (menos, no ostante, cuando se probase to contrario) no se recusará la entrega. Semejantes desertores luego que seau arrestados, se pondrán á disposicion de los dichos consules, y pueden ser depositados en las prisiones públicas, á solicited y espensas de los que los reclamen, para ser enviados á los buques á que correspondan o á otros de la misma nacion. Pero sino fueren mandados deutro de dos meses contados desde el dia de su arresto, serán puestos en libertad, y no volverán á ser presos por la misma causa.
Para protéger mas efectivamente su comercio y navegacion, las dos partes contratantes se convienen en format luego que las circunstancias to permitan, una convencion consular, que declare mas especialmente los poderes é inmunidades de los consules y vice-consules de las partes respectivas.
Se conviene ademas, que las palabras, “la nacion mas favorecida,” que se encuentran en este tratado, no serán entendidas de modo, que impidan á la una ó á la otra, de las partes contratantes, celebrar el tratado ó convenio, con cualquier nacion o estado, que tenga por conveniente, tan libre y estensamente, como si dichas palabras no ecsistiesen; con tal que, no ostante tal tratado ó convenio, los ciudadanos de los Estados Unidos, estén puestos, en el Ecuador, con respecto á navegacion y comercio, sobre un pie igual con los subditos de la Espana, y con los ciudadanos de Mejico y de los otros estados Hispano-Americanos, con quienes haya de tratar ó tenga tratados ecsistentes; y que los ciudadanos del Ecuador sean admitidosá gozar, en los Estados Unidos, de los mismos derechos y privilégies, respecto de navegacion y comercio, que gozan ó gozaren los ciudadanos de los Estados Unidos en el Ecuador.
Points agreed upon as to the duration of this treaty.
To remain in force 12 years. &c.
Citizens personally responsible for infringing this article.
Reprisals not to be authorized, nor war declared, until justice has been demanded and refused, or unreasonably delayed.
Treaties with other powers not contravened by this.
This treaty to be ratified and the ratifications to be exchanged, within 3 years.
In faith whereof, we, the plenipotentiaries of the United States of America and of the Republic of Ecuador, have signed and sealed these presents.
Signed 13th June, 1839.
La Republica del Ecuador y los Estados Unidos de America, deseando hacer tan duraderas y firmes como las circunstancias lo permitan, las relacionas que han de establecerse entre las dos potencias en virtud del presente tratado de paz, amistad, navegacion y comercio, han declarado solemnemente, y convienen en los puntos siguientes:
Nada de cuanto se contiene en el presente tratado, se construira sin embargo, ni obrará en contra de otros tratados publicos anteriores, ecsistentes con otros soberanos ó estados.
El presente tratado de paz, amistad, comercio, y navegaeion sera ratificado por el Presidente ó Vice Presidente de la República del Ecuador, encargado del poder ejecutivo, con consentimiento y nprobacion del Congreso de la misma, y por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de America, con consejo y aprobacion del Senado de los mismos; y las ratificaciones serán cangeadas en la ciudad de Quito dentro de tres años contados desde este dia, ó antes si fuere posible.
En fe de to cual, nosotros los plenipotenciaros de la Republica del Ecuador y de los Estados Unidos de America, hemos firmado y setlado ]as presentes.
Dadas en la ciudad de Quito, el dia trece de Junio del año del Senor, mil ochocientos treinta y nueve, vigesimo nono de la Yndependencia de la Republica del Ecuador y sexagesimo tercero de la de los Estados Unidos de America.
Ratifications exchanged, Nov. 14, 1840.
The United States of America and His Majesty the King of Hanover, equally animated by the desire of extending as far as possible the commercial Proclamation of the President of the U. S., Jan. 2, 1841.
Negotiators.
Reciprocal liberty of com-merce and navigation. Inhabitants of either allowed admission into the territories of the other. Residence, &c. permitted them.
The inhabitants of their respective states shall mutually have liberty to enter, with or without their ships, and cargoes, the ports, places, waters and rivers of the territories of each party wherever foreign commerce is permitted.
They shall be permitted to sojourn and reside in all parts whatsoever of said territories, in order to attend to their affairs, and also to hire and occupy houses and warehouses, for the purposes of their commerce, provided they submit to the laws as well general as special, relative to the right of residing and trading.
Allowed to manage their own business.
Free access to tribunals of justice.
Duties to be the same as on national vessels.
Vessels to which the privileges secured by this article extend.
Les Etats Unis d’Amérique et Sa Majesté le Roi de Hanovre, également animés du désir d’étendre autant que possible les relations commerciales, et l’échange des produits entre leurs états respectifs, sont convenus, dans ce but, de conclure un traité de commerce et de navigation.
A cet effet, le Président des Etats Unis d’Amérique a muni de pleins pouvoirs Henry Wheaton, leur Envoyé Extraordinaire et ministre pléni-potentiaire près Sa Majesté le Roi de Prusse; et Sa Majesté le Roi de Hanovre a muni des mêmes pouvoirs le Sieur Auguste de Berger, son envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire près Sa Majesté le Roi de Prusse, Lieutenant Général, Chevalier Grand-Croix de l’ordre des Guelphes, de l’aigle rouge de Prusse, de l’ordre pour le mérite d’Oldenburg, &c. &c. &c.; lesquels plénipotentiaires, après avoir échangé leurs dits pleins pouvoirs trouvés en bonne et due forme, ont arrêté et signé, sous la réserve de la ratification, les atticles suivans.
Il y aura entre les territoires des Hautes Partes Contractantes liberté et réciprocité de commerce et de navigation.
Les habitants de leurs états respectifs pourront, réciproquement, entrer avec ou sans leurs vaisseaux et cargaisons, dans les ports, places, eaux, et rivières des territoires de chacune d’elles, partout où le commerce étranger est permis.
Us seront libres de s’y arrêter et résider dans quelque partie que ce soit des dits territoires, pour y vaquer à leurs affaires, et de louer et occuper des maisons et magazins pour leur négoce, pourvu qu’ils se soumettent aux lois, tant générales que spéciales, relatives au droit d’y résider et d’y faire le commerce.
En se conformant aux lois et règlemens en vigueur, ils pourront, euxmêmes diriger librement leurs propres affaires dans tous les territoires soumis à la juridiction de chacune d’elles, tant pour ce qui a rapport à la consignation et ù la vente, en gros et en détail, de leurs denrées et marchandises, que pour ce qui regarde le chargement, déchargement, et expédition de leurs bâtimens, ou d’employer tels agens et courtiers qu’ils trouveront convenables; ils seront, dans tous ces cas, traités comme les citoyens ou sujets du pays dans lequel ils résident; néanmoins, il est bien entendu qu’ils restent assujettis aux dits lois et règlemens, aussi en ce qui regarde les ventes en gros et en détail.
Ils auront pleine liberté de recourir aux tribunaux de justice pour leurs affaires litigeuses aux mêmes conditions qui seront accordées par là loi et l’usage aux citoyens ou sujets du pays, et d’employer dans leurs procès, pour la defence de leurs droits, tels avocats, avoués, ou autres agens qu’ils trouveront convenables de choisir.
Il ne sera imposé d’autres ni de plus forts droits ou charges sur les vaisseaux Hanôvriens dans les ports des Etats Unis que ceux payables dans les mêmes ports par les vaisseaux des Etats Unis; ni dans les ports du royaume de Hanovre sur les vaisseaux des Etats Unis que ceux qui sont payables dans les mêmes ports pas des vaisseaux Hanôvriens.
Les privilèges accordés par cet article aux vaisseaux des hautes parties contractantes respectives ne seront applicables qu’aux vaisseaux construits dans leurs territoires respectifs, ou légalement condamnés
war, or adjudged to be forfeited for a breach of thd municipal laws of either of the parties, and belonging wholly to their citizens or subjects respectively, and of which the master, officers and two-thirds of the crew shall consist of the citizens or subjects of the country to which the vessel belongs.
Same duties on imports, whether in vessels of U. S. or of Hanover.
Same duties on exports, whether in vessels of U. S. or of Hanover.
Same duties on importation of certain articles, the growth, &c. of either party, as, &c.
Exportations.
All prohibitions shall he general.
Coasting trade excepted.
No preference of importations to be given.
Comme de prises de guerre, ou confisqués pour la violation des lois municipales de l’une ou de l’autre des parties, et appartenant exclusivement à leurs citoyens ou sujets respectifs, et desquels le capitaine, les sousofficiers, et les deux tiers de l’équipage seront des citoyens ou sujets du pays auquel le vaisseau appartient.
Les mêmes droits seront payés sur l’importation, dans les ports des Etats Unis, des articles provenant du sol ou de l’industrie du Royaume de Hanovre, ou de tout autre pays de la Confédération Germanique et du royaume de Prusse, n’importe de quels ports des pays susmentionnés que ces vaisseaux sortent, si ces mêmes articles sont importés dans les vaisseaux des Etats Unis, ou dans les vaisseaux Hanôvriens; et les mêmes droits seront payés sur l’importation dans les ports du Royaume de Hanovre des articles provenant du sol ou de l’industrie des Etats Unis, ou de tout autre pays du continent de l’Amérique et des Antilles, n’importe de quels ports des pays susmentionnés que ces vaisseaux sortent, ci ces mêmes articles sont importés dans les vaisseaux Hanôvriens, ou dans les vaisseaux des Etats Unis.
Les mêmes droits seront payés, et les mêmes primes accordées, sur l’exportation aux Etats Unis des articles provenant du sol ou de l’industrie du Royaume de Hanovre, ou de tout autre pays de la Confédération Germanique et du royaume de Prusse, si ces mêmes articles sont exportés dans les vaisseaux des Etats Unis, ou dans les vaisseaux Hanôvriens qui sortent de ports Hanôvriens; et les mêmes droits seront payés, et les mêmes primes accordées, sur l’exportation au Royaume de Hanovre des articles provenant du sol ou de l’industrie des Etats Unis, et de tout autre pays du continent de l’Amérique et des Antilles, si ces mêmes articles sont exportés dans les vaisseaux Hanôvriens, ou dans ceux des Etats Unis, qui sortent des ports des Etats Unis.
Il ne sera imposé d’autres ni de plus forts droits sur l’importation aux Etats Unis des articles provenant du sol ou de l’industrie du Royaume de Hanovre, et il ne sera imposé d’autres ni de plus forts droits sur l’importation dans le Royaume de Hanovre, des articles provenant du sol ou de l’industrie des Etats Unis, que ceux qui sont ou seront imposés sur les mêmes articles provenant du sol ou de l’industrie de tout autre pays étranger.
Il ne sera imposé d’autres ni de plus forts droits dans les Etats Unis, sur l’exportation des articles de marchandise au Royaume de Hanovre ou dans le Royaume de Hanovre sur l’exportation des articles de marchandise aux Etats Unis, que ceux qui sont ou seront imposés sur l’exportation des mêmes articles à tout autre pays étranger.
Il ne sera imposé sur l’exportation ou sur l’importation des articles provenant du sol ou de l’industrie des Etats Unis, ou du royaume de Hanovre, à la sortie ou à l’entrée du même royaume ou des Etats Unis, aucune prohibition qui ne soit pas également applicable à toute autre nation.
Les articles précédons ne sont pas applicables au commerce ou à la navigation de côte ou de cabotage des Hautes Parties Contractantes, que l’une et l’autre se réservent exclusivement à ses propres citoyens ou sujets.
Il ne sera accordé par l’une et par l’autre des Parties Contractantes, ni par aucune compagnie, corporation, ou agent agissant en son nom, et par son autorité, aucune priorité ou préférence quelconque, pour l’achat d’aucun objet de commerce légalement importé, à cause ou en con-
character of the vessel, whether it be of the one party or of the other in which such article was imported.
Consuls, &c. Their authority and privileges.
Consuls, &c. to judge and arbitrate in certain cases.
Contending parlies not thereby deprived, &c.
Consuls, &c. may require the assistance of the local authorities to arrest deserters.
Manner in which the demand is to be made.
Deserters, how to be disposed of.
Power to dispose of personal properly.
Personal representatives may succeed.
Possession to be had, on payment of cerium duties.
Care to be taken of it in the absence of the representatives.
sidération de la nationalité du navire qui aurait importé les dits objets, soit qu’il appartient à l’une des parties soit â l’autre.
Les Parties Contractantes se sont accordé mutuellement la faculté de tenir dans leurs ports respectifs, des consuls, vice-consuls, agens, ou commissaires de leur choix, qui jouiront des mêmes privilèges et pouvoirs dont jouissent ceux des nations les plus favorisées; mais dans le cas où les dits consuls veuillent faire le commerce, ils seront soumis aux mêmes lois et usages, auxquels sont soumis les particuliers de leur nation à l’endroit ou ils resident.
Les consuls, vice-consuls, et agens commerciaux auront le droit, comme tels, de servir de juges et d’arbitres dans les différends qui pourraient s’éléver entre les capitaines et les équipages des bâtimens de la nation dont ils soignent les intérêts, sans que les autorités locales puissent y intervenir, à moins que la conduite des équipages ou du capitaine ne troublât l’ordre ou la tranquillité du pays, ou que les dits consuls, vice-consuls, ou agens commerciaux, ne requissent leur intervention pour exécuter ou maintenir leurs décisions.
Il est, néanmoins, bien entendu que cette espèce de jugement ou d’arbitrage ne saurait pourtant priver les parties confondantes du droit qu’elles ont, à. leur retour, de recourir aux autorités judiciaires de leur pays.
Les dits consuls, vice-consuls, ou agens commerciaux, sont autorisés à requérir l’assistance des autorités locales pour la recherche, l’arrestation, la détention, et l’emprisonnement des déserteurs des navires de guerre et marchands de leur pays.
Us s’adresseront pour cet objet aux tribunaux, juges, et officiers compétens, et réclameront, par écrit, les déserteurs susmentionnés, en prouvant par la communication des registres des navires, ou rôles d’équipage, ou par d’autres documens officiels, que de tels individus ont fait partie des dits équipages; et cette réclamation ainsi prouvée, l’extradition ne sera point refusée.
De tels déserteurs, lorsqu’ils auront été arrêtés, seront mis à la disposition des dits consuls, vice-consuls, ou agens commerciaux, et pourront être enfermés dans les prisons publiques, à la réquisition et aux frais de ceux qui les réclament, pour être envoyés aux navires auxquels ils appartenaient, ou à d’autres de la même nation. Mais s’ils ne sont pas renvoyés dans l’espace de trois mois, ù compter du jour de leur arrestation, ils seront mis en liberté, et ne seront plus arrêtés pour la même cause. Toutefois, si le déserteur se trouvait avoir commis quelque crime ou délit, il pourra être sursis à son extradition, jusqu’à ce que le tribunal nanti de l’affaire aura rendu sa sentence, et que celle-ci ait reçu son exécution.
Les citoyens ou sujets de chacune des Parties Contractantes, auront, dans les états de l’autre, la liberté de disposer de leurs biens meubles et immeubles, soit par vente, donation, testament, ou autrement.
Leurs héritiers, étant sujets ou citoyens de l’autre partie contractante, succéderont à leurs biens, soit en vertu d’un testament ou ab intestato.
Us pourront en prendre possession, soit en personne, soit par d’autres agissant en leur place, et en disposeront ù leur volonté, en ne payant d’autres droits que ceux auxquels les habitans du pays où se trouvent les dits biens sont assujettis en pareille occasion.
En cas d’absence des héritiers, on prendra provisoirement des dits biens les mêmes soins qu’on aurait pris en pareille occasion des biens de natifs du pays, jusqu’à ce qne le propriétaire légitime ait agrée des arrangements pour recueillir l’héritage.
In case of several claimants.
In case of real estate, alien heirs allowed lime to dispose of the same.
Effects, &c. of persons removing, exempt from duties.
Right to wrecks abolished.
Assistance in case of shipwreck, &c.
Salvage payable.
Duties payable in case of unloading to repair.
Cargo liable for storage on goods, &c.
Duration of the treaty.
Ratifications to be exchanged in ten months.
The signatures in two languages not to be cited as a precedent.
Done in quadruplicate at the city of Berlin the twentieth day of May in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and forty, and the sixty-fourth of the independence of the United States of America.
S’ils s’élèvent des contestations entre différées prêt and ans ayant droit à la succession, elles seront décidées en dernier ressort, selon les lois, et par les juges du pays où la succession est vacante.
Si par la mort de quelque personne possédant des biens fonds sur le territoire de l’une des parties contractantes, ces biens fonds venaient à passer à un citoyen ou sujet de l’autre partie; celui-ci, si par sa qualité d’étranger il est inhabile à les posséder, obtiendra un délai convenable pour les vendre, et pour en retirer le produit sans obstacle, et exempts de tout droit de détraction de la part du Gouvernement des états respectifs.
Les capitaux et fonds que les citoyens ou sujets des parties respectives, en changeant de demeure, voudront faire sortir de l’endroit de leur domicile, seront aussi exempts de tout droit de détraction du d’émigration de la part des Gouvernemens respectifs.
L’ancien et barbare droit de naufrage sera entièrement aboli à l’égard des sujets ou citoyens des deux Parties Contractantes.
Au cas que quelque vaisseaux appartenant à l’une des parties contractantes aurait fait naufrage, échoué, ou souffert quelque autre avarie sur les côtes ou sous la domination de l’autre, les sujets ou citoyens respectifs recevront, tant pour eux que pour les vaisseaux et effets, la même assistance qui aurait été fournie aux habitans du pays où l’accident arrive.
Ils payeront seulement les memes charges et droits de sauvetage, auxquels les dits habitans auraient été assujettis en pareil cas.
Si la réparation du vaisseau exigeait que la cargaison fût déchargée en tout ou en partie, ils ne payeront aucun impôt, charge, ou droit, de ce qui sera rembarqué et remporté, qui ne soit ou sera payé en pareil cas par les vaisseaux nationaux de leurs cargaisons.
Toutefois il est entendu, que si pendant la réparation d’un vaisseau, la cargaison était déchargée et gardée dans un dépôt destinés à. recevoir les marchandises, dont les droits n’ont pas encore été payés, la cargaison ne pourra pas être exemptée des charges et droits dûs aux entre preneurs des dépôts susmentionnés.
Le présent traité sera en vigueur pendant douze ans, à dater de ce Jour; et au delà de ce terme jusqu’à l’expiration de douze mois après que le Gouvernement des Etats Unis d’une part, ou celui du Hanovre de l’autre, aura annoncé à l’autre son intention de le terminer.
Le présent traité sera approuvé et ratifié par le President des Etats Unis d’Amérique, par et avec l’avis et le consentement du Sénat des dits Etats, et par Sa Majesté le Roi de Hanovre; et les ratifications en seront échangées en la ville de Berlin dans l’espace de dix mois, à dater de ce jour, ou plutôt si faire se peut.
En foi de quoi, les plénipotentiaires respectifs ont signé les articles ci-dessus, tant en Français qu’en Anglais, et y ont apposé leurs sceaux; déclarant toutefois que la signature dans ces deux langues ne doit pas, par la suite, être citée comme exemple, ni, en aucune manière, porter préjudice aux parties contractantes.
Fait par quadruplicata, en la cité de Berlin, le vingt du mois de Mai, l’an de grâce mille huit-cent et quarante, et la soixante-quatrième de l’indépendance des Etats Unis d’Amérique.
Ratifications exchanged, April 23, 1841.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., April 24, 1841.
In the Name of the Most Holy and Undivided Trinity.
Reciprocal liberty of commerce and navigation. Liberty of residence, &c. secured.
Vessels of either party, arriving in the ports of the other, put on the footing of national vessels.
No higher or other duties shall be imposed on the importation, into the kingdom and possessions of Portugal, of any article, the growth,
En Nome da Santissima e Indivisel Trindade.
Os Estados Unidos da America, e sua Magestade Fidelissima, a Raynha de Portugal e dos Algarves, igualmente animados do desejo de manter as relaçóes de boa intelligencia, que até aqui tem felizmente subsistido entre sens respectivos Estados; e de estender outro sim, e consolidar as relaçóes commerciaes entre elles; e convencidos de que este objecto se uao póde melhor conseguir do que pela adopçao de um systema de inteira liberdade de navegaçáo e perfeita reciprocidade fundada nos principios de equidade igualmente bénéfices para arnbos os payes; assentarao, em consequencia, de entrar em negociaçóes para a conclusao de um tractado de commercio e navegaçao; para cujo fim nomearáo para seus plenipotenciarios, a saber: o Présidente dos Estados Unidos da America, ao Senbor Edward Kavanagh, encarregado de négocies dos mesmos Estados n’esta córte; e sua Magestade a Raynha de Portugal, ao illustrissime e excellentissimo Joao Baptista de Almeida Garrett, seu chronista mór, e do seu concelho, deputado da naçao Portugueza, cavalleiro da antiga e muito nobre ordem da torre e espada do valor, lealdade, e merito, commendador da ordem de Christo, official da de Leopoldo na Belgica, juiz do tribunal superior de commercio, enviado extraordinario e ministre plenipotenciario juncto a sua Magestade Cathoiica; os quaes, depois de terem communicado, um ao outro, os seus respectivos plenos poderes, que se acharam em boa e dévida forma, ajustaram e concluiram os artigos seguintes:
Haverá, entre os territorios das altas partes contractantes, reciproca liberdade de commercio de navegaçito. Os cidadá os e subditos dos seus respectivos estados poderao, mutua e livremente, entrar nos portos, logares, e rios dos territorios de cada uma das dittas partes contractantes, aonde quer que o commercio estrangeiro é, ou vier a ser, permittido. Teráo igualmente liberdade de pousar e residir em qualquer parte dos dittos territorios, afim de tractar de seus negocios; e gozarao, para esse fim, a mesma segurança e proteeçao que os naturaes do paiz onde residem, sob condiçáo de se sujeitarem as leis e ordens do governo que ahi regerem, especialmente aos regulamentos commerciaes em vigor.
Os navios dos Estados Unidos da America que aportarem, carrcgados ou em lastro, aos portos do reino e possessóes de Portugal; e, reciprocamente, os navios Portuguezes, que aportarem, carregados ou em lastro, nos portos dos Estados Unidos da America, serao tractados, á entrada, durante a sua estada no porto, e a sahida d’elle, do mesmo modo que os navios nacionaes vindos de iguaes procedencias, em relaçao aos direitos de tonelagem, de faróes, pilotagem, e ancoradouro, e bem assim quanto aos emoiumentos e propinas das auctoridades publicas, ou quaesquer outros encargos e direitos, de qualquer natureza ou denominaçao que sejáo, e que costumam levar-se aos navios de commercio, ou seja por conta do Governo, das auctoridades locaes, ou de qualquer outro estabelecimento publico ou particular.
Nao se imporáo outros nem maiores direitos, na importaçao, em o reino de Portugal e suas possessóes, de nenhum genero de producto
No other or higher duties to be imposed on importations, &c.
All prohibitions to be general.
No other or higher duties to be imposed on exportations, &c.
Proviso.
Same duties on importations, &c. in vessels of either party.
Favors granted by either party to other nations, to become common.
No higher or other duties on exportations, &c. than are paid by national vessels.
natural ou de manufactura dos Estados Unidos da America; nem outros ou maiores direitos serao impostos na importaçao, em os Estados Unidos da America, de genero algum de producçao natural ou de manufactura do reino de Portugal e suas possessóes, alem daquelles que pagao, ou vierem a pagar, iguaes generos de producçáo natural ou de manufactura de qualquer outro paiz estrangeiro.
Nem se estabelecerii prohibiçáo alguma na importaçao ou exportaçao de qualquer genero de producçáo natural ou manufactura dos Estados Unidos da America, ou do reino de Portugal e suas possessóes, respectivamente, em algum d’elles, que do mesmo modo se nao estabeleça igualmente para todas as outras naçoes estrangeiras.
Nem se estabelecerao outros ou maiores direitos ou encargos, em qualquer dos dous paizes, sobre a exportaçao de quaesquer generos para os Estados Unidos da America, ou para o reino de Portugal, respectivamente, alem dos que se pagáo pela exportaçao de iguaes generos para outro paiz estrangeiro.
Intendendose, todavia, que nada do que neste artigo se contem poderá prejudicar a estipulaçáo admittida pelos Estados Unidos da America, por um equivalente especial, a respeito dos vinhos Francezes, na convençao, celebrada entre os dittos Estados e a França, em quatro de Julho do anno do nascimento de nosso Senhor Jesu Christo de mil oitocentos e trinta e um; a quai estipulaçáo hade terminar e deixar de ter effeito, no mez de Fevereiro, do anno do nascimento de nosso Senhor Jesu Christo de mil oitocentos e quarenta e dous.
Pagar-se-hao os mesmos direitos, e serao concedidos os mesmos favores, deducçóes, ou privilegios pela importaçao, em o reino e possessóes de Portugal, de qualquer genero de producçáo natural ou manufactura dos Estados Unidos da America, quer a ditta importaçao se faça em navios dos dittos Estados, ou em navios Portuguezes: e, reciprocamente, se pagaráo os mesmos direitos, e serao concedidos os mesmos favores, deducçóes, e privilegies pela importaçao, em os Estados Unidos da America, de qualquer genero de producçáo natural ou manufactura de Portugal e suas possessóes, quer a ditta importaçao seja feita em navios Portuguezes, ou em navios dos dittos Estados.
Convieráo as altas partes contractantes, que se, em algum tempo, for permit tido o importar em todos ou alguns dos portos o reino e possessóes de Portugal, em navios de qualquer naçao estrangeira, alguns generos de producçáo natural ou manufactura de outro paiz que náo seja aquelle á que os dittos navios pertencerem, o mesmo favor sera immediatamente extensivo aos navios dos Estados Unidos da America, corn os mesmos direitos e favores que, para esse fim, forem concedidos á naçao, mais favorecida. Em consideraçao, do que, e reciprocamente, os navios Portuguezes gozarao, d’ahi em diante, e para o mesmo fim, privilegios, direitos, e favores, na mesma extençáo correspondente, nos portos dos Estados Unidos da America.
Toda a sorte de mercadorias e artigos de commercio que legal mente podem ser exportados ou re-exportados dos portos de uma das altas partes contractantes, para qualquer paiz estrangeiro, em navios nacionaes, poderáo igualmente ser exportados ou re-exportados dos dittos portos em os navios da outra parte, respectivamente, sem pagar outros ou maiores direitos ou encargos, de qualquer modo ou denominaçáo que sejam, do que se as dittas mercadorias ou artigos de commercio fossem exportados ou re-exportados em navios nacionaes.
Bounties, &c. the same, in vessels of either party.
Coasting trade excepted.
Foregoing stipulations not applicable to certain ports.
Said ports, &c. when opened to any foreign nation, to be open to U. S.
Protection to vessels seeking refuge, &c.
Each party to have consuls, &c. in each other’s ports
Of consuls engaging in commerce.
In case of consuls violating the laws.
Consular archives to be inviolable.
Disputes between Americans, &c. to be decided by the consul, &c.
E conceder-ce-hāo, os mesmos favores e deducçōes de direitos, quer a exportaçao ou a re-exportaçāo seja feita em navios de uma ou da outra das dittas partes.
Fica expressamente intendido que nenhuma das estipuiaçōes conthendas no presente tractado serā applicavel á navegaçao costeira, ou de cabotageni, de qualquer dos dous paizes, que cada uma das altas partes contractantes exclusivamente se reserva.
Fica mutuamente entendido que as precedentes estipuiaçōes nāo sao applicaveis aos portos e territories no reino e possessōes de Portugal, em que nāo sao admittidos o commercio e navegaçao estrangeiros; e que o commercio e navegaçao de Portugal, directamente dos dittos portos para os Estados Unidos da America, e dos dittos Estados para os dittos portos e territories, sao igualmente prohibidos.
Mas sua Magestade Fidelissima consente em que, quando, em algum tempo, os dittos portos e territories, ou algum d’elles, vierem a ser abertos ao commercio ou navegaçao de qualquer naçao estrangeira, desde esse momenta figuem abertos ao commercio e navegaçao dos Estados Unidos da America, corn os mesmos privilegios, direitos, e favores, que fōrem concedidos ā naçāo mais favorecida; gratuitamente, se a concessao tiver sido gratuita, ou pela mesma compensaçao, ou um equivalente d’ella, se a concessao tiver sido condicional.
Os cidadāos e subditos de qualquer das partes contractantes que fōrem obrigados a procurar refugio ou asito em algum dos rios, bahias, portos, ou territorios da outra, corn seus navios, ou sejao mercantes ou de guerra, por causa do temporal, perseguiçāo de piratas, ou inimigos, serao recebidos e tractados corn humanidade, dando-se-lhes todo o favor, facilidade, e protecçāo para reparar os seus navios, procurar mantimentos, e por-se em estado de continuāt a sua viagem, sem nenhum obstacuto ou molestaçao.
As duas partes contractantes terao a liberdade de nomear para os portos, uma da outra, consoles, vice-consules, agentes e commissaries os qnaes gozarao dos mesmos privilegios e poderes que os da naçao mais favorecida. Mas, antes que qualquer consul, vice-consul, agente, ou commissario possa funccionar como tal, será, na devida e usual forma, approvado e admittido peto Governo do paiz a que é mandado.
Mas, se algum d’estes consules exercitar o commercio, ficarā sujeito ās mesmas leis e usos a que sao sujeitos os individuos particulares de sua naçao, nos mesmos logares, relativamente ās suas transacçōes commerciaes.
E aqui fica declarado, que no caso de offensa contra as leis, o ditto consul, vice-consul, agente, ou commissario poderā ser, ou punido conforme o direito, ou mandado, sabir, declarando o Govêrno offendido, ao outro, as rasōes do seu procedimento.
Os archives e papeis dos consulados serao respeitados inviolavelmente; e por nenhum pretexta poderā qualquer magistrado embarga-los, ou, de outro modo, intervir a respeito d’elles.
Os consules, vice-consules, e agentes commerciaes terao o direito, como taes, de exercer as funccōes de juizese arbitros, nas questōes que venhao a levantar se entre os mestres e companhas dos navios da naçao cujos interesses the sāo commettidos, sem intervençao das auctoridades locaes, excepto se o procedimento das dittas companhas e mestres per-
of the captains, should disturb the order or the tranquillity, or offend the laws, of the country; or the said consuls, vice-consuls, or commercial agents should require their assistance to cause their decisions to be carried into effect, or supported.
Contending parties may resort to judicial authorities, &c.
Consuls, &c. may require the aid of the civil authorities to arrest deserters. How the demand shall be made.
For this purpose, they shall apply to the competent tribunals, judges, and officers, and shall, in writing, demand the said deserters, proving by the exhibition of the registers of the vessels, the rolls, of the crews, or by any other official documents, that such individuals formed part of the crews; and, this reclamation being thus substantiated, the surrender shall be made, without delay.
Deserters, when arrested, how to be disposed of.
Power to dispose of personal goods, &c.
In case of real estate, time allowed to sell the same, &c.
Favors in navigation, &c. to become common.
turbar a ordem ou a tranquiilidade, ou offender as leis, dopaiz; ou tambem se os dittos consoles, vice-consules, ou agentes cotnmerciaes requererem o seu auxilio para haver de levar á effeito as suas decisōes.
É, com tudo, entendido que esta especie de julgamento, ou arbitragem, de nenhum modo privant os litigantes do direito que teem a recorrer depois as auctoridades judiciaes do seu paiz.
Os dittos consoles, vice-consules, e agentes commerciaes sao auctorisados a requerer o auxilio das auctoridades locaes, para a busca, prisao, detençāo, e custodia dos desertores dos navios de guerra e mercantes da sua naçāo.
Para este fim, poderao dirigir se aos competentes tribunaes, juizes, e officines publicos, e pedirao, por escripto, os ditos desertores, provando pela exhibiçāo dos registos dos navios, matricula dos marinheiros, ou poz qualquer outro documente official, que taes individuos pertenciao á tripulaçao d’elles; e documentada assim a reclamaçāo, sera feita a entrera sem demora.
Os desertores apenas prezos seráo postos á disposiçao dos dittos consules, vice-consules, ou agentes commerciaes, e poderáo ser detidos nas cadeas publicas, a rōgo e á custa dos que os reclamarem, para haverem de ser detidos, atè se restituirem aos navios a que pertenciao, ou mandados para o seu paiz, por uin navio da mesma naçao, ou por qualquer outro. Se porem nao forem mandados para o seu paiz dentro de quatre mezes contados do dia da prisao serao postos em liberdade, e náo tornarao a ser presos pela mesma causa. Mas, se vier a conhecer-se que o dezertor commetten algum crime ou offensa contra as leis do paiz, serti, demorada a entrega d’elle atè que o tribunal, a que o caso estiver affecto pronuncie sentença, e a sen te nç a se execute.
Os cidadāos e subditos de cada uma das altas partes contractantes poderam dispōr dos seus bens moveis que se acharem dentro da jurisdicçāo da outra, por testamento, doaçáo, ou por qualquer outro modo; e os seus representantes poderam succeder nos ditos bens particulares, por testamento, ou ab intestato, e poderam tomar posse d’elles por si ou por seus procuradores, e dispor livremente dos mesmos, pagando sōmente aus respectives Governos o que os habitantes do paiz, em que os dittos bens estiverem, forem obrigados a pagar em iguaes casos.
E se, por morte de algtima pessoa que possua, bens de raiz dentro do territorio de uma das altas partes contractantes, esses bens de raiz tiverem de passar, conforme as leis do paiz, a uni cidadao ou subdito da outra parte, e a ditta pessoa as nao poder possuir por sua qualidade de estrangeiro, sêr-lhe-ha dado o tempo marcado pelas leis do paiz; ou se estas o nao tiverem marcado sêr-lhe-ha dado o tempo rasoavel para vender, ou de qualquer outro modo dispōr dos dittos bens de raïz, e retirar ou exportar o seu producto sem gravame e sem ter de pagar para os respectivos Governos outro algum direito alem dos que, em iguaes casos sao impostos aos habitantes do païz aonde os dittos bens de raïz fōrem situados.
Se uma das partes contractantes vier a conceder a qualquer outra naçao qualquer favor particular em navegaçfto ou em commercio, o ditto favor sera immediatamente extensivo á outra parte; livremente se livre-
nation, or on yielding the same compensation, or an equivalent, quam proximè, where the grant is conditional.
Ths following points agreed to.
Duration of the treaty.
Citizens personally responsible for violations of this treaty.
Reprisals not to be authorized, nor war declared, until, &c.
Ratifications to oe exchanged within eight months.
In witness whereof, the respective plenipotentiaries have signed the same, and have affixed thereto the seals of their arms.
Done in triplicate, in the city of Lisbon, the twenty-sixth day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and forty.
mente for concedido, ou pela mesma compensaçāo, ou por outra equivalente, quam proximè, se a concessao fôr condicional.
Os Estados Unidos da America e su a Magestade Fidelissima, desejando fazer tarn duraveis quanto as circumstancias o permittāo, as relaçōes que vao estabelecer-se entre as duas partes, em virtude deste tractado ou gérai convençao de reciproca liberdade de commercio e navegaçao, declarao solemnemente e conseutem nos seguintes pontos:
Em testemunho do que, os respectivos plenipotentiaries o assignaram, e the appozerāo o sêllo de suas armas.
Feito em triplicado, na cidade de Lisboa, aos vinte-e-seis dias de Agosto do anno do nascimento de nosso Senhor Jesu Christo de mil outocentos e quarenta.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., Feb. 21, 1844.
Commissioners appointed.
The United States of America and the Republic of Peru, desirous of consolidating permanently, the good understanding and friendship now happily existing between the parties, have resolved to arrange and terminate their differences and pretensions, by means of a Convention that shall determine exactly, the responsibilities of Peru, with respect to the claims of certain citizens of the United States against her: And with this intention, the President of the United States has appointed James C, Pickett, Chargé d’Affaires of said States, near Peru, and his excellency the President of the Republic of Peru, has appointed Don Manuel del Rio, principal officer of the Department of Finance, acting minister of the same Department and supernumerary Councillor of State; and both Commissioners, after having exchanged their powers, have agreed upon and signed the following articles:
Peru to pay U. S. $300,000.
To be paid in ten annual instalments.
Interest nt the rale of four per centum.
To be paid in hard dollars.
There shall not be demanded of the Government of Peru, any other No further demand for claims presented by S. Larned.
It is further agreed, that the Peruvian Government shall have the Optional with Peru to pay with orders on custom-house at Callao.
This Convention shall be ratified by the contracting parties, and the To be ratified in two years.
In witness whereof, the respective Commissioners have signed the same, and affixed thereto their seals. Done in triplicate at the city of Lima, this seventeenth day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and forty-one.
Ratified Aug. 22, 1842.
Preamble.
It is hereby agreed and declared that the line of boundary shall be Boundary line between U. S. and the British possessions.
It is moreover agreed, that, from the place where the joint commissioners Description of the boundary line.
Navigation of the river St. John to be free to both parties. Proviso.
Grants of land, &c. within the territory, confirmed to the persons in possession of such grants.
Whereas, in the course of the controversy respecting the disputed Distribution of the “disputed territory fund.”
It is furthermore understood and agreed, that for the purpose of running Commissioners to be appointed to mark the line between the St. Croix and St. Lawrence rivers.
It is further agreed, that the channels in the river St. Lawrence, on Certain waters open to both parties.
Mutual agreement for the suppression of the slave trade.
Parties to unite in remonsirances with other powers within whose dominions a market is found for slaves.
Criminals to be delivered up to either party, upon requisition, &c.
The eighth article of this treaty shall be in force for five years from Duration of the treaty.
The present treaty shall be duly ratified, and the mutual exchange of Ratifications to be exchanged within six months.
In faith whereof, we, the respective Plenipotentiaries, have signed this treaty, and have hereunto affixed our seals.
Done, in duplicate, at Washington, the ninth day of August, Anno Domini one thousand eight hundred and forty-two.
Ratifications exchanged, March 29, 1843.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., March 30, 1843.
Preamble
Mexico to pay all interest due on the 30th April 1843.
Principal and interest to be paid in five years.
Payments to be made in the city of Mexico, in gold or silver.
Mexico pledges the proceeds of direct taxes.
Mexico to pay two and a half per centum on each payment to cover charges.
New convention to be entered into for the settlement of all claims on Mexico.
Ratifications, when to be exchanged.
In faith whereof, we, the plenipotentiaries of the United States of America and of the Mexican Republic, have signed and sealed these presents.
Done at the city of Mexico on the thirtieth day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and forty-three, and in the sixty-seventh year of the Independence of the United States of America, and in the twenty-third year of that of the Mexican Republic.
En fé de lo cual nosotros los plenipotenciarios de la República Mexicana y de los Estados Unidos de America, hemos firmado y sell ado el presente.
Fecho en la ciudad de Mexico el dia treinta de Enero del año de mil ochocientos cuarenta y tres, vigesimo tercio de la Independencia de la Republica Mexicana y sexagesimo septimo de la de los Estados Unidos de America.
Ratifications exchanged, April 12, 1844.
Proclamation of the President of the United States, April 30, 1844.
Preamble.
of America; who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed upon and concluded the following articles :
Persons accused of crimes to be given up to justice, upon requisitions, &c.
Proviso.
Persons to be delivered up must be charged with certain specified crimes.
Surrender, by whom to be made.
Expenses to be borne by the party making requisition.
Not to apply to crimes heretofore committed, or political offences.
To continue till abrogated.
Ratifications to be exchanged within six months.
In witness whereof, the respective plenipotentiaries have signed the present convention in duplicate, and have affixed thereto the seal of their arms.
Done at Washington, the ninth day of November, Anno Domini one thousand eight hundred and forty-three.
communiqué leurs pleins pouvoirs respectifs, trouvés en bonne et due forme, ont arrété et conclu les articles suivants:
En foi de quoi, les plenipotentiaires respectifs ont signé la présente convention en double, et y ont apposé le sceau de leurs armes.
Fait à Washington, le neuvième jour de November, Pan de grace mil huit cent quarante-trois.
Ratifications exchanged, Dec. 20, 1844.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., Feb. 22, 1845.
Preamble.
Transmission of the U. S. mail across the Isthmus of Panama.
Postage on letters, &c. that do not cross the Isthmus.
Disposition of the mail upon its arrival in Panama.
Transmission of the mail from Panama to Chagres or Portobello.
Payment for the transmission of the mail.
Packets to carry letters and papers between the two countries without compensation.
U. S. packets to carry letters, &c. from one port of N. Granada to another without charge.
Relative to the introduction of coals, should U. S. employ steamers.
Advantages arising from this convention, to be considered as compensation for the obligations.
When the convention shall go into effect.
Duration of the convention.
Ratifications exchanged, Oct. 3, 1844.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., Dec. 16, 1844.
Preamble.
Droits d’aubaine, &c. abolished.
Heirs to real property allowed time to sell the same, &c.
Duties on disposal of personal property the same as paid by inhabitants.
Property of absent heirs to be taken care of.
Disputes to be decided by the local laws.
Property not yet withdrawn embraced.
Convention subject to ratification, &c.
In witness whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the above articles, as well in English as in German, and have thereto affixed their seals.
Done in triplicata, in the city of Berlin, on the tenth day of April, one thousand eight hundred & forty-four, in the 68th year of the Independence of the United States of America, and the twentyeighth of the reign of His Majesty the King of Wurttemberg.
ihrer beweglichen Güter folgen, auch in Person sowohl als durch andern, welche an ihrer stelle handeln davon Besitz ergreifen und nach gut denken damit schalten können, ohne Andere Steuern zu bezahlen als solche, welchen die Einwohner des Landes, worin sich die genannten Güte befinden, bei gleichem Anlasse unterworfen sind.
In Urkund dessen, haben die beiderseitigen Bevollmachtigten, oberstehende Artikel, sowohl in englischer als in deutscher Sprache jinterzeichnet, und ihre Siegel beigedruckt.
Ausgestellt in drei Exemplaren, zu Berlin den zehnten April, Ein Tausend Acht Hundert Vier und Vierzig, im acht und sechszigsten Jahre der Unabhangigkeit der Vereinigten Staaten von Nord Amerika, und im act und zwansigsten Jahre der Regierung Seiner Majestät des Königs von Würtemberg.
Ratifications exchanged, Dec. 31, 1845.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., April 18, 1846.
And the said Commissioners, after having exchanged their said full powers, and duly considered the premises, have agreed to the following articles:
Peace and amity established between the U.S. and China.
Citizens of the U. S. trading with China to pay the duties, &c.
Fees, &c. wholly abolished.
Modification of the tariff, how to be made.
Additional advantages, if hereafter extended to any other nation, &c.
Ports which may be frequented by citizens of the U.S. who may reside there, &c.
Vessels of U.S. not to trade at any other port, &c.
Penalty.
U. S. may appoint consuls, &c.
Protection of consuls, and other officers of the U. S.
Privilege of trade at the ports named given to the citizens of the U. S.
The papers of vessels of the U.S. arriving at either of the five ports, to be left with the consul.
Tonnage duties to be paid at fixed rates, in full of all the former rates and charges.
No additional tonnage duties to be paid by vessels going from one to another of the five ports.
No tonnage duties to be laid on boats belonging to citizens of U. S., &c.
Duty on cargo boats.
Citizens of U. S. may engage pilots for their vessels.
May hire servants, &c.
Custom-house officers to be appointed to guard the vessels of U. S. on arrival, &c.
Proceedings of vessels of the U. S. on their arrival in China.
Penalties for discharging vessels without a permit.
Vessels departing within 48 hours, not to be subject to tonnage or other duties.
Appointment of officers to ascertain the duties to be paid on goods imported.
Disputes as to amount of duties, where and how settled.
Standards of weights and measures.
When tonnage and other duties shall be paid.
Duties to be paid in sycee silver, or in foreign money at the current rate of exchange.
Regulation of transhipment of goods from one vessel of U. S. to another.
Citizens of U. S. may trade with any and all subjects of China.
Not to be subject to any new limitations, &c.
Chinese government not responsible for debts due by its subjects.
Debts due by citizens of U. S. to subjects of China.
Citizens of the United States residing or sojourning at any of the Citizens of U. S. residing at any of the five ports, may obtain proper accommodations, &c.
At places of anchorage, &c. merchants may pass and repass in the immediate vicinity. No excursions into the country, &c. Preservation of the public peace.
And, in order to the preservation of the public peace, the local officers of government at each of the five ports, shall, in concert with the consuls, define the limits beyond which it shall not be lawful for citizens of the United States to go.
Persons may be employed to teach languages in any part of the empire. Citizens of U. S. may buy all manner of books.
Citizens of U. S. to be specially protected by the local authorities.
Riots and attacks on their houses to be prevented by military force, and rioters punished.
Re-exportation of goods imported into China by citizens of the U. S. to other permitted ports.
Frauds on the government of China.
Criminal acts by subjects of China to be
punished by the laws of China.
Citizens of II. S. committing crimes, to be punished by the consul according to the laws of U. S.
If China should be at war, &c., trade of the U. S. to the five ports not to be molested.
Transportation of goods to and from the ports of the belligerents to be allowed, &c.
Proviso.
Consuls of U. S. to make returns of the trade of U. S. with the five ports, &c.
Communications with the local officers of China, how to be made.
Communications from subjects of China, how to be made.
Settlement of controversies.
Questions between citizens of U. S. in Chi na, how to be regulated.
Between citizens of U. S. and others.
Merchant vessels of U. S. in the five ports to be under the jurisdiction of the officers of their government.
Robbers and pirates, &c. to be arrested and punished by the Chinese government.
Disposition of the property recovered.
Shipwrecks.
Vessels forced into any other than one of the five ports, shall receive friendly treatment.
Citizens or vessels of U.S. not to be subject to embargo.
Mutineers and deserters to be apprehended and delivered to U. S. consuls.
Merchants, &c. of U. S. to be under the superintendence of the officers of their government.
Correspondence between the respective governments and their officers, and between individuals and their government.
Transmission of communications.
Intercourse with ships of war.
Clandestine trade prohibited.
When the present convention shall have been definitively concluded, it At the expiration of 12 years, the two governments may treat on matters which may require alteration.
And when ratified, this Treaty shall be faithfully observed in all its The treaty, when ratified, to be faithfully observed, &c.
The present treaty of peace, amity, and commerce, shall be ratified Ratifications to be exchanged within eighteen months.
In faith whereof, We, the respective Plenipotentiaries of the United States of America, and of the Ta Tsing Empire, as aforesaid, have signed and sealed these presents.
Done at Wang Hiya, this third day of July, in the year of our Lord Jesus Christ, one thousand eight hundred and forty-four; and of Taoukwang, the twenty-fourth year, fifth month, and eighteenth day.
The duties which it is agreed shall be paid upon goods imported and exported by the United States, at the Custom Houses of Canton, Amoy, Fuchow, Ningpo, and Shanghai, are as follows; the articles being arranged in classes, viz.
EXPORTS.
| Taels. | Mace. | Candareens. | |
| Alum, i. e. white alum, formerly white alum and blue stone, per 100 catties | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| Anniseed oil, not formerly contained in the tariff, per 100 catties | 5 | 0 | 0 |
| Cassia oil, not formerly contained in the tariff, per 100 catties | 5 | 0 | 0 |
| Tea, formerly divided into fine and native black, and fine and native green teas, per 100 catties | 2 | 5 | 0 |
| Anniseed Star, per 100 catties | 5 | ||
| Musk, each catty | 5 |
| Capoor Cutchery, per 100 catties | 0 | 3 | 0 |
| Camphor, per 100 catties | 1 | 5 | 0 |
| Arsenic, under different Chinese names, per 100 catties | 0 | 7 | 5 |
| Cassia, per 100 catties | 0 | 7 | 5 |
| Cassia buds, not formerly contained in the tariff, per 100 catties | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| China Root, per 100 catties | 0 | 2 | 0 |
| Cubebs, not formerly in tariff, per 100 catties | 1 | 5 | 0 |
| Galingal, per 100 catties | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| Hartall, do. | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Rhubarb, do. | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| Turmeric, do. | 0 | 2 | 0 |
| Taels. | Mace. | Candareens. | |
| Corals, native, or false corals, not formerly in the tariff, per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Crackers, and fire-works formerly classed as Rockets, per 100 catties | 0 | 7 | 5 |
| Fans (feather fans, &c.), not formerly in the tariff, per 100 catties | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| Glass; glass ware of all kinds, formerly classed as native crystal ware, per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Glass beads, or false pearls, per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Kittisols, or paper umbrellas, per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Marble, marble slabs, not formerly in the tariff, per 100 catties | 0 | 2 | 0 |
| Rice paper pictures, per 100 catties | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| Paper fans, per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Pearls (false), not formerly in the tariff, per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Brass leaf, per 100 catties | 1 | 5 | 0 |
| Gamboge, do. | 2 | 0 | 0 |
| Red lead, do. | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Glue, as fish, glue, cowhide glue, &c., per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Paper, stationery, per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Til foil, per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Vermillion do | 3 | 0 | 0 |
| Paintings (large paintings), formerly divided into large and small paintings, each | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| White lead, per 100 catties | 0 | 2 | 5 |
| Bone and Horn ware, per 100 catties | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| China ware, fine and coarse, formerly classed as fine, native, coarse, and middling, per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Copper ware and pewter ware, per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Manufactures of wood, furniture, &c., per 100 catties | 0 | 2 | 0 |
| Ivory ware, all carved ivory work included, formerly divided into ivory and ivory carvings, per 100 catties | 5 | 0 | 0 |
| Lacquered ware, per 100 catties | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| Mother of pearl ware, per 100 catties | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| Rattan ware, rattan and bamboo work, per 100 catties | 0 | 2 | 0 |
| Sandal-wood ware, per 100 catties | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| Gold and silver ware, formerly divided into gold ware and silver ware, per 100 catties | 10 | 0 | 0 |
| Tortoise-shell ware, per 100 catties | 10 | 0 | 0 |
| Leather trunks and boxes, per 100 catties | 0 | 2 | 0 |
| Canes or walking sticks of all kinds, per 1000 pieces | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Wearing apparel, whether of cotton, woollen, or silk, formerly divided into cotton clothing, woollen do., silk and satin do., and velvet, per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Boots and shoes, whether of leather, satin, or otherwise, per 100 catties | 0 | 2 | 0 |
| Taels. | Mace. | Candareens. | |
| Grass-cloth, and all cloths of hemp or linen, per 100 catties, | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| Nankeen, and all cloths of cotton, formerly not in the tariff, per 100 catties | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| Raw silk of any province, per 100 catties | 10 | 0 | 0 |
| Coarse or refuse silk, do. | 2 | 0 | 0 |
| Organzine, of all kinds, do. | 10 | 0 | 0 |
| Silk ribbon and thread, do. | 10 | 0 | 0 |
| Silk and satin fabrics of all kinds, as crape, lutestring, &c., &c., formerly classed as silks and satins, per 100 catties | 12 | 0 | 0 |
| Silk and Cotton mixed fabrics, per 100 catties | 3 | 0 | 0 |
| Heretofore a further charge per piece has been levied : the whole duty is now to be paid in one sum and the further charge is abolished |
| Mats of all kinds, as of straw, rattan, bamboo, &c. &c. per 100 catties | 0 | 2 | 0 |
| Preserved Ginger and fruits of all kinds, per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Soy, per 100 catties | 0 | 4 | 0 |
| Sugar, white and brown, per 100 catties | 0 | 2 | 5 |
| Sugar candy, all kinds, do. | 0 | 3 | 5 |
| Tobacco, prepared and unprepared, &c., of all kinds, per 100 catties | 0 | 2 | 0 |
| All articles which it has not been practicable to enumerate herein specifically are to be charged a duty of five per cent, ad valorem. |
| Gold and silver coin, and gold and silver, duty free. |
| Bricks, tiles, and building materials, duty free. |
IMPORTS.
| Wax, foreign, as beeswax, also called tile wax, per 100 catties | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| Oil of Rose Mallows, per 100 catties | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| Saltpetre, foreign, per 100 catties | 0 | 3 | 0 |
| This article is only allowed to be sold to the Government merchants. Formerly this regulation did not exist. | |||
| Soaps, foreign, as perfumed soap, per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Gum Benzoin and oil of Benzoin, per 100 catties | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| Sandal wood, per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Pepper, black, do. | 0 | 4 | 0 |
| Taels. | Mace. | Candareens. | |
| All other articles of this class, not specifically mentioned herein, to pay a duty of ten per cent, ad valorem. | |||
| Perfumery, five per cent, ad valorem. |
| Asafœtida, per 100 catties | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| Camphor, superior quality, i. e. pure, formerly classed as good and inferior, per catty | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| Do. inferior quality or refuse, formerly uncleaned camphor, per catty | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Cloves, superior quality, picked, per 100 catties | 1 | 5 | 0 |
| Do. inferior do. (Mother cloves) per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Cow Bezoar, per catty | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| Cutch, per 100 catties | 0 | 3 | 0 |
| Gambier, per 100 catties | 0 | 1 | 5 |
| Areca nut, per 100 catties | 0 | 1 | 5 |
| Ginseng, foreign, superior quality, &c., per 100 catties | 38 | 0 | 0 |
| Do. inferior quality, &c., per 100 catties | 3 | 5 | 0 |
| Of every hundred catties of foreign ginseng of whatever sort, one fifth part is to be considered as of superior quality and four fifths of inferior quality. | |||
| Gum olibanum, per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Myrrh, per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Mace, or flower of Nutmeg, per 100 catties | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| Quicksilver, per 100 catties | 3 | 0 | 0 |
| Nutmegs, first quality, per 100 catties | 2 | 0 | 0 |
| Do. second quality, or coarse, per 100 catties | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| Putchuck, per 100 catties | 0 | 7 | 5 |
| Rhinoceros horns, per 100 catties | 3 | 0 | 0 |
| Flints, per 100 catties | 0 | 0 | 5 |
| Mother of pearl shells, per 100 catties | 0 | 2 | 0 |
| Bird’s nests, 1st quality mandarin, per 100 catties | 5 | 0 | 0 |
| Do. 2d do. ordinary, per 100 catties | 2 | 5 | 0 |
| Do. 3d do. with feathers, per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Bicho de Mar, 1st quality black, per 100 catties | 0 | 8 | 0 |
| Do. 2d. do. white, per 100 catties | 0 | 2 | 0 |
| Shark’s fins, 1st quality white, per 100 catties | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| Do. 2d. do. black, per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Stock fish, called dried fish, per 100 catties | 0 | 4 | 0 |
| Fish maws, not formerly in tariff, per 100 catties | 1 | 5 | 0 |
| Cochineal, per 100 catties | 5 | 0 | 0 |
| Smalts, per 100 catties | 4 | 0 | 0 |
| Sapan wood, per 100 catties | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| Rattans, per 100 catties | 0 | 2 | 0 |
| Ebony, per 100 catties | 0 | 1 | 5 |
| All other imported wood, as red wood, satin wood, yellow wood, not specifically enumerated, to pay a duty of ten per cent, ad valorem. |
| Taels. | Mace. | Candareens. | |
| Clocks. | |||
| Watches. | |||
| Telescopes. | |||
| Glass panes, and crystal ware of all kinds | |||
| Writing desks. | |||
| Dressing cases. | |||
| Jewelry of gold and silver. | |||
| Cutlery, swords, &c. | |||
| All the foregoing and any other miscellaneous articles of the same description, 5 per cent, ad valorem. |
| Gold and silver bullion, duty free. |
| Cotton, fabrics of cotton and canvass, from 75 to 100 chih long, and one chih 7 tsun to 2 chih 2 tsun wide, per piece | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Cotton, allowing 5 per cent, for tare, per 100 catties | 0 | 4 | 0 |
| Long white cloths 75 to 100 chih long, and 2 chih 2 tsun to 2 chih 6 tsun wide, formerly divided into superior and inferior fine cotton cloth, per piece | 0 | 1 | 5 |
| Cambrics and muslins from 50 to 60 chih long, and 2 chih 9 tsun to 3 chih 3 tsun wide, per piece | 0 | 1 | 5 |
| Cottons, grey or unbleached domestic, and from 75 to 100 chih long, and 2 chih to 2 chih 9 tsun wide, formerly classed as coarse long cloths, per piece | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| Twilled cottons, grey, same dimensions, per piece | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| Chintz and prints of all kinds, from 60 to 75 chih long, and from 2 chih 9 tsun to 3 chih 3 tsun wide, formerly called ornamented or flower cloths, per piece | 0 | 2 | 0 |
| Cotton yarn, or cotton thread, per 100 catties | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| Linen, fine, not formerly in the tariff, from 50 to 75 chih long, and 1 chih 9 tsun to 2 chih 2 tsun wide, per piece | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Bunting, per chang | 0 | 0 | 1 1/2 |
| All other imported articles of this class, as ginghams, pulicats, dyed cottons, velveteens, silk and cotton mixtures, and mixtures of linen and cotton, &c. &c., 5 per cent, ad valorem. |
| Handkerchiefs, large, above 2 chih 6 tsun, each | 0 | 0 | 1 1/2 |
| Do. small, under 2 chih 6 tsun, do | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| Gold and silver thread, superior or real, per catty | 0 | 1 | 3 |
| Do. do. inferior, or imitation, per catty | 0 | 0 | 3 |
| Broadcloth, Spanish stripe, &c., from 3 chih 6 tsun to 4 chih 6 tsun wide, per chang | 0 | 1 | 5 |
| Narrow cloths, as long ells, cassimeres, &c., formerly classed as narrow woollens, per chang | 0 | 0 | 7 |
| Camlets (Dutch), per chang | 0 | 1 | 5 |
| Do. per chang | 0 | 0 | 7 |
| Imitation camlets, or bombazettes, per chang | 0 | 0 | 3 1/2 |
| Woollen yarn, per 100 catties | 3 | 0 | 0 |
| Blankets, each | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| All other fabrics of wool, or of mixed wool and cotton, wool and silk, &c., 5 per cent, ad valorem. |
| Taels. | Mace. | Candareens. | |
| Wine and beer, in quart bottles, per 100 | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| do. in pint do. do | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| do. in cask, per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Copper, foreign, in pigs, &c., per 100 catties | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| Do. wrought, as sheets, rods, &c., per 100 catties | 1 | 5 | 0 |
| Iron, foreign, unmanufactured, as in pigs, per 100 catties | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| Do. manufactured, as in bars, rods, &c., per 100 catties | 0 | 1 | 5 |
| Lead, foreign, in pigs, or manufactured, per 100 catties | 0 | 2 | 8 |
| Steel, foreign, of every kind, per 100 catties | 0 | 4 | 0 |
| Tin, foreign, per 100 catties | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| Tin plates, formerly not in the tariff, per 100 catties | 0 | 4 | 0 |
| Spelter is only permitted to be sold to government merchants. | |||
| All unenumerated metals, as zinc, yellow copper, &c., 10 per cent, ad valorem. |
| Cornelians, per 100 stones | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Cornelian beads, per 100 catties | 10 | 0 | 0 |
| Bullock’s and buffalo horns, per 100 catties | 2 | 0 | 0 |
| Cow and ox hides, tanned and untanned, per 100 catties | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Sea otter skins, each | 1 | 5 | 0 |
| Fox skins, large, each | 0 | 1 | 5 |
| Do. small, do | 0 | 0 | 7 1/2 |
| Tiger, Leopard, and martin skins, each | 0 | 1 | 5 |
| Land otter, Racoon, and shark’s skins, per 100 | 2 | 0 | 0 |
| Beaver skins, per 100 | 5 | 0 | 0 |
| Hare, rabbit, and ermine skins, per 100 | 0 | 5 | 0 |
| Sea-horse teeth, per 100 catties | 2 | 0 | 0 |
| Elephant’s teeth, 1st quality, whole, per 100 catties | 4 | 0 | 0 |
| 2d do. broken, do | 2 | 0 | 0 |
| All new goods which it has not been practicable to enumerate herein, a duty of 5 per cent, ad valorem. |
| Rice and other grains, duty free. |
Contraband.—Opium.
Shipping dues.—These have been hitherto charged on the measurement of the ship’s length and breadth, at so much per chang, but it is now agreed to alter the system and charge according to the registered statement of the number of tons of the ship’s burden. On each ton (reckoned, equal to the cubic contents of 122 tows), a shipping charge of five mace is to be levied; and all the old charges of measurement, entrance and port-clearance fees, daily and monthly fees, &c., are abolished.
Ratifications exchanged, March 30, 1846.
Proclamation of the President of the U. S., March 31, 1846.
Freedom of commerce between the two countries.
The same duties, taxes, &c. to be paid, as are paid by citizens of either country, &c.
Belgian vessels shall pay in the ports of the U.S. no other or higher duties of tonnage, &c.
Vessels of U.S. shall pay in the ports of Belgium no other or higher duties of tonnage, &c.
Entre sa Majesté le Roi des Belges et les Etats-Unis d’Amérique.
SA Majesté le Roi des Belges d’une part, et les Etats-Unis d’Amérique d’autre part, voulant régler d’une manière formelle les relations réciproques de commerce et de navigation, et fortifier de plus en plus, par le développement des intérêts respectifs, les liens d’amitié et de bonne intelligence si heureusement établis entre les deux gouvernements et les deux peuples; désirant, dans cet but, arrêter, de commun accord, un traité stipulant des conditions également avantageuses au commerce et à la navigation des deux états, ont, à cet effet, nommé pour leurs plénipotentiaires, savoir: Sa Majesté le Roi des Belges, le sieur Adolphe Dechamps, officiere de l’Ordre de Léopold, chevalier de l’Ordre de l’Aigle Rouge de première classe, Grand croix de l’Ordre de St. Michel de Bavière, Ministre des Affaires Etrangères, Membre de la Chambre des Représentants; et Son Excellence le Président des Etats-Unis, le sieur Thomas G. Clemson, chargé d’affaires des Etats-Unis d’Amérique près sa Majesté le Roi des Belges; lesquels après s’ètre communiqué leurs pleins pouvoirs, trouvés en bonne et due forme, ont arrêté et conclu les articles suivants:
Restitution guarantied of certain duties levied by the Netherlands.
Steam vessels to be exempt from duties of tonnage, &c.
Coasting trade between the ports of either country.
Articles proceeding from the soil, &c. of Belgium, to pay no other duties, &c.
Productions of U. S. imported into Belgium in vessels of U. S., to pay no other duties, &c.
It is well understood :
Articles imported into U.S. in Belgian vessels, to pay no other duties than if they had been imported, &c.
Reciprocal as to U. S.
Articles exported by Belgian or U. S. vessels from the ports of either country, to pay no other duties, &c.
Les objets de toute nature provenant soit du sol, soit de l’industrie, soit des entrepôts de Belgique, importés en droiture de Belgique par navires Belges, dans les ports des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, ne paieront d’autres ni de plus forts droits d’entrée que s’ils étaient importés en droiture sous le pavillon des dits Etats.
Et réciproquement, les objets de toute nature importés en droiture en Belgique des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, sous pavillon de ces Etats, n’ac-quitteront d’autres ni de plus forts droits que s’ils étaient importés en droiture sous pavillon Belge.
Il est bien entendu:
Premiums, drawbacks, &c. allowed upon goods imported directly from one of the two countries, &c.
Preceding article not to apply to the importation of salt, &c.
Vessels provided with a passport, &c. to be recognised as national vessels, &c.
Parts of the cargo of vessels may remain on board in the respective ports without charge.
Imported goods deposited in warehouses, to pay no other warehouse charges, &c.
Favors, privileges, &c. granted to any other state, to become common to the citizens and subjects of both parties.
Duties on goods of either country, to be the same as levied on goods of any other foreign country.
Assistance, &c. in case of shipwreck, &c.
En tout ce qui concerne les droits de douane et de navigation, les deux hautes parties contractantes se promettent réciproquement de n’accorder aucune faveur, privilège, ou immunité à un autre état, qui ne soit aussi et à l’instant étendu à leurs sujets ou citoyens respectifs, gratuitement si la concession en faveur de l’autre état est gratuite, et en donnant la même compensation ou l’équivalent si la concession est conditionelle.
Ni l’un ni l’autre des parties contractantes n’imposera sur les marchandises provenant du sol ou de l’industrie de l’autre partie, qui seront importées dans ses ports, d’autre ni de plus forts droits d’importation ou de réexportation, que ceux qui seront imposés sur l’importation ou la réexportation de marchandises similaires provenant de tout autre pays étranger.
Consuls and vice-consuls.
Consuls of either country may cause to be arrested and sent back deserters from the vessels of their nation.
Deserters on proof to be delivered up.
Deserters to be confined until sent back, &c.
Certain seamen exempt from these provisions.
No transit duties chargeable on articles from the U. S.
This treaty to be in force for ten years, and until either nation shall have given notice of a desire to terminate it after ten years.
To be ratified, and ratifications exchanged at Washington, within twelve months.
In faith whereof, the respective plenipotentiaries have signed the present treaty, in duplicate, and have affixed thereto their seals. Brussels, the tenth of November, eighteen hundred and forty-five.
En foi de quoi, les plénipotentiaires respectifs ont signé le présent traité par duplicata, et y ont apposé leur sceau, à Bruxelles, le dix Novembre, mil huit cent quarante-cinq.
CONTRACT
Ratified, Jan. 22, 1783.
Motives for making a particular statement of the amount of pecuniary supplies furnished by France, &c.
Amount of different loans.
Items of loans.
| 1, 28 February, 1778, | 750,000 | |
| 2, 19 May, ditto, | 750,000 | |
| 3, 3 August, ditto, | 750,000 | |
| 4, 1 November, ditto, | 750,000 | |
| ——— | 3,000,000 | |
| 5, 10 June, 1779, | 250,000 | |
| 6, 16 September, ditto, | 250,000 | |
| 7, 4 October, ditto, | 250,000 | |
| 8, 21 December, ditto, | 250,000 | |
| ——— | 1,000,000 |
| 9, 29 February, 1780 | 750,000 | |
| 10, 23 May, ditto, | 750,000 | |
| 11, 21 June, ditto, | 750,000 | |
| 12, 5 October, ditto, | 750,000 | |
| 13, 27 November, ditto, | 1,000,000 | |
| ———— | 4,000,000 | |
| 14, 15 February, 1781, | 750,000 | |
| 15, 15 May, ditto, | 750,000 | |
| 16, 15 August, ditto, | 750,000 | |
| 17, 1 August, ditto, | 1,000,000 | |
| 18, 15 November, ditto, | 750,000 | |
| ———— | 4,000,000 | |
| 19, 10 April, 1782, | 1,500,000 | |
| 20, 1 July, ditto, | 1,500,000 | |
| 21, 5 of the same month, | 3,000,000 | |
| ———— | 6,000,000 | |
| Amounting in the whole to 18 millions, viz | 18,000,000 | |
By which receipts the said minister has promised in the name of congress, Interest at five per cent.
Repayment of the loans.
Abatement of interest.
Interest to diminish in proportion to payments, &c.
Loan made by France in Holland, acknowledged to be for the use of U. S.
Engagement of the French king to repay said loan.
Agreement to repay amount of the loan in Holland.
Interest on the loan in Holland for five years, to be paid by U.S. to France.
With regard to the interest of the said loan during the five years preceding the first term of payment of the capital, as the king has engaged to pay it at the general counter of the states general of the Netherlands, at the rate of four per cent, yearly, and every year, counting from the 5th of November, 1781, according to the convention of that day, the minister of congress acknowledges that the repayment of that is due to his majesty by the United States, and he engages in the name of the said United States, to cause payment thereof to be made, at the same time and at the same rate at the royal treasury of his majesty; the first year’s interest to be paid the 5th of November next, and so yearly, during the five years preceding the first term for the payment of the capital, fixed as above on the 5th of November, 1787.
The high contracting parties reciprocally bind themselves to the
Ratifications to be exchanged in nine months.
In testimony whereof, we, the said plenipotentiaries of his most Christian majesty, and of the thirteen United States of North America, in virtue of our respective powers, have signed these presents, and thereunto fixed the. seal of our arms.
Done at Versailles, the 16th day of July, one thousand seven hundred and eighty-two.
Ratified May 5, 1845.
Proclamation, July 24, 1845.
In witness whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the present article, in duplicate, and have affixed thereto the seal of their arms.
Done at Washington, this twenty-fourth of February, 1845.
Le crime de robbery, consistant The crimes or robbery and burglary defined, and included in the provisions of this treaty. Ante, p. 583.
En foi de quoi, les Plénipotentiaires respectifs ont signe, en double, le présent article, et y ont apposé le sceau de leurs armes.
Fait à Washington, le vingt quatre Février, 1845.